Ug R20 Eee

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
COURSE STRUCTURE AND DETAILED SYLLABUS
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
for
B. Tech
(Applicable for batches admitted from 2020-2021)
VASIREDDY VENKATADRI INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

(Autonomous)
Approved by AICTE, Permanently Affiliated to JNTUK,
NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ Grade, ISO 9001:2015 Certified
Nambur (V), Pedakakani (M), Guntur (Dt.), Andhra Pradesh – 522 508
Electrical and Electronics Engineering 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
About Institute
VasireddyVenkatadri Institute of Technology (VVIT) was established in the year 2007,
with an intake of 240 students in four B. Tech programs under Social Educational Trust in
Nambur village, Guntur, AP, by Er. VasireddyVidyaSagar. It is located strategically between
Guntur and Vijayawada in the capital region of Amravati, AP. In a short span of ten years, with
an annual intake capacity of 1260 students into B.Tech (CE, EEE, ME, ECE, CSE, IT, CSM,
CSO, CIC and AID) and 81 students into M. Tech (CSE, VLSI&ES, PEED, MD, SE) programs
respectively, today almost 4000 students, 345 teaching staff and 225 non-teaching staff strive to
fulfill the vision of VVIT.
VVIT has emerged as one of the top ten Engineering Colleges from the 200 engineering
colleges affiliated to JNTU Kakinada. The Institute signedMoUs with Industry and Training &
Placement Companies like Infosys, Tech Mahindra, Social Agro, Efftronics, AMCAT and
Cocubes. Centre of Excellence (CoE) by Siemens India was established in the year 2016 by
APSSDCto promote Industry Institute interface and strengthen employability skills in students,
Google Inc. USA for establishing Google Code labs, University Innovative Fellowship (UIF)
program by Stanford University USA and VDC established by Northeastern University
On achieving permanent affiliation to JNTUK, Kakinada, NAAC ‘A” grade certification
(CGPA 3.09) and B. Tech programs (CE, EEE, ME, ECE, CSE, IT) accredited by NBA, VVIT
has set its sight on centrally funded research projects with 10 completed and 6 running DST
projects and consultancy service from other departments. VVIT as part of its commitment to
research, has published 13 patents, 16 books and nearly 690 journal papers and also has a
‘Research Centre affiliated to JNTUK’.
Institute Vision
To impart quality education through exploration and experimentation and generate socially
conscious engineers, embedding ethics and values, for the advancement in science and
technology.
Institute Mission
 To educate students with a practical approach to dovetail them to industry-needs.
 To govern the institution with a proactive and professional management with passionate
teaching faculty.
 To provide holistic and integrated education and achieve over all development of students
by imparting scientific and technical, social and cognitive, managerial and organizational
skills.
 To compete with the best and be the most preferred institution of the studious and the
scholarly.
 To forge strong relationships and linkage with the industry.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
About EEE Department
The department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE) was established during
the inception of the institute in 2007 with an annual intake of 60 students. In the academic year
2012-2013 the intake capacity rose to 120 and in the year 2018-2019itrose to 180.The department
has a faculty student ratio of 1:15 as per AICTE norms. The average teaching experience is more
than 5 years. The department also offers one post graduate programs in Power Electronics and
Electrical Drives (PE & ED) with an intake of 18.The department is re-accredited by National
Board of Accreditation for three years from 2020. The major goal of the EEE department is to
produce highly knowledgeable, competent and resourceful young engineers who can perform
well in a wide variety of job profiles. To achieve this goal the department is putting dedicated
efforts in nurturing a strong foundation both in analytical and technological aspects laid down in
the curriculum. It also provides ample opportunities to students to work on mini projects, develop
communication skills, explore internship opportunities in industry and take part in national and
international design contests.
The laboratory practical classes are conducted in a systematic manner, where complete
plan is given at the time of commencement of the semester. The laboratories are well equipped
with modern training facilities that cater to the requirements of the university syllabus. This
department plays a vital role in training students of other branches of engineering too. The
department also encourages students to take up Graduate Aptitude Test for Engineers (GATE),
Graduate Record Examination (GRE) during their final year so they can pursue their higher
education either in India or countries like USA, UK, Canada, Australia etc. The department has
an IE (I) student chapter where students learn to do projects and organize technical events like
symposiums, paper presentations to inculcate a broader perceptive on the profession. These
efforts have culminated in the form of placements in various leading industries and organizations.
Department Vision
To nurture young and fresh minds into disciplined and globally competent technocrats with
ethical values to excel in the arena of Electrical and Electronics Engineering leading to
sustainable development of society.
Department Mission
 To produce qualified engineers with technical knowledge and innovative skills to cater the
dynamic requirements in the field of Electrical and Electronics Engineering.
 To provide state-of-the-art resources that contributes to achieve excellence in teaching-
learning, research and development activities.
 To produce graduates with leadership and Entrepreneurship qualities.
 To make our students life-long learners capable of building their careers upon a solid
foundation of knowledge.
 Ensure that our students are well trained in interpersonal skills, team work, professional
ethics, environmental awareness and participate in professional society activities.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Program Educational Objectives
 PEO-1: To prepare the students for academic and professional life of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering.
 PEO-2: To train the students to adapt to the technological developments, innovations and
updates in order to prepare them for their profession.
 PEO-3: To impart knowledge and skills that enables the students to work effectively with
professional ethical values, as individuals and as team members in multidisciplinary
environments.
 PEO-4: To encourage the graduates to pursue higher studies, research assignments and as
entrepreneurs.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
PO1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
PO5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.
PO6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to the professional engineering practice.
PO7: Environment and sustainability:Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
PO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PO9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive
clear instructions.
PO11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)
Electrical and Electronics Engineering Graduates will be able to:
PSO1: Apply the engineering fundamental knowledge to identify, formulate, design and
investigate complex engineering problems of electric circuits, power electronics, electrical
machines and power systems and to succeed in competitive exams like GATE, IES, GRE,
TOEFL, GMAT, etc.
PSO2: Apply appropriate techniques and modern engineering hardware and software tools in
power systems and power electronics to engage in life-long learning and to get an employment in
the field of Electrical and Electronics Engineering.
PSO3: Understand the impact of engineering solutions in societal and environmental context,
commit to professional ethics and communicate effectively.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (R20) FOR B. TECH (REGULAR)

Applicable for the students of B.Techfrom the Academic Year 2020 – 21 onwards
1.Award of B. Tech. Degree

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree if he/she fulfills the
following:
 Pursues a course of study in not less than four and not more than eight academic years.
 After eight academic years from the year of their admission, he/she shall forfeit their seat
in B. Tech course and their admission stands cancelled.
 Registers for 160 credits and must secure all the 160 credits.
 A student shall be eligible for the award of B.Tech degree with Honors or Minor if
he/she earns 20 credits in addition to the 160 credits. A student shall be permitted to
register either for Honors or for Minor and not for both simultaneously.
2. Courses of Study: The following courses of study are offered at present as specializations
for the B. Tech. Courses
Branch
Branch
S. No. Branch Short
Code
Form
1 Civil Engineering CIV 01
2 Electrical and Electronics Engineering EEE 02
3 Mechanical Engineering MEC 03
4 Electronics and Communication Engineering ECE 04
5 Computer Science and Engineering CSE 05
6 Information Technology INF 12
7 CSE (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning) CSM 42
8 CSE (Internet of Things and Cyber Security with Block

CIC 47
Chain Technology)
9 CSE (Internet of Things) CSO 49
10 Artificial Intelligence and Data Science AID 54

_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. Medium of Instruction: The medium of instruction of the entire B. Tech undergraduate

programme in Engineering & Technology (including examinations and project reports) will
be in English only.
4. Admissions: Admission to the B. Tech Programme shall be made subject to the eligibility,
qualifications and specialization prescribed by the A.P. State Government/University from
time to time. Admissions shall be made either on the basis of the merit rank obtained by the
student in the common entrance examination conducted by the A.P. Government/University
or on the basis of any other order of merit approved by the A.P. Government/University,
subject to reservations as prescribed by the Government/University from time to time.
5. Structure of the Undergraduate Engineering program: Every course of B. Tech. Program
shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in table below:
Breakup of
S.No. Category
Credits
Humanities and social science including Management

1 10.5 - 12
courses
2 Basic Science courses 21 - 25
3 Engineering science courses 24
4 Professional core Courses 48 - 51
5 Open Elective Courses 12 - 18
6 Professional Elective Courses 15 - 18
7 Internship, seminar, project wok 15 – 16.5
8 Mandatory courses NC
9 Skill Oriented Courses ----
Total Credits 160
** Breakup of Credits based on AICTE /APSCHE

Assigning of Credits
 Hr. Lecture (L) per week - 1 credit
 Hr. Tutorial (T) per week - 1 credit
 Hr. Practical (P) per week - 0.5 credits
_____________________________________________________________________________________
6. Programme Pattern
i. Total duration of the of B. Tech (Regular) Programme is four (three for lateral entry)
academic years
ii. Each Academic year of study is divided in to two semesters.
iii. Minimum number of instruction days in each semester is 90.
iv. Grade points, based on percentage of marks awarded for each course will form the
basis for calculation of SGPA (Semester Grade Point Average) and CGPA
(Cumulative Grade Point Average).
v. The total credits for the Programme are 160.
vi. A three-week induction program is mandatory for all first year UG students (Physical
activity, Creative Arts, Universal Human Values, Literary, Proficiency Modules,
Lectures by Eminent People, Visits to local Areas, Familiarization to Dept./Branch &
Innovations etc.,) and shall be conducted as per AICTE/UGC/APSCHE guidelines.
vii. Student is introduced to “Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)”.
viii. A pool of interdisciplinary and job-oriented mandatory skill courses which are relevant
to the industry are integrated into the curriculum of concerned branch of engineering
(total five skill courses: two basic level skill courses, one on soft skills and other two
on advanced level skill courses)
ix. A student has to register for all courses in a semester.
x. All the registered credits will be considered for the calculation of final CGPA.
xi. Each semester has - Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) and Semester End
Examination (SEE). Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Credit Based Semester
System (CBSS) as indicated by UGC and course structure as suggested by AICTE are
followed.
xii. A 10 months industry/field mandatory internship, both industry and social, during the
summer vacation and also in the final semester to acquire the skills required for job and
make engineering graduates to connect with the needs of the industry and society at
large.
xiii. All students shall be mandatorily registered for NCC/NSS activities.
A student will be required to participate in an activity for two hours in a week during
second and third semesters. Grade shall be awarded as Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory in
the mark sheet on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and behavior. If a
student gets an unsatisfactory Grade, he/she shall repeat the above activity in the
subsequent years, in order to complete the degree requirements.
xiv. Courses like Environmental Sciences, Human Values, Ethics, Indian Constitution,
Essence of Indian Traditional Knowledge etc., shall be included in the curriculum as
_____________________________________________________________________________________
non-credit mandatory courses. Environmental Sciences is to be offered compulsorily as

mandatory course for all branches. A student has to secure 40% of the marks allotted in
the internal evaluation for passing the course. No marks or letter grade shall be allotted
for all mandatory non-credit courses.
xv. College shall assign a faculty advisor/mentor after admission to each student or group
of students from same department to provide guidance in courses registration/career
growth/placements/opportunities for higher studies / GATE / other competitive exams
etc.
xvi. Departments may swap some of the courses between first and second semesters to
balance the work load.
xvii. The concerned Board of studies can assign tutorial hours to such courses wherever it is
necessary, but without change in the total number of credits already assigned for
semester.
8. Registration for Courses
i. The college shall invite registration forms from the students at the beginning of the
semester for the registration for courses each semester. The registration process shall
be closed within one week. If any student wishes to withdraw the registration, he/she
shall submit a letter to the principal through the class teacher/instructor and HOD. The
principal shall communicate the registration and withdraw details courses of each
student in a consolidated form to the college examination section and University
without fail.
ii. There are four open electives in each branch. All Open Electives are offered to students
of all branches in general. A student shall choose an open elective, by consulting the
HOD/advisor, from the list in such a manner that he/she has not studied the same
course in any form during the Programme. The college shall invite registration forms
from the students at the beginning of the semester for offering professional and open
elective courses. There shall be a limit on the minimum and maximum number of
registrations based on class/section strength.
iii. A student shall be permitted to pursue up to a maximum of two elective courses under
MOOCs during the programme. Students are advised to register for only for minimum
12 weeks in duration MOOCs courses. Student has to pursue and acquire a certificate
for a MOOC course only from the SWAY/NPTE through online with the approved by
the BoS in order to earn the 3 credits. The Head of the department shall notify the list
of such courses at the beginning of the semester. The details of the MOOCs courses
registered by the students shall be submitted to the University examination center as
well as college examination center. The Head of the Department shall appoint a mentor
for each of the MOOC subjects registered by the students to monitor the student’s
assignment submissions given by SWAYAM/NPTEL. The student needs to submit all
the assignments given and needs to take final exam at the proctor center. The student
_____________________________________________________________________________________
needs to earn a certificate by passing the exam. The student will be awarded the credits
given in curriculum only by submission of the certificate. In case if student does not
pass subjects registered through SWAYAM/NPTEL, the same or alternative equivalent
subject may be registered again through SWAYAM/NPTEL in the next semester with
the recommendation of HOD and shall be passed.
iv. Two summer internships each with a minimum of six weeks duration shall be
mandatorily done/completed respectively at the end of second and third years (during
summer vacations). The internship can be done by the students at local industries,
Govt. Organizations, construction agencies, Industries, Hydel and thermal power
projects and also in software MNCs. After completing the summer internship, the
students shall register in the immediate respective odd semester and it will be evaluated
at the end of the semester as per norms of the autonomy. The student has to produce
the summer internship satisfactory report and certificate taken from the organization to
be considered for evaluation. The College shall facilitate and monitor the student
internship programs. Completion of internships is mandatory, if any student fails to
complete internship, he/she will not be eligible for the award of degree. In such cases,
the student shall repeat and complete the internship.
v. In the final semester, the student should mandatorily register and undergo internship
and in parallel he/she should work on a project with well-defined objectives. At the end
of the semester the candidate shall submit an internship completion certificate and a
project report. A student shall also be permitted to submit project report on the work
carried out during the internship. The project report shall be evaluated with an external
examiner.
vi. Curricular Framework for Skill oriented courses
a. There are five (05) skill-oriented courses shall be offered during III to VII semesters
and students must register and pass the courses successfully.
b. For skill oriented/skill advanced course, one theory and 2 practical hours (1-0-2) or
two theory hours (2-0-0) may be allotted as per the decision of concerned BOS.
c. Out of the five skill courses; (i) two shall be skill-oriented courses from the same
domain and shall be completed in second year (ii) Of the remaining 3 skill courses,
one shall be necessarily be a soft skill course and the remaining two shall be skill-
advanced courses either from the same domain or job-oriented skill courses, which
can be of inter disciplinary nature.
d. Students may register the interdisciplinary job-oriented skill courses based on the
prerequisites and eligibility in consultation with HoD of the college.
e. The student shall be given an option to choose either the skill courses being offered
by the college or to choose a certificate course being offered by
industries/Professional bodies/APSSDC or any other accredited bodies. However,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
the department has to assign mentors in the college to monitor the performance of
the students.
f. If a student chooses to take a certificate course offered by industries/Professional
bodies/APSSDC or any other accredited bodies, in lieu of the skill advanced course
offered by the department, then the department shall mark overall attendance of the
student for the remaining courses in that semester excluding the skill course in all
the calculations of mandatory attendance requirements upon producing a valid
certificate. However, the student is deemed to have fulfilled the attendance
requirement of the course, if the external agency issues a certificate with satisfactory
condition. If the certificate issued by external agency is marked with unsatisfactory
condition, then the student shall repeat the course either in the college or at external
agency. The credits will be awarded to the student upon producing the successful
course completion certificate from the agency/professional bodies and after passing
in the viva-voce examination conducted at college as per BoS norms at the end of
the semester.
9. Attendance Requirements:
i. A student is eligible to write the semester-end examinations if he acquires a minimum
of 40% in each subject and 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the subjects.
ii. Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in NO case be condoned.
Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester are not eligible
to take their end semester examination of that class and their registration shall stand
cancelled.
iii. Condonation for shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above
and below 75%) in each semester may be granted by the College Academic
Committee.
iv. A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless he satisfies the attendance
requirements of the present semester, as applicable. They may seek readmission for
that semester when offered next.
v. A student will be promoted to the next semester if he satisfies the(a) attendance
requirement of the present semester and (b) minimum required credits (from V th
Semester onwards).
vi. If any candidate fulfills the attendance requirement in the present semester, he shall not
be eligible for readmission into the same class.
vii. For induction programme attendance shall be maintained as per AICTE norms.
viii. For non-credit mandatory courses the students shall maintain the attendance similar to
credit courses.
10. Evaluation-Distribution and Weightage of marks
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Paper setting and evaluation of the answer scripts shall be done as per the procedures laid
down by the Academic Council of the institute from time to time.
i. A student is deemed to have satisfied the minimum academic requirements if he/she
has earned the credits allotted to each theory/practical design/drawing subject/ project
etc. by securing not less than 35% of marks in the end semester exam and minimum
40% of marks in the total of the internal marks and end semester examination marks
together.
ii. For non-credit mandatory courses, like Environmental Sciences, Universal Human
Values, Ethics, Indian Constitution, Essence of Indian Traditional Knowledge, the
student has to secure 40% of the marks allotted in the internal evaluation for passing
the course. No marks or letter grade shall be allotted for all mandatory non-credit
courses.
iii. Distribution and Weightage of marks: The assessment of the student’s performance
in each course will be based on Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) and Semester-
End Examination (SEE). The performance of a student in each semester shall be
evaluated subject–wise with a maximum of 100 marks for theory subject, 50 marks for
practical subject/Mini Project/Internship/Industrial Training/ Skill Development
programmes/Research Project, and 200 marks for end Project Work.
iv. Guide lines for Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE)
a. For theory subjects, during a semester, there shall be two mid-term examinations.
Each mid-term examination consists of (i) one online objective examination (ii) one
descriptive examination (iii) one assignment and (iv) one Subject Seminar. The
online examination (objective) shall be 10 marks with duration of 20 minutes,
descriptive examination shall be for 10 marks with a duration of 1 hour 30 minutes,
assignment test shall be 5 marks with duration of 50 minutes (Open book system
with questions of L4 standard on Bloom’s scale) and Subject Seminar 5 marks.
b. The first online examination (objective) is set with 20 multiple choice questions for
10 marks (20 questions x 1/2 marks) from first two and half units (50% of the
syllabus).
c. The descriptive examination is set with 3 full questions for 10 marks each from first
two and half units (50% of the syllabus), the student has to answer all questions.
d. The Assignment Test from first two and half units conducted for 20 Marks and will
be scaled down to 5 Marks. The test is open book system and the duration of the
exam is 50 minutes. Students can bring a maximum of three printed text books
related to that subject. (Soft copies of the text books will not be allowed.) The
assignments have to provide broadened exposure to the course. The questions shall
include problem solving approach, problem analysis & design, implementation, case
studies etc.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
e. For the subject seminar 5 marks, each student shall be evaluated based on the
presentation on any topic of his/her choice in the subject duly approved by the
faculty member concerned.
f. For the subject having design and / or drawing (such as Engineering Graphics,
Engineering Drawing, Machine Drawing) and estimation, the distribution shall be
30 marks for internal evaluation (15 marks for continuous Assessment (day–to–day
work) and 15 marks for internal tests).
In the similar lines, the mid-2 examinations shall be conducted on the rest of the
syllabus.
f. For practical subjects there shall be continuous evaluation during the semester for
15 marks. The internal 15 marks shall be awarded as follows: day to day work 5
marks, record 5 marks and the remaining 5 marks are to be awarded by conducting
an internal laboratory test of 3 hours duration.
g. The mid marks submitted to the examination section shall be displayed in the
concerned department notice boards for the benefit of the students. If any
discrepancy found in the displayed Mid marks, it shall be brought to the notice of
examination section within two working days from the date of display.
h. Internal marks can be calculated with 80% weightage for better of the two mids and
20% Weightage for another mid exam.
Example:
Mid-1 marks = Marks secured in (online examination-1+descriptive examination-1
+one assignment-1 + Seminar-1)
Mid-2 marks = Marks secured in (online examination-2+descriptive examination-2
+one assignment-2 + Seminar-2)
Final internal Marks = (Best of (Mid-1/Mid-2) marks x 0.8 + Least of (Mid-1/Mid-2)
marks x 0.2)
v. Semester End Examinations Evaluation:
a. The semester end examinations for theory subjects will be conducted autonomous
examination section for 70 marks consists of five questions carrying 14 marks
each. Each of these questions is from one unit and may contain sub-questions. For
each question there will be an “either” “or” choice, which means that there will be
two questions from each unit and the student should answer either of the two
questions.
b. For practical subjects shall be conducted for 35 marks by the teacher concerned
and external examiner appointed by Chief superintendent/ Controller of
Examinations (CoE), VVIT. All the laboratory records and internal test papers
_____________________________________________________________________________________
shall be preserved in respective departments as per autonomous norms and shall be

produced to the Committees as and when they ask for.
c. Evaluation of the summer internships: It shall be completed in collaboration with
local industries, Govt. Organizations, construction agencies, Industries, Hydel and
thermal power projects and also in software MNCs in the area of concerned
specialization of the UG programme. Students shall pursue this internship during
summer vacation just before its offering as per course structure. The minimum
duration of this course shall be at least 6 weeks. The student shall register for the
internship as per course structure after commencement of academic year. A
supervisor/mentor/advisor has to be allotted to guide the students for taking up the
summer internship. The supervisor shall monitor the attendance of the students
while taking up the internship. Attendance requirements are as per the norms of
the academic regulations. After successful completion, students shall submit a
summer internship technical report to the concerned department and appear for an
oral presentation before the departmental committee consists of an external
examiner appointed by Chief superintendent/ CoE; Head of the Department,
supervisor of the internship and a senior faculty member of the department. A
certificate from industry/skill development center shall be included in the report.
The report and the oral presentation shall carry 40% and 60% weightages
respectively. It shall be evaluated for 50 external marks at the end of the semester.
There shall be no internal marks for Summer Internship. A student shall secure
minimum 40% of marks for successful completion. In case, if a student fails,
he/she shall reappear as and when semester supplementary examinations are
conducted by the examination section.
d. The job-oriented skill courses may be registered at the college or at any accredited
external agency. A student shall submit a record/report on the on the list skills
learned. If the student completes job-oriented skill course at external agency, a
certificate from the agency shall be included in the report. The course will be
evaluated at the end of the semester for 50 marks (record: 15 marks and viva-voce:
35 marks) along with laboratory end examinations in the presence of external
(appointed by the Chief superintendent/ CoE) and internal examiner (course
instructor or mentor). There are no internal marks for the job-oriented skill
courses.
e. Mandatory Course (M.C): Environmental Sciences, Universal Human Values,
Ethics, Indian Constitution, Essence of Indian Traditional Knowledge etc. non-
credit (zero credits) mandatory courses. Environmental Sciences shall be offered
compulsorily as mandatory course for all branches. A minimum of 75%
attendance is mandatory in these subjects. There shall be an external examination
for 70 marks and it shall be conducted by the department internally. Two internal
examinations shall be conducted for 30 marks and a student has to secure at least
_____________________________________________________________________________________
40% of the marks for passing the course. There is no online internal exam for
mandatory courses. No marks or letter grade shall be printed in the transcripts for
all mandatory non-credit courses, but only Completed (Y)/Not-completed (N) will
be specified.
f. Procedure for Conduct and Evaluation of MOOC: There shall be a Discipline
Centric Elective Course through Massive Open Online Course (MOOC) as
Program Elective course. The student shall register for the course (Minimum of 12
weeks) offered by SWAYAM/NPTEL/etc., through online with the approval of
Head of the Department. The Head of the Department shall appoint one mentor for
each of the MOOC subjects offered. The student needs to register the course in the
SWAYAM/NPTEL portal. During the course, the mentor monitors the student’s
assignment submissions given by SWAYAM/NPTEL. The student needs to
submit all the assignments given and needs to take final exam at the proctor center.
The student needs to earn a certificate by passing the exam. The student will be
awarded the credits given in curriculum only by submission of the certificate. In
case if student does not pass subjects registered through SWAYAM/NPTEL, the
same or alternative equivalent subject may be registered again through
SWAYAM/NPTEL in the next semester with the recommendation of HOD and
shall be passed.
g. Major Project (Project - Project work, seminar and internship in industry): In the
final semester, the student should mandatorily register and undergo internship and
in parallel he/she should work on a project with well-defined objectives. At the
end of the semester the candidate shall submit an internship completion certificate
and a project report. A student shall also be permitted to submit project report on
the work carried out during the internship. The project report shall be evaluated
with an external examiner. Evaluation: The total marks for project work 200 marks
and distribution shall be 60 marks for internal and 140 marks for external
evaluation. The supervisor assesses the student for 30 marks (Report: 15 marks,
Seminar: 15 marks). At the end of the semester, all projects shall be showcased at
the department for the benefit of all students and staff and the same is to be
evaluated by the departmental Project Review Committee consisting of supervisor,
a senior faculty and HOD for 30 marks. The external evaluation of Project Work is
a Viva-Voce Examination conducted in the presence of internal examiner and
external examiner appointed by the Chief superintendent/ CoE and is evaluated for
140 marks.
vi. Recounting/ Revaluation/ Revaluation by Challenge in the End Semester
Examination: A student can request for recounting/ revaluation/ revaluation by
challenge of his/her answer book on payment of a prescribed fee as per autonomous
norms.
vii. Supplementary Examinations: A student who has failed to secure the required credits
_____________________________________________________________________________________
can appear for a supplementary examination, as per the schedule announced by the
examination section.
viii. Malpractices in Examinations: Disciplinary action shall be taken in case of
malpractices during Mid/End examinations as per the rules framed by the academic
council.
ix. If the student is involved in indiscipline/malpractices/court cases, the result of the
student will be withheld.
11. Promotion Rules:
i. A student shall be promoted from first year to second year if he fulfills the minimum
attendance requirements.
ii. A student will be promoted from II year to III year if he fulfills the academic
requirement of 40% of credits up to either II year I-Semester or II year II-Semester
from all the examinations, whether or not the candidate takes the examinations and
secures prescribed minimum attendance in II year II semester.
iii. A student shall be promoted from III year to IV year if he fulfills the academic
requirements of 40% of the credits up to either III year I semester or III year II
semester from all the examinations, whether or not the candidate takes the
examinations and secures prescribed minimum attendance in III year II semester.
12. Course Pattern
i. The entire course of study is for four academic years; all years are on semester
pattern.
ii. A student eligible to appear for the end semester examination in a subject, but absent
from it or has failed in the end semester examination, may write the exam in that
subject when conducted next.
iii. When a student is detained for lack of credits/shortage of attendance, he may be re-
admitted into the same semester/year in which he has been detained. However, the
academic regulations under which he was first admitted shall continue to be
applicable to him.
13.Grading:
The grade points and letter grade will be awarded to each course based on students’
performance as per the grading system shown in the following Table.
% of Marks Letter Grade Level Grade Points
≥ 90 A+ Outstanding 10
80 to 89 A Excellent 9
70 to 79 B Very Good 8
60 to 69 C Good 7
50 to 59 D Fair 6
40 to 49 E Satisfactory 5
_____________________________________________________________________________________
<40 F Fail 0
ABSENT Ab Absent 0
14. Computation of SGPA and CGPA
i. The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is the ratio of sum of the product of the
number of credits with the grade points scored by a student in all the courses taken by
a student and the sum of the number of credits of all the courses undergone by a
student, i.e.
SGPA(Si) = Σ (Ci × Gi)/ Σ Ci
where, Ci is the number of credits of the ith subject and Gi is the grade point scored
by the student in the ith course
ii. The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed in the same manner
taking into account all the courses undergone by a student over all the semesters of a
program, i.e.
CGPA = Σ (Ci × Si)/ Σ Ci
where ‘Si’ is the SGPA of the ith semester and C i is the total number of credits in that
semester
iii. Both SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported in the
transcripts.
iv. While computing the SGPA/CGPA, the subjects in which the student is awarded Zero
grade points will also be included.
v. Grade Point: It is a numerical weight allotted to each letter grade on a 10-point scale.
vi. Letter Grade: It is an index of the performance of students in a said course. Grades
are denoted by letters A+, A, B, C, D, E and F.
vii. As per AICTE regulations, conversion of CGPA into equivalent percentage as
follows:
Equivalent Percentage = (CGPA – 0.75) x 10
viii. Illustration of Computation of SGPA and CGPA
Illustration for SGPA: Let us assume there are 6 subjects in a semester. The grades
obtained as follows:
Course Credit Grade Obtained Grade point Credit x Grade Point

Subject 1 3 B 8 3 X 8 = 24
Subject 2 4 C 7 4 X 7 = 28
Subject 3 3 D 6 3 X 6 = 18
Subject 4 3 A+ 10 3 X 10 = 30
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Subject 5 3 E 5 3 X 5 = 15
Subject 6 4 D 6 4 X 6 = 24
20 139
Thus, SGPA (Si) =139/20 =6.95=6.9 (approx.)
Illustration for CGPA:
Sem-1 Sem-2 Sem-3 Sem-4 Sem-5 Sem-6 Sem-7 Sem-8
Credits 20 22 25 26 26 25 21 23
SGPA 6.9 7.8 5.6 6.0 6.3 8.0 6.4 7.5
. + . + . + . + . + . + . + .
=
.
= = .
15. Award of Class:

After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the program
and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he/she shall be placed in one of the
following:
Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

First Class with distinction* ≥7.5
First Class ≥6.5 &<7.5
Second Class ≥5.5 &<6.5
Pass Class ≥4 &<5.5
Fail <4
* Awarded only if all the credit courses prescribed are cleared within four years for regular
candidates and three years for lateral entry candidates
The students who are approved for break in study for entrepreneurships / startups will also be
considered for award of first class with distinction
_____________________________________________________________________________________
For the purpose of awarding First, Second and Pass Class, CGPA obtained in the
examinations appeared within the maximum period allowed for the completion of the
program shall been considered
16.Gap - Year:
Gap Year – concept of Student Entrepreneur in Residence shall be introduced and
outstanding students who wish to pursue entrepreneurship are allowed to take a break of one
year at any time after I year/II year/III year to pursue entrepreneurship full time. This period
shall be counted for the maximum time for graduation. An evaluation committee at
university level shall be constituted to evaluate the proposal submitted by the student and the
committee shall decide on permitting the student for availing the Gap Year.
17. Transitory Regulations
A candidate, who is detained or discontinued a semester, on re-admission shall be required to
pass all the courses in the curriculum prescribed for such batch of students in which the
student joins subsequently and the academic regulations be applicable to him/her which are
in force at the time of his/her admission. However, exemption will be given to those
candidates who have already passed in such courses in the earlier semester(s) and additional
courses are to be studied as approved by Board of Studies and ratified by Academic Council.
18.Curricular Framework for Honors Programme
i. Students of a Department/Discipline are eligible to opt for Honors Programme
offered by the same Department/Discipline.
ii. A student shall be permitted to register for Honors program at the beginning of 4th
semester provided that the student must have acquired a minimum of 8.0 SGPA up to
the end of 2nd semester without any backlogs. In case of the declaration of the 3rd
semester results after the commencement of the 4th semester and if a student fails to
score the required minimum of 8 SGPA, his/her registration for Honors Programme
stands cancelled and he/she shall continue with the regular Programme.
iii. Students can select the additional and advanced courses from their respective branch
in which they are pursuing the degree and get an honors degree in the same. e.g. If a
Mechanical Engineering student completes the selected advanced courses from same
branch under this scheme, he/she will be awarded B.Tech. (Honors) in Mechanical
Engineering.
iv. In addition to fulfilling all the requisites of a Regular B.Tech Programme, a student
shall earn 20 additional credits to be eligible for the award of B. Tech (Honors)
degree. This is in addition to the credits essential for obtaining the Under Graduate
Degree in Major Discipline (i.e., 160 credits).
v. Of the 20 additional Credits to be acquired, 16 credits shall be earned by undergoing
specified courses listed as pools, with four courses, each carrying 4 credits. The
remaining 4 credits must be acquired through two MOOCs, which shall be domain
_____________________________________________________________________________________
specific, each with 2 credits and with a minimum duration of 8/12 weeks as
recommended by the Board of studies.
vi. It is the responsibility of the student to acquire/complete prerequisite before taking the
respective course. The courses offered in each pool shall be domain specific courses
and advanced courses.
vii. The concerned BoS shall decide on the minimum enrolments for offering Honors
program by the department. If minimum enrolments criteria are not met then the
students shall be permitted to register for the equivalent MOOC courses as approved
by the concerned Head of the department in consultation with BoS.
viii. Each pool can have theory as well as laboratory courses. If a course comes with a lab
component, that component has to be cleared separately. The concerned BoS shall
explore the possibility of introducing virtual labs for such courses with lab
component.
ix. MOOC courses must be of minimum 8 weeks in duration. Attendance will not be
monitored for MOOC courses. Students have to acquire a certificate from the
agencies approved by the BOS with grading or marks or pass/fail in order to earn 4
credits. If the MOOC course is a pass/fail course without any grades, the grade to be
assigned will be as decided by the university/academic council.
x. The concerned BoS shall also consider courses listed under professional electives of
the respective B. Tech programs for the requirements of B. Tech (Honors). However,
a student shall be permitted to choose only those courses that he/she has not studied
in any form during the Programme.
xi. If a student drops or is terminated from the Honors program, the additional credits so
far earned cannot be converted into free or core electives; they will remain extra.
These additional courses will find mention in the transcript (but not in the degree
certificate). In such cases, the student may choose between the actual grade or a “pass
(P)” grade and also choose to omit the mention of the course as for the following: All
the courses done under the dropped Minors will be shown in the transcript. None of
the courses done under the dropped Minor will be shown in the transcript.
xii. In case a student fails to meet the CGPA requirement for Degree with Honors at any
point after registration, he/she will be dropped from the list of students eligible for
Degree with Honors and they will receive regular B.Tech degree only. However, such
students will receive a separate grade sheet mentioning the additional courses
completed by them.
xiii. Honors must be completed simultaneously with a major degree program. A student
cannot earn Honors after he/she has already earned bachelor’s degree.
19. Curricular Framework for Minor Programme
_____________________________________________________________________________________
i. Students who are desirous of pursuing their special interest areas other than the
chosen discipline of Engineering may opt for additional courses in minor
specialization groups offered by a department other than their parent department. For
example, If Mechanical Engineering student selects subjects from Civil Engineering
under this scheme, he/she will get Major degree of Mechanical Engineering with
minor degree of Civil Engineering
ii. Student can also opt for Industry relevant tracks of any branch to obtain the Minor
Degree, for example, a B.Tech Mechanical student can opt for the industry relevant
tracks like Data Mining track, IOT track, Machine learning track etc.
iii. The BOS concerned shall identify as many tracks as possible in the areas of emerging
technologies and industrial relevance / demand. For example, the minor tracks can be
the fundamental courses in CSE, ECE, EEE, CE, ME etc., or industry tracks such as
Artificial Intelligence (AI), Machine Learning (ML), Data Science (DS), Robotics,
Electric vehicles, Robotics, VLSI etc.
iv. The list of disciplines/branches eligible to opt for a particular industry relevant minor
specialization shall be clearly mentioned by the respective BoS.
v. There shall be no limit on the number of programs offered under Minor. The college
can offer minor programs in emerging technologies based on expertise in the
respective departments or can explore the possibility of collaborating with the
relevant industries/agencies in offering the program.
vi. The concerned BoS shall decide on the minimum enrolments for offering Minor
program by the department. If a minimum enrolments criterion is not met, then the
students may be permitted to register for the equivalent MOOC courses as approved
by the concerned Head of the department in consultation with BoS.
vii. A student shall be permitted to register for Minors program at the beginning of 4th
semester subject to a maximum of two additional courses per semester, provided that
the student must have acquired 8 SGPA (Semester Grade point average) up to the end
of 2nd semester without any history of backlogs. It is expected that the 3 rd semester
results may be announced after the commencement of the 4th semester. If a student
fails to acquire 8 SGPA up to 3rd semester or failed in any of the courses, his
registration for Minors program shall stand cancelled. An SGPA of 8 has to be
maintained in the subsequent semesters without any backlog in order to keep the
Minors registration active.
viii. A student shall earn additional 20 credits in the specified area to be eligible for the
award of B. Tech degree with Minor. This is in addition to the credits essential for
obtaining the Under Graduate Degree in Major Discipline (i.e., 160 credits).
ix. Out of the 20 Credits, 16 credits shall be earned by undergoing specified courses
listed by the concerned BoS along with prerequisites. It is the responsibility of the
student to acquire/complete prerequisite before taking the respective course. If a
_____________________________________________________________________________________
course comes with a lab component, that component has to be cleared separately. A
student shall be permitted to choose only those courses that he/she has not studied in
any form during the Programme.
x. In addition to the 16 credits, students must pursue at least 2 courses through MOOCs.
The courses must be of minimum 8 weeks in duration. Attendance will not be
monitored for MOOC courses. Student has to acquire a certificate from the agencies
approved by the BOS with grading or marks or pass/fail in order to earn 4 credits. If
the MOOC course is a pass/fail course without any grades, the grade to be assigned as
decided by the University/academic council.
xi. Student can opt for the Industry relevant minor specialization as approved by the
concerned departmental BoS. Student can opt the courses from Skill Development
Corporation (APSSDC) or can opt the courses from an external agency recommended
and approved by concerned BOS and should produce course completion certificate.
The Board of studies of the concerned discipline of Engineering shall review such
courses being offered by eligible external agencies and prepare a fresh list every year
incorporating latest skills based on industrial demand.
xii. A committee should be formed at the level of College / department to evaluate the
grades/marks given by external agencies to a student which are approved by
concerned BoS. Upon completion of courses the departmental committee should
convert the obtained grades/marks to the maximum marks assigned to that course.
The controller of examinations can take a decision on such conversions and may give
appropriate grades.
xiii. If a student drops (or terminated) from the Minor program, they cannot convert the
earned credits into free or core electives; they will remain extra. These additional
courses will find mention in the transcript (but not in the degree certificate). In such
cases, the student may choose between the actual grade or a “pass (P)” grade and also
choose to omit the mention of the course as for the following: All the courses done
under the dropped Minors will be shown in the transcript or None of the courses
done under the dropped Minor will be shown in the transcript.
xiv. In case a student fails to meet the CGPA requirement for B.Tech degree with Minor
at any point after registration, he/she will be dropped from the list of students eligible
for degree with Minors and they will receive B. Tech degree only. However, such
students will receive a separate grade sheet mentioning the additional courses
completed by them.
xv. Minor must be completed simultaneously with a major degree program. A student
cannot earn the Minor after he/she has already earned bachelor’s degree.
20. Industrial Collaborations (Case Study)
Institution-Industry linkages refer to the interaction between firms and universities or
public research centers with the goal of solving technical problems, working on R&D,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
innovation projects and gathering scientific as well as technological knowledge. It involves

the collaboration of Industries and Universities in various areas that would foster the
research ecosystem in the country and enhance growth of economy, industry and society at
large.
The Institutions are permitted to design any number of Industry oriented minor tracks as the
respective BoS feels necessary. In this process the Institutions can plan to have industrial
collaborations in designing the minor tracks and to develop the content and certificate
programs. Industry giants such as IBM, TCS, WIPRO etc., may be contacted to develop
such collaborations. The Institutions shall also explore the possibilities of collaborations
with major industries in the core sectors and professional bodies to create specialized
domain skills.
21. Amendments to Regulations: The college may from time-to-time revise, amend or change
the Regulations, Curriculum, Syllabus and Scheme of examinations through the Board of
Studies with the approval of Academic Council and Governing Body of the college.
22. Transferred Students:The students seeking transfer to VVIT from various Universities/
Institutions have to obtain the credits of any equivalent subjects as prescribed by the
Academic Council. Only the internal marks obtained in the previous institution will be
considered for evaluation of failed subjects.
*****
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (R20) FOR B. TECH.

(LATERAL ENTRY SCHEME)
Applicable for the students admitted into II-year B. Tech. from the Academic Year 2021-22
onwards
1. Award of B. Tech. Degree: A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech.
Degree if he fulfills the following academic regulations:
 A student shall be declared eligible for the award of the B. Tech Degree, if he pursues a
course of study in not less than three academic years and not more than six academic
years.
 The candidate shall register for 121 credits and secure all the 121 credits.
 A student shall be eligible for the award of B.Tech degree with Honors or Minor if
he/she earns 20 credits in addition to the 121 credits. A student shall be permitted to
register either for Honors or for Minor and not for both simultaneously.
2. The attendance regulations of B. Tech. (Regular) shall be applicable to B.Tech Lateral
Entry Students.
3. Promotion Rule
 A student shall be promoted from second year to third year if he fulfills the minimum
attendance requirement.
 A student shall be promoted from III year to IV year if he fulfills the academic
requirements of 40% of the credits up to either III year I semester or III year II semester
from all the examinations, whether or not the candidate takes the examinations and
secures prescribed minimum attendance in III year II semester.
4. Award of Class
After a student has satisfied the requirement prescribed for the completion of the program
and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree, he shall be placed in one of the following
four classes:
Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

First Class with distinction* ≥7.5
First Class ≥6.5 &<7.5
Second Class ≥5.5 &<6.5
Pass Class ≥4 &<5.5
Fail <4
5. All the other regulations as applicable to B. Tech. 4-year degree course (Regular) will hold
good for B. Tech Lateral Entry Scheme.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
MALPRACTICE RULES
DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR IMPROPER CONDUCT IN EXAMINATIONS
Nature of Malpractices/Improper
S.No. Punishment
conduct
1. (a) Possesses or keeps accessible in

examination hall, any paper, note
book, programmable calculators, Cell
phones, pager, palm computers or
any other form of material concerned
with or related to the subject of the
Expulsion from the examination hall and
examination (theory or practical) in
cancellation of the performance in that subject
which he is appearing but has not
only.
made use of (material shall include
any marks on the body of the
candidate which can be used as an aid
in the subject of the examination)
(b) Gives assistance or guidance or

receives it from any other candidate Expulsion from the examination hall and
orally or by any other body language cancellation of the performance in that subject
methods or communicates through only of all the candidates involved. In case of
cell phones with any candidate or an outsider, he will be handed over to the police
persons in or outside the exam hall in and a case is registered against him.
respect of any matter.
2. Expulsion from the examination hall and

Has copied in the examination hall cancellation of the performance in that subject
from any paper, book, programmable and all other subjects the candidate has already
calculators, palm computers or any appeared including practical examinations and
other form of material relevant to the project work and shall not be permitted to
subject of the examination (theory or appear for the remaining examinations of the
practical) in which the candidate is subjects of that Semester/year. The Hall Ticket
appearing. of the candidate is to be cancelled and sent to
the University.
3. Impersonates any other candidate in The candidate who has impersonated shall be
connection with the examination. expelled from examination hall. The candidate
is also debarred and forfeits the seat. The
_____________________________________________________________________________________
performance of the original candidate who has

been impersonated, shall be cancelled in all the
subjects of the examination (including practical
and project work) already appeared and shall
not be allowed to appear for examinations of
the remaining subjects of that semester/year.
The candidate is also debarred for two
consecutive semesters from class work and all
University examinations. The continuation of
the course by the candidate is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat. If the imposter is an outsider,
he will be handed over to the police and a case
is registered against him.

cancellation of performance in that subject and
all the other subjects the candidate has already
Smuggles in the Answer book or appeared including practical examinations and
additional sheet or takes out or project work and shall not be permitted for the
arranges to send out the question remaining examinations of the subjects of that
paper during the examination or semester/year. The candidate is also debarred
answer book or additional sheet, for two consecutive semesters from class work
during or after the examination. and all University examinations. The
continuation of the course by the candidate is
subject to the academic regulations in
connection with forfeiture of seat.
5. Uses objectionable, abusive or

offensive language in the answer
paper or in letters to the examiners or Cancellation of the performance in that subject.
writes to the examiner requesting him
to award pass marks.
6. Refuses to obey the orders of the In case of students of the college, they shall be
Chief Superintendent /Assistant – expelled from examination halls and
Superintendent / any officer on duty cancellation of their performance in that subject
or misbehaves or creates disturbance and all other subjects the candidate(s) has
of any kind in and around the (have) already appeared and shall not be
examination hall or organizes a walk permitted to appear for the remaining
out or instigates others to walk out, or examinations of the subjects of that
threatens the officer-in charge or any semester/year. The candidates also are
_____________________________________________________________________________________
person on duty in or outside the debarred and forfeit their seats. In case of
examination hall of any injury to his outsiders, they will be handed over to the police
person or to any of his relations and a police case is registered against them.
whether by words, either spoken or
written or by signs or by visible
representation, assaults the officer-in-
charge, or any person on duty in or
outside the examination hall or any of
his relations, or indulges in any other
act of misconduct or mischief which
result in damage to or destruction of
property in the examination hall or
any part of the College campus or
engages in any other act which in the
opinion of the officer on duty
amounts to use of unfair means or
misconduct or has the tendency to
disrupt the orderly conduct of the
examination.

cancellation of performance in that subject and
all the other subjects the candidate has already
appeared including practical examinations and
Leaves the exam hall taking away project work and shall not be permitted for the
answer script or intentionally tears of remaining examinations of the subjects of that
the script or any part thereof inside or semester/year. The candidate is also debarred
outside the examination hall. for two consecutive semesters from class work
and all University examinations. The
continuation of the course by the candidate is
subject to the academic regulations in
connection with forfeiture of seat.

Possess any lethal weapon or firearm and all other subjects the candidate has already
in the examination hall. appeared including practical examinations and
project work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the subjects of that
semester/year. The candidate is also debarred
and forfeits the seat.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
9. Student of the college expulsion from the

examination hall and cancellation of the
If student of the college, who is not a performance in that subject and all other
candidate for the particular subjects the candidate has already appeared
examination or any person not including practical examinations and project
connected with the college indulges work and shall not be permitted for the
in any malpractice or improper remaining examinations of the subjects of that
conduct mentioned in clause 6 to 8. semester/year. The candidate is also debarred
and forfeits the seat. Person(s) who do not
belong to the College will be handed over to
police and, a police case will be registered
against them.

and all other subjects the candidate has already
Comes in a drunken condition to the
appeared including practical examinations and
examination hall.
project work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the subjects of that
semester/year.
11. Cancellation of the performance in that subject

Copying detected on the basis of and all other subjects the candidate has
internal evidence, such as, during appeared including practical examinations and
valuation or during special scrutiny. project work of that semester/year
examinations.
12. If any malpractice is detected which

is not covered in the above clauses 1
to 11 shall be reported to the
University for further action to award
suitable punishment.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
In case any emergency call Toll Free No. 1800 425 1288
LET US MAKE VVIT A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS
_____________________________________________________________________________________
In case any emergency call Toll Free No. 1800 425 1288
LET US MAKE VVIT A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS
_____________________________________________________________________________________
COURSE STRUCTURE (R20)

Definition of Credit (C)
1 Hour Lecture (L) per week 1 Credit
1 Hour Tutorial (T) per week 1 Credit
1 Hour Practical (P) per week 0.5 Credit
Structure of B. Tech program Regulation R20
Suggested Suggested Breakup

S.No. Breakup Breakup of of Credits
Category Code
of Credits by Credits by
AICTE APSCHE
Humanities and Social
1 Sciences including HS 12 10.5 10.5
Management courses
2 Basic Science courses BS 25 21 21
Engineering Science courses
including workshop, 25.5
3 ES 24 24
drawing, basics of electrical/
mechanical/ computer etc
4 Professional core courses PC 48 51 49.5
Professional Elective courses
5 relevant to chosen PE 18 15 15
specialization/ branch
Open subjects – Electives
6 from other technical and /or OE 18 12 12
emerging subjects
Project work, seminar and
7 internship in industry or PR 15 16.5 16.5
elsewhere
Mandatory Courses
[Environmental Sciences,
Induction training, Indian 0
8 NC Non-Credit Non-Credit
Constitution, Essence of
Indian Traditional
Knowledge]
9 Skill Oriented Courses SC -- 10 10
Total 160 160 160
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SEMESTER-WISE STRUCTURE OF CURRICULUM
SEMESTER-WISE STRUCTURE OF CURRICULUM

Course structure for eight semesters during four years of study is as follows
I Year I Semester (Semester-1)
S. No. Category Course Name L T P C
1 HS1101 Communicative English 3 0 0 3
2 BS1101 Mathematics-I 2 1 0 3
3 BS1102 Applied Physics 3 0 0 3
4 ES1101 Problem Solving using C 3 0 0 3
5 ES1102 Engineering Graphics 1 0 4 3
6 HS1101L Communicative English Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 BS1102L Applied Physics & Virtual Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 ES1101L Problem Solving using C Lab 0 0 3 1.5
Total Credits 19.5
Category Credits
Humanities and Social Science Courses 4.5
Basic Science Courses 7.5
Engineering Science Courses 7.5
Total Credits 19.5
_____________________________________________________________________________________
I Year II Semester (Semester-2)
S. No. Category Course Name L T P C

1 BS1201 Mathematics-II 2 1 0 3
2 BS1202 Applied Chemistry 3 0 0 3
3 ES1201 Basic Electronic Devices and Circuits 2 1 0 3
4 ES1202 Problem Solving using Python 3 0 0 3
5 PC1201 Basic Circuit Analysis 2 1 0 3
6 BS1202L Applied Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 ES1201L Basic Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 ES1202L Problem Solving using Python Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9 MC1201 Indian Constitution 2 0 0 0
Total Credits 19.5
Category Credits
Basic Science Courses 7.5
Professional Core Courses 3
Engineering Science Courses 9
Mandatory course (AICTE) 0
Total Credits 19.5
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II Year I Semester (Semester-3)
S.No Category Course Title L T P C

1 BS2101 Mathematics-III 2 1 0 3
2 ES2101 Data Structures 3 0 0 3
3 PC2101 Electrical Machines –I 2 1 0 3
4 PC2102 Electrical Circuit Analysis 2 1 0 3
5 PC2103 Electromagnetic Fields 2 1 0 3
6 ES2101L Data Structures Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 PC2101L Electrical machines –I Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 PC2102L Electrical Circuit Analysis Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9 SOC2101 Skill oriented course-1 1 0 2 2
10 MC2101 Essence of Indian Traditional Knowledge 2 0 0 0
Total Credits 21.5
Category Credits
Basic Science Course 3
Skill Oriented Course 2
Mandatory Course (AICTE) 0
Total Credits 21.5
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II Year II Semester (Semester-4)

1 BS2201 Complex Variables and Statistical Methods 2 1 0 3
2 ES2201 Thermal and Hydro Prime Movers 3 0 0 3
3 PC2201 Power Systems-I 3 0 0 3
4 PC2202 Electrical Machines – II 2 1 0 3
5 PC2203 Control Systems 2 1 0 3
6 ES2201L Thermal and Hydro Prime Movers Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 PC2202L Electrical Machines - II Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 PC2204L Control Systems Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9 SOC2201 Skill Oriented Course-2 1 0 2 2
10 MC2201 Environmental Science 2 0 0 0
Total Credits 21.5
Internship/Community Service Project
2 Months (Mandatory) during summer
vacation
Honors/Minor courses 3 0 2 4
Category Credits
Basic Science Courses 3
Skill Oriented Courses 2
Mandatory course (AICTE) 0
Total Credits 21.5
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III Year I Semester (Semester-5)

1 HS3101 Engineering Economics and Management 3 0 0 3
2 PC3101 Power Systems – II 2 1 0 3
3 PC3102 Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3
4 PC3103 Power Electronics 3 0 0 3
5 OE3101 Open Elective-I 2 0 2 3
6 PC3102L Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 PC3103L Power Electronics Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 SAC3101 Skill Advanced Course-1 1 0 2 2
Summer Internship 2 Months (Mandatory) after second
9 INTERN3101 0 0 0 1.5
year (to be evaluated during V semester
Total Credits 21.5
Category Credits
Humanities and Social Science Courses 3
Open Elective Courses 3
Skill Advanced Course 2
Summer Internship 1.5
Total Credits 21.5
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III Year II Semester (Semester-6)

1 HS3201 Universal Human Values-2 3 0 0 3
2 PC3201 Microprocessors & Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3
3 PC3202 Power Systems -III 2 1 0 3
Professional Elective I
1. Digital Electronics
4 PE3201 2. Special Electrical Machines 2 0 2 3
3. Advanced Control Systems
4. Solar and wind Energy Conversion Systems
Professional Elective II
1. Power System Protection
2. Renewable Energy Sources
5 PE3201 3. Advanced Control Systems 2 0 2 3
4. NPTEL/SWAYAM
Duration: 12 Weeks minimum
*course /subject title can’t be repeated.
6 PC3201L Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 PC3202L Power Systems Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 PC3203L Electrical Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1.5
Total Credits 21.5
Industrial/Research Internship
2Months (Mandatory) during summer vacation
Category Credits
Professional Core Courses 10.5
Humanities and Social Science Courses 3
Professional Electives Course 6
Total Credits 21.5
_____________________________________________________________________________________
IV Year I Semester (Semester-7)

Professional Elective III
1. Utilization of Electrical Energy
1 PE4101 2. FACTS 2 0 2 3
3. High Voltage Engineering
4. Electrical Engineering Materials
Professional Elective IV
1. Electric Drives
2. HVAC &DC Transmission
2 PE4102 2 0 2 3
3. Power System Reliability
4. Reactive Power Compensation &
Management
Professional Elective V
1. Digital Control Systems
3 PE4103 2. Energy Conservation & Auditing 2 0 2 3
3. Electric Power Quality
4. Electrical Machine Design
4 OE4101 Open Elective II 2 0 2 3
5 OE4102 Open Elective III 2 0 2 3
6 OE4103 Open Elective IV 2 0 2 3
8 MC4101 Entrepreneurial Skill Development 2 0 0 0
Industrial/Research Internship 2 Months
9 INTERN4101 (Mandatory) after third year (to be evaluated during 0 0 0 3
VII semester)
Total Credits 23
Category Credits
Professional Elective Courses 9
Open Elective Courses 9
Industrial/Research Internship (Mandatory)2months 3
Mandatory Course(AICTE) 0
Total Credits 23
_____________________________________________________________________________________
IV Year II Semester (Semester-8)

S. No Subject code Course Name L T P C
Major Project
Project work, seminar, and internship in
1 PROJ4201 0 0 0 12
industry
Internship (6 months)
Total Credits 12
Open Elective Courses

OOPS Through Advanced Python Block-chain
OE3101 MEMS
JAVA Programming Technology
Electrical
Machines
OE4101 Signals and Systems Machine Learning VLSI
Modelling and
Analysis
Linear IC Embedded
OE4102 Big Data Analytics Robotics
Applications Systems
Neural Networks & Nano- Digital Signal
OE4103 Cyber Security
Fuzzy Logic Technology Processing
Skill Oriented Course/Skill Advanced Courses

Fundaments of Industrial
Python library
SOC2101 Internet of Things Safety, Codes DC Drives
tools
(IoT) and Standards
Fundaments of Solar Panel Sensors &
SOC2201 AC Drives
MATLAB and PSpice installation Actuators for IoT
SAC3101 Soft skills Soft skills Soft skills Soft skills
SGP PLC
Process
SAC3202 (Low Voltage and PSCAD
Instrumentation
Switchgears) SCADA
HOMER
ETAP (Hybrid
Amazon Web
(Electrical optimization
SAC4101 Power Bi Services
Transient & Model for
Analysis Program) Electrical
Renewable)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
List of Open Elective Subjects offered by EEE Branch
Open Elective-I
1.Non Conventional Energy Sources

2.Electrical Estimating and Costing
3.Principles of Electric Power Conversion
Open Elective-II
1.Programmable Logic Controller and Applications

2.Energy Storage Systems
3.Soft Computing Techniques
Open Elective-III
1.Electric Vehicles
2.Indian Electricity Act, 2003
3.Power Systems for Data Centres
Courses for Honors degree

POOL-1 POOL-2 POOL-3 POOL-4
(II-II) (III-I) (III-II) (IV-I)
Analysis of Linear Power System Advanced Power
Energy Economics
Systems Optimization Converters
Energy Storage Distribution System Power System
Hybrid Electrical Vehicle
Systems Engineering Protection
Semiconductor Sensors and Advanced
Modern Control Theory
Device Modeling Transducers Power Systems
Renewable Energy Process Control Real Time Control of Power System Operation and
Sources Engineering Power System Deregulation(PSOD)
MOOC-1*(NPTEL/SWAYAM) Duration:12Weeks minimum
MOOC-2*(NPTEL/SWAYAM) Duration:12Weeks minimum
*Course/subject title can’t be repeated
_____________________________________________________________________________________
General Minor Tracks
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering

S.No. Course Name L T P C
1 Special Electrical Machines 3 0 2 4
2 Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation 3 0 2 4
3 M ATLAB for Engineering Applications 3 0 2 4
4 Generation of Electric Power 3 0 2 4
5 Energy audit 3 0 2 4
6 Non-conventional energy sources 3 0 2 4
Note:
i. A student can select four subjects from the above six subjects @3-0-2-4
credits per subject.
ii. Compulsory MOOC/NPTEL courses for 04 credits (02courses @02credits each)
VVIT Life skill courses
The following courses are admitted to be the courses beyond curriculum to

improveindividuallifeskills.Thesecoursesandwillbedemonstratedintheclassrooma
ndwillbehavinganinternalassessmentforsatisfactory.
S.No Year and Semester Course Name
1 I Year I Semester(Semester-1) Quantitative Aptitude
2 I Year II Semester(Semester-2) Verbal Ability
3 II Year I Semester(Semester-3) Understanding Self for Effectiveness
4 II Year II Semester(Semester-4) Design Thinking
5 III Year I Semester(Semester-5) Stress and Coping Strategies
6 III Year II Semester(Semester-6) Research Skills
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SYLLABUS
I-Year-I Semester COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH L T P C
HS1101 (Common to CIV, EEE, MEC & ECE) 3 0 0 3
Course objectives:
The main objectives are
1. Adopt activity-based teaching-learning methods to ensure that learners would be engaged
in use of language both in the classroom and laboratory sessions.
2. Facilitate effective listening skills for better comprehension of academic lectures and
English spoken by native speakers
3. Focus on appropriate reading strategies for comprehension of various academic texts and
authentic materials
4. Help improve speaking skills through participation in activities such as role plays,
discussions and structured talks/oral presentations
5. Impart effective strategies for good writing and demonstrate the same in summarizing,
writing well organized essays, record and report useful information
6. Provide knowledge of grammatical structures and vocabulary and encourage their
appropriate use in speech and writing
Unit – 1: 13 HOURS
Detailed Study: A Proposal to Girdle the Earth (Excerpt) by Nellie Bly
Theme: Exploration
Listening: Identifying the topic, the context and specific pieces of information by listening to
short audio texts and answering a series of questions.
Speaking: Asking and answering general questions on familiar topics such as home, family,
work, studies and interests; introducing oneself and others. Reading: Skimming to get the main
idea of a text; scanning to look for specific pieces of information.
Reading for Writing: Beginnings and endings of paragraphs - introducing the topic,
summarizing the main idea and/or providing a transition to the next paragraph.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Content words and function words; word forms: verbs, nouns,
adjectives and adverbs; nouns: countable and uncountable; singular and plural; basic sentence
structures; simple question form - wh-questions; word order in sentences.
Non-Detailed Study:
1. “How to Fashion Your Own Brand of Success” by Howard Whitman
2. “How to Recognize Your Failure Symptoms” by Dorothea Brande
Unit-2: 13 HOURS
Detailed Study: An excerpt from The District School as It Was by One Who Went to It by
Warren Burton
Theme: On Campus
Listening: Answering a series of questions about main idea and supporting ideas after listening
to audio texts.
Speaking: Discussion in pairs/ small groups on specific topics followed by short structured talks.
Reading: Identifying sequence of ideas; recognizing verbal techniques that help to link the ideas
in a paragraph together.
Writing: Paragraph writing (specific topics) using suitable cohesive devices; mechanics of
writing - punctuation, capital letters.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Grammar and Vocabulary: Cohesive devices - linkers, signposts and transition signals; use of
articles and zero article; prepositions.
Non-detailed Study:
3. “How to Conquer the Ten Most Common Causes of Failure” by Louis Binstock
4. “How to Develop Your Strength to Seize Opportunities” by Maxwell Maltz
Unit-3: 13 HOURS
Detailed Study: The Future of Work?
Theme: Working Together
Listening: Listening for global comprehension and summarizing what is listened to.
Speaking:Discussing specific topics in pairs or small groups and reporting what is discussed
Reading: Reading a text in detail by making basic inferences - recognizing and interpreting
specific context clues; strategies to use text clues for comprehension.
Writing: Summarizing - identifying main idea/s and rephrasing what is read; avoiding
redundancies and repetitions.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Verbs - tenses; subject-verb agreement; direct and indirect speech,
reporting verbs for academic purposes.
Non-Detailed Study:
5. “How to Make the Most of Your Abilities” by Kenneth Hildebrand
6. “How to Raise Your Self-Esteem and Develop Self-confidence” by James W Newman
Unit-4: 13 HOURS
Detailed Study: H.G Wells and the Uncertainties of Progress by Peter J. Bowler
Theme: Fabric of Change
Listening: Making predictions while listening to conversations/ transactional dialogues without
video; listening with video.
Speaking: Role-plays for practice of conversational English in academic contexts (formal and
informal) - asking for and giving information/directions.
Reading: Studying the use of graphic elements in texts to convey information, reveal
trends/patterns/relationships, communicate processes or display complicated data.
Writing: Information transfer; describe, compare, contrast, identify significance/trends based on
information provided in figures/charts/graphs/tables.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Quantifying expressions - adjectives and adverbs; comparing and
contrasting; degrees of comparison; use of antonyms
Non-Detailed Study
7. “How to Win Your War against Negative Feelings” by Dr Maxwell Maltz
8. “How to Find the Courage to Take Risks” by Drs. Tom Rusk and Randy Read
Unit-5: 13 HOURS
Detailed Study: Leaves from the Mental Portfolio of a Eurasian by Sui Sin Far
Theme: Tools for Life
Listening: Identifying key terms, understanding concepts and answering a series of relevant
questions that test comprehension.
Speaking: Formal oral presentations on topics from academic contexts - without the use of PPT
slides.
Reading: Reading for comprehension.
Writing: Writing structured essays on specific topics using suitable claims and evidences
Grammar and Vocabulary: Editing short texts – identifying and correcting common errors in
grammar and usage (articles, prepositions, tenses, subject verb agreement)
Non-Detailed Study
9. “How to Become a Self-Motivator” by Charles T Jones
_____________________________________________________________________________________
10. “How to Eliminate Your Bad Habits” by OgMandino
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1 identify the context, topic, and pieces of specific information from social or transactional
dialogues spoken by native speakers of English and formulate sentences using proper
grammatical structures and correct word forms (Describe, relate, tell, find L-3)
CO2 speak clearly on a specific topic using suitable discourse markers in informal discussions
(Discuss, outline, explain, predict – L3)
CO3 write summaries based on global comprehension of reading/listening texts (Use,
categorize, complete, solve L-3)
CO4 produce a coherent paragraph interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table (Identify, compare,
explain, illustrate- L4)
CO5 take notes while listening to a talk/lecture to answer questions (explain, relate, outline,
complete -L3)
Text books:
1. English All Round: Communication Skills for Undergraduate Learners-Volume 1, Orient
Black Swan, 2019
2. University of Success by OgMandino, Jaico, 2015.
Reference books:
1. Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A handbook for international students. Routledge,
2014.
2. Chase, Becky Tarver. Pathways: Listening, Speaking and Critical Thinking. Heinley ELT;
2nd Edition, 2018.
3. Skillful Level 2 Reading & Writing Student's Book Pack (B1) Macmillan Educational.
4. Hewings, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.
AICTE Recommended Books
5. Meenakshi Raman and Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication. Oxford University
Press, 2018.
6. Pushplata and Sanjay Kumar. Communication Skills, Oxford University Press, 2018.
7. Kulbushan Kumar. Effective Communication Skills. Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
Sample Web Resources

Grammar / Listening / Writing
1-language.com
http://www.5minuteenglish.com/
https://www.englishpractice.com/
Grammar/Vocabulary
English Language Learning Online
http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/
http://www.better-english.com/
http://www.nonstopenglish.com/
https://www.vocabulary.com/
BBC Vocabulary Games
Free Rice Vocabulary Game
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Reading
https://www.usingenglish.com/comprehension/
https://www.englishclub.com/reading/short-stories.htm
https://www.english-online.at/
Listening
https://learningenglish.voanews.com/z/3613
http://www.englishmedialab.com/listening.html
Speaking
https://www.talkenglish.com/
BBC Learning English – Pronunciation tips
Merriam-Webster – Perfect pronunciation Exercises
All Skills
https://www.englishclub.com/
http://www.world-english.org/
http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/
Micro-Syllabus of Communicative English

Unit 1
Detailed Study: A Proposal to Girdle the Earth (Excerpt) by Nellie Bly
Theme: Exploration
Listening: Identifying the topic, the context and specific pieces of information by listening to short
audio texts and answering a series of questions.
Speaking:Asking and answering general questions on familiar topics such as home, family, work,
studies and interests; introducing oneself and others.
Reading: Skimming to get the main idea of a text; scanning to look for specific pieces of information.
Reading for Writing: Beginnings and endings of paragraphs - introducing the topic, summarizing the
main idea and/or providing a transition to the next paragraph.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Content words and function words; word forms: verbs, nouns, adjectives
and adverbs; nouns: countable and uncountable; singular and plural; basic sentence structures; simple
question form - wh-questions; word order in sentences.
Non-Detailed Study:
1. “How to Fashion Your Own Brand of Success” by Howard Whitman
2. “How to Recognize Your Failure Symptoms” by Dorothea Brande
Unit Module Micro content
Identifying the topic, the context and specific pieces of
Listening information by listening to short audio texts and
answering a series of questions.
Asking and answering general questions on familiar
1a.Detailed Study Speaking topics such as home, family, work, studies and interests;
introducing oneself and others.
Beginnings and endings of paragraphs - introducing the
Reading topic, summarizing the main idea and/or providing a
transition to the next paragraph.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Content words and function words; word forms: verbs,

nouns, adjectives and adverbs; nouns: countable and
Grammar and
uncountable; singular and plural; basic sentence
Vocabulary
structures; simple question form - wh-questions; word
order in sentences.
“How to Fashion
Your Own Brand of Introduction to Whitman
Success” by Howard Summary of the Essay
1b.Non-Detailed Whitman
Study How to Recognize
Your Failure Introduction to Dorothea Brande
Symptoms” by Summary of the Essay
Dorothea Brande
Unit 2
Detailed Study: The District School As It Was by One Who Went to It by Warren Burton
Theme: On Campus
Listening: Answering a series of questions about main idea and supporting ideas after listening to
audio texts.
Speaking: Discussion in pairs/ small groups on specific topics followed by short structured talks.
Reading: Identifying sequence of ideas; recognizing verbal techniques that help to link the ideas in a
paragraph together.
Writing: Paragraph writing (specific topics) using suitable cohesive devices; mechanics of writing -
punctuation, capital letters.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Cohesive devices - linkers, signposts and transition signals; use of
articles and zero article; prepositions.
Non-detailed Study:
3. “How to Conquer the Ten Most Common Causes of Failure” by Louis Binstock
4. “How to Develop Your Strength to Seize Opportunities” by Maxwell Maltz
Answering a series of questions about main idea and
Listening
supporting ideas after listening to audio texts.
Discussion in pairs/ small groups on specific topics
Speaking
followed by short structured talks.
Identifying sequence of ideas; recognizing verbal
2a. Detailed Study
Reading techniques that help to link the ideas in a paragraph
together.
Paragraph writing (specific topics) using suitable
Writing cohesive devices; mechanics of writing -
punctuation, capital letters.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Grammar and Cohesive devices - linkers, signposts and transition

Vocabulary signals; use of articles and zero article; prepositions.
“How to Conquer the

Ten Most Common Introduction to Louis Binstock
Causes of Failure” by Summary of the Essay
2b. Non-Detailed Louis Binstock
Study “How to Develop Your
Strength to Seize Introduction to Maxwell Maltz
Opportunities” by Summary of the Essay
Maxwell Maltz
Unit 3
Detailed Study: The Future of Work
Theme: Working Together
Listening: Listening for global comprehension and summarizing what is listened to.
Speaking: Discussing specific topics in pairs or small groups and reporting what is discussed
Reading: Reading a text in detail by making basic inferences - recognizing and interpreting specific
context clues; strategies to use text clues for comprehension.
Writing: Summarizing - identifying main idea/s and rephrasing what is read; avoiding redundancies
and repetitions.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Verbs - tenses; subject-verb agreement; direct and indirect speech,
reporting verbs for academic purposes.
Non-Detailed Study:
5. “How to Make the Most of Your Abilities” by Kenneth Hildebrand
6. “How to Raise Your Self-Esteem and Develop Self-confidence” by James W Newman
Listening for global comprehension and
Listening
summarizing what is listened to.
Discussing specific topics in pairs or small groups
Speaking
and reporting what is discussed
Reading a text in detail by making basic inferences -
3a. Detailed Reading recognizing and interpreting specific context clues;
Study strategies to use text clues for comprehension.
Summarizing - identifying main idea/s and
Writing rephrasing what is read; avoiding redundancies and
repetitions.
Verbs - tenses; subject-verb agreement; direct and
Grammar and
indirect speech, reporting verbs for academic
Vocabulary
purposes.
3b. Non-Detailed “How to Make the Most Introduction to Kenneth Hildebrand
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Study of Your Abilities” by Summary of the Essay

Kenneth Hildebrand
How to Raise Your Self-
Esteem and Develop Introduction to James Newman
Self-confidence” by Summary of the Essay
James W Newman
Unit 4
Detailed Study: H.G Wells and the Uncertainties of Progress by Peter J. Bowler
Theme: Fabric of Change
Listening: Making predictions while listening to conversations/ transactional dialogues without video;
listening with video.
Speaking: Role-plays for practice of conversational English in academic contexts (formal and
informal) - asking for and giving information/directions.
Reading: Studying the use of graphic elements in texts to convey information, reveal
trends/patterns/relationships, communicate processes or display complicated data.
Writing: Information transfer; describe, compare, contrast, identify significance/trends based on
information provided in figures/charts/graphs/tables.
Grammar and Vocabulary: Quantifying expressions - adjectives and adverbs; comparing and
contrasting; degrees of comparison; use of antonyms
Non-Detailed Study
7. “How to Win Your War Against Negative Feelings” by Dr Maxwell Maltz
8. “How to Find the Courage to Take Risks” by Drs. Tom Rust and Randy Read
Making predictions while listening to conversations/
Listening transactional dialogues without video; listening with
video.
Role plays for practice of conversational English in
Speaking academic contexts (formal and informal) - asking for
and giving information/directions..
Studying the use of graphic elements in texts to
convey information, reveal
4a. Detailed Study Reading
trends/patterns/relationships, communicate processes
or display complicated data.
Information transfer; describe, compare, contrast,
Writing identify significance/trends based on information
provided in figures/charts/graphs/tables.
Quantifying expressions - adjectives and adverbs;
Grammar and
comparing and contrasting; degrees of comparison;
Vocabulary
use of antonyms
_____________________________________________________________________________________
“How to Win Your War

Against Negative Introduction to Dr Maxwell Maltz
Feelings” by Dr Summary of the Essay
4b. Non-Detailed Maxwell Maltz
Study “How to Find the
Courage to Take Risks” Introduction to Drs. Tom Rust and Randy Read
by Drs Tom Rust and Summary of the Essay
Randy Read
Unit 5
Detailed Study: Leaves from the Mental Portfolio of a Eurasian by Sui Sin Far
Theme: Tools for Life
Listening: Identifying key terms, understanding concepts and answering a series of relevant questions
that test comprehension. Speaking: Formal oral presentations on topics from academic contexts -
without the use of PPT slides.
Reading: Reading for comprehension. Writing: Writing structured essays on specific topics using
suitable claims and evidences
Grammar and Vocabulary: Editing short texts – identifying and correcting common errors in
grammar and usage (articles, prepositions, tenses, subject verb agreement)
Non-Detailed Study
9. “How to Become a Self-Motivator” by Charles T Jones
10. “How to Eliminate Your Bad Habits” by OgMandino
Identifying key terms, understanding concepts and
Listening answering a series of relevant questions that test
comprehension.
Formal oral presentations on topics from academic
Speaking
contexts - without the use of PPT slides.
5a. Detailed
Reading Reading for comprehension.
Study
Writing structured essays on specific topics using
Writing
suitable claims and evidences
Editing short texts – identifying and correcting
Grammar and
common errors in grammar and usage (articles,
Vocabulary
prepositions, tenses, subject verb agreement)
“How to Become a Self-
Introduction to Charles T Jones
Motivator” by Charles
Summary of the Essay
5b. Non-Detailed T Jones
Study “How to Eliminate Your
Introduction to OgMandino
Bad Habits” by
Summary of the Essay
OgMandino
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the learners will be able to
CO1. identify the context, topic, and pieces of specific information from social or transactional
dialogues spoken by native speakers of English and formulate sentences using proper
grammatical structures and correct word forms (Describe, relate, tell, find L-3)
CO2. speak clearly on a specific topic using suitable discourse markers in informal discussions
(Discuss, outline, explain, predict – L3)
CO3. write summaries based on global comprehension of reading/listening texts (Use,
categorize, complete, solve L-3)
CO4. produce a coherent paragraph interpreting a figure/graph/chart/table (Identify, compare,
explain, illustrate- L4)
CO5. take notes while listening to a talk/lecture to answer questions (explain, relate, outline,
complete -L3)
CO-PO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 1
CO4 2 3 1
CO5 2 3 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
I-Year-I Semester L T P C
Mathematics-I
BS1101 3 1 0 3
Preamble: This course illuminates the students in the concepts of calculus.
Course objectives:
1. To enlighten the learners in the concept of differential equations and multivariable
calculus.
2. To equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced
level mathematics to develop the confidence and ability among the students to handle
various real-world problems and their applications.
Unit–1: 13 HOURS
Differential equations of first order and first degree
Linear differential equations-Bernoulli’s equations - Exact equations and equations reducible to
exact form.
Applications: Newton’s Law of cooling – Law of natural growth and decay – Orthogonal
trajectories – Electrical circuits.
Unit–2: 13 HOURS
Linear differential equations of higher order
Non-homogeneous equations of higher order with constant coefficients – with non-homogeneous
term of the type eax, sinax, cosax, polynomials in xn , eax V x and xn Vx - Method of
Variation of Parameters.
Applications: LCR circuit – Simple harmonic motion
Unit–3: 12 HOURS
Mean value theorems
Mean value theorems (without proofs): Rolle’s Theorem – Lagrange’s mean value theorem –
Cauchy’s mean value theorem – Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s theorems with remainders.
Unit–4: 14 HOURS
Partial differentiation
Introduction – Homogeneous function – Euler’s theorem - Total derivative – Chain rule –
Jacobian – Functional dependence – Taylor’s and Mc Laurent’s series expansion of functions of
two variables.
Applications: Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables without constraints and
Lagrange’s method (with constraints).
Unit–5: 13 HOURS
Multiple integrals
Double integrals (Cartesian and Polar) – Change of order of integration – Change of variables
(Cartesian to Polar) –Triple integrals.
Applications: Areas by double integrals and Volumes by triple integrals.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO1 solve the differential equations related to various engineering fields.
CO2 utilize mean value theorems to real life problems.
CO3 familiarize with functions of several variables which is useful in optimization.
CO4 apply double integration techniques in evaluating areas bounded by region.
CO5 learn important tools of calculus in higher dimensions. Students will become familiar with
2-dimensional and 3 – dimensional coordinate systems.
Text books:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44th Edition, Khanna Publishers.
2. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 2007 Edition, Tata Mc. Graw Hill
Education.
Reference books:
1. H. K. Das, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 22nd Edition, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-India.
Micro-Syllabus of MATHEMATICS – I (Calculus)

Unit-1: Differential equations of first order and first degree:
Linear differential equations-Bernoulli’s equations - Exact equations and equations reducible to
exact form.
Applications: Newton’s Law of cooling – Law of natural growth and decay – Orthogonal
trajectories – Electrical circuits.
Solution of Linear differential equations in ' y '
Linear differential
Solution of Linear differential equations in ' x '
equations
Initial value problem
Non-Linear Bernoulli’s equations
differential equations Equations reducible to Linear differential equations
Exact differential
Solution of Exact differential equations
equations
1a. & 2a. Equations reducible to Exact equations
Differential Integrating factor found by inspection
equations of Integrating factor of a Homogeneous equation
first order and
first degree Integrating factor for an equation of the type
Non-Exact differential f1  xy  ydx  f 2  xy  xdy  0
equations M  N

y x
Integrating factor, if be a function of ' x '
N
N M

x y
Integrating factor, if be a function of 'y'
M
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Application of Newton’s Law of cooling

1b. & 2b. differential equations Law of natural growth and decay
Applications of first order and first Orthogonal trajectories
degree Electrical circuits
Unit-2: Linear differential equations of higher order:
Non-homogeneous equations of higher order with constant coefficients – with non-homogeneous
term of the type e ax , sin ax , cos ax , polynomials in x n , e ax V  x  and x n V  x  - Method of
Variation of Parameters.
Applications: LCR circuit – Simple harmonic motion
Homogeneous equations
of higher order with Finding the Complementary function
constant coefficients
3a. & 4a. Particular integral of the type ' e ax '
Linear Particular integral of the type
differential 'sinax' ( or ) ' cos ax '
equations of Non-homogeneous
higher order equations of higher order Particular integral of the type x n
with constant coefficients
Particular integral of the type ' e a x V (x ) '
Particular integral of the type 'x n v(x) '
Applications of Non- Method of variation of parameters
3b. & 4b. homogeneous equations
Applications of higher order with LCR circuit
constant coefficients Basic problems on simple harmonic motion
Unit-3: Mean value theorems:
Mean value theorems (without proofs): Rolle’s theorem – Lagrange’s mean value theorem –
Cauchy’s mean value theorem – Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s theorems with remainders.
5a. & 6a. Rolle’s theorem
Mean value Mean value theorems
theorems Lagrange’s mean value theorem
Cauchy’s mean value theorem
5b. & 6b.
Mean value Mean value theorems Taylor’s expansions of f  x 
theorems Maclaurin’s expansions of f  x 
Unit-4: Partial differentiation:
Introduction – Homogeneous function – Euler’s theorem - Total derivative – Chain rule –
Jacobians – Functional dependence – Taylor’s and Mc Laurent’s series expansion of functions of
two variables.
Applications: Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables without constraints and
Lagrange’s method (with constraints).

7a. & 8a. Partial Differentiation Euler’s theorem
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Partial Total derivative

differentiation Chain rule
Jacobians
Taylor’s and Mc Laurent’s series expansion of
functions of two variables
7b. & 8b. Applications of Partial
Applications Differentiation Maxima and Minima of functions of two
variables
Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers
Unit-5: Multiple integrals:
Double integrals (Cartesian and Polar) – Change of order of integration – Change of variables
(Cartesian to Polar) –Triple integrals.
Applications: Areas by double integrals and Volumes by triple integrals.
Double integrals
9a. & 10a.
Evaluation of Double Change of order of integration
Multiple
Integrals Double integrals in Polar co-ordinates
integrals
Change of variables
Evaluation of Triple
Triple integrals
9b. & 10b. Integrals
Applications Applications of Multiple Areas by double integrals
Integrals Volumes by triple integrals
CO – PO MAPPING
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
APPLIED PHYSICS
BS1102 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
Applied Physics curriculum which is re-oriented to the needs of Circuital branches of graduate
engineering courses offered by Vasireddy Venkatadri Institute of Technology, which serves as a
transit to understand the branch specific advanced topics. The course is designed to:
 Impart Knowledge ofPhysicalOpticsphenomena like Interference and Diffraction required

to design instruments with higher resolution.
 Understand the physics of Semiconductors and their working mechanism for their utility in
electronic devices.
 Impart the knowledge of materials with characteristic utility in appliances.
Unit-1
Wave Optics:
Interference: PrincipleofSuperposition-Interferenceoflight – Conditionsfor sustainedInterference-
Interferencein thin films (reflected geometry) - Newton’s Rings (reflected geometry)
Diffraction:Fraunhofer Diffraction:- Diffraction due to single slit (quantitative), double
slit(qualitative), N –slits(qualitative) and circular aperture (qualitative) – Intensity distribution
curves - Diffraction grating – Grating spectrum – missing order– resolving power – Rayleigh’s
criterion – Resolving powers of Microscope(qualitative), Telescope(qualitative) and grating
(qualitative).
Unit-2
LASERs and Holography
LASERs: Interaction of radiation with matter – Spontaneous and Stimulated emission of radiation
– population inversion – Einstein’s coefficients & Relation between them and their significance -
Pumping Mechanisms - Ruby laser – Helium-Neon laser – Applications.
Holography: Introduction – principle – differences between photography and holography –
construction and reconstruction of hologram – applications of holograms
Unit-3
Magnetism and Dielectrics
Magnetism: Introduction - Magnetic dipole moment - Magnetization-Magnetic susceptibility and
permeability- Origin of permanent magnetic moment - Bohr magneton-Classification of magnetic
materials: Dia, para & Ferro – Domain concept of Ferromagnetism - Hysteresis – soft and hard
magnetic materials – applications of Ferromagnetic material.
Dielectrics:Introduction- Dielectricpolarization-
Dielectricpolarizability,SusceptibilityandDielectricconstant- Types of polarizations: Electronic
and Ionic (Quantitative), Orientation Polarizations (Qualitative) - Lorentz Internal field-Claussius –
Mossotti’s equation- Frequency dependence of polarization - Applications of dielectrics.
Unit-4
Quantum Mechanics
Introduction– matter waves – de Broglie’s hypothesis – Davisson-Germer experiment –
G.P.Thomson experiment – Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle–Schrödinger time independent and
time dependent wave equations – physical significance of Schrödinger wave function – Particle in a
potential box (determination of energy).
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-5
Semiconductor Physics
Originofenergybands(qualitative) –Classificationofsolidsbasedonenergybands–
Intrinsicsemiconductors-densityof charge carriers –Electricalconductivity-Fermi level –
extrinsicsemiconductors-P-type&N-type – Densityofchargecarriers-
DependenceofFermienergyoncarrierconcentrationandtemperature-Halleffect-Hallcoefficient-
ApplicationsofHalleffect- Drift and Diffusion currents - Einstein’s equation.
TEXT BOOKS
1. “Engineering Physics” by B. K. Pandey, S. Chaturvedi - Cengage Publications, 2012
2. “A Text book of Engineering Physics” by M.N. Avadhanulu, P.G.Kshirsagar - S.Chand, 2017.
3. “Engineering Physics” by D.K.Bhattacharya and Poonam Tandon, Oxford press (2015).
4. “Engineering Physics” by R.K Gaur. and S.L Gupta., - Dhanpat Rai publishers, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. “Engineering Physics” by M.R.Srinivasan, New Age international publishers (2009).
2. “Optics” by AjoyGhatak, 6th Edition McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
3. “Solid State Physics” by A.J.Dekker, Mc Millan Publishers (2011).
Micro-Syllabus of Applied Physics

Unit-I: Wave Optics:
Interference:PrincipleofSuperposition-Interferenceoflight – ConditionsforsustainedInterference-
Interferencein thin films (reflected geometry) - Newton’s Rings (reflected geometry)
Diffraction:Fraunhofer Diffraction:- Diffraction due to single slit (quantitative), double
slit(qualitative), N –slits(qualitative) and circular aperture (qualitative) – Intensity distribution
curves - Diffraction grating – Grating spectrum – missing order– resolving power – Rayleigh’s
criterion – Resolving powers of Microscope(qualitative), Telescope(qualitative) and grating
(qualitative).
Unit No Module Micro content
Introduction to interference
PrincipleofSuperpositi
Principle of superposition
on&Interferenceofligh
Coherence
t
ConditionsforsustainedInterference
Interference in thin films by reflection (cosine’s law)
Interferencein thin
Complementary nature
Ia. Interference films
Colours of thin film
Newton’s Rings(reflected geometry)
Experimental arrangement & conditions for diameters
Newton’s Rings Applications: determination of wavelength of
monochromatic source and refractive index of the
given transparent liquid.
Ib.Diffraction Fraunhofer Diffraction Differences between Fresnel’s and Fraunhofer’s
_____________________________________________________________________________________
- Diffraction due to diffraction

single slit Differences between interference and diffraction
Fraunhofer diffraction due to single slit(quantitative)
Fraunhofer diffraction due to circular aperture
(qualitative)
Fraunhofer diffraction due to double slit (qualitative)
double slit
Fraunhofer diffraction due to grating
(qualitative) & N –
(N- slits) (qualitative)
slits(qualitative)
Intensity distribution curves
Grating spectrum, missing orders and maximum
number of orders possible with a grating
Diffraction grating&
Rayleigh’s criterion for resolving power
Resolving powers
Resolving power of grating, Telescope and
Microscope (qualitative)
Unit– II: LASERs and Holography
LASERs: Interaction of radiation with matter – Spontaneous and Stimulated emission of radiation –
population inversion – Einstein’s coefficients & Relation between them and their significance -
Pumping Mechanisms - Ruby laser – Helium-Neon laser – Applications.
Holography: Introduction – principle – differences between photography and holography –
construction and reconstruction of hologram – applications of holograms
Introduction to LASERS
Interaction of radiation
Spontaneous emission
with matter
Stimulated emission
Einstein'scoefficients
IIa.LASERs Einstein’s coefficients Populationinversion
Pumping mechanisms
Rubylaser
LASERS construction
Helium-Neon laser
and working
Applications of Lasers
Introduction and Principle of holography
Principle of holography
Differences between photography and holography
IIb.Holography construction and Construction of hologram
reconstruction of Reconstruction of hologram
hologram Applications of holography
Unit-III: Magnetism and Dielectrics
Magnetism: Introduction - Magnetic dipole moment - Magnetization-Magnetic susceptibility and
permeability- Origin of permanent magnetic moment - Bohr magneton-Classification of magnetic
materials: Dia, para & Ferro – Domain concept of Ferromagnetism - Hysteresis – soft and hard
magnetic materials – applications of Ferromagnetic material.
Dielectrics: Introduction- Dielectricpolarization-Dielectricpolarizability,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SusceptibilityandDielectricconstant- Types of polarizations: Electronic and Ionic (Quantitative),

Orientation Polarizations (Qualitative) - Lorentz Internal field-Claussius –Mossotti’s equation-
Frequency dependence of polarization - Applications of dielectrics.
Introduction to Magnetism, Definitions of
Introduction& Magnetic dipole moment, Magnetization,
Origin of permanent Magnetic susceptibility and Permeability
magnetic moment Originofmagneticmoment
Bohr magneton
Dia magnetic materials
Classification of magnetic
IIIa. Magnetism Para magnetic materials
materials
Ferro magnetic materials
Domain concept of Ferromagnetism
Domain concept of Hysteresis Curve (B-H Curve)
Ferromagnetism & Soft and hard magnetic materials classification
Hysteresis based on HysteresisCurve
Applications of magnetic materials
Introduction to dielectrics
Dielectric polarization, Dielectric polarizability,
Introduction& definitions
susceptibility
Dielectric constant
Electronic polarization (Quantitative)
IIIb.Dielectrics Types of polarizations Ionic polarization (Quantitative)
Orientational polarizations (Qualitative)
Lorentz Internalfieldsinsolids
Internal field&
Clausius-Mossotti’sequation
Claussius –Mossotti’s
Frequency dependence of polarization
equation
Applications of Dielectrics
Unit– IV: Quantum Mechanics
Introduction– matter waves – de Broglie’s hypothesis – Davisson-Germer experiment –
G.P.Thomson experiment – Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle–Schrödinger time independent and
time dependent wave equations – physical significance of Schrödinger wave function – Particle in a
potential box (determination of energy).
Introduction to Matter waves
Introduction&
de Broglie’s hypothesis
de Broglie’s hypothesis
Properties of Matter waves
IV. Quantum
Davisson-Germer Davisson and Germer's experiment
Mechanics
experiment G. P. Thomson experiment
&G.P.Thomson
Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle
experiment
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Schrödinger’s wave function and it’s physical

significance
Schrödinger wave
SchrodingerTimeIndependentwave equation
function & equations
SchrodingerTimeDependentwave equation
Application to particle inonedimensionalbox
Unit– V: Semiconductor Physics
Originofenergybands(qualitative) -Classificationofsolidsbasedonenergybands–
Intrinsicsemiconductors-densityof charge carriers –Electrical conductivity-Fermi level - extrinsic
semiconductors-P-type&N-type-Densityofchargecarriers-
DependenceofFermienergyoncarrierconcentrationandtemperature-Halleffect-Hallcoefficient-
ApplicationsofHalleffect- Drift and Diffusion currents - Einstein’s equation.
Introduction to energy bands and Origin of energy
bands in crystalline solids
Originofenergybands Classification of solids into conductors,
semiconductors and insulators based on energy
bands
V.Semiconductor Intrinsic semiconductor and Carrier Concentration
Physics Intrinsic& extrinsicsemico Equation for Conductivity
nductors Extrinsic Semiconductors (p-type and n-type)and
Carrier Concentration
Drift and Diffusion in semiconductors
Drift and Diffusion &Hall
Einstein’s Equation
effect
Hall Effect and it’s applications
Course Outcomes: The students will be able to
CO1. Understand the principles such as interference and diffraction to design and enhance the
resolving power of various optical instruments.
CO2. Learn the basic concepts of LASER light Sources and Apply them to holography
CO3. Study the magnetic and dielectric materials to enhance the utility aspects of materials.
CO4. Learn the fundamental concepts of Quantum behaviour of matter.
CO5. Identify the type of semiconductors using Hall Effect.
CO PO Mapping
PO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
6
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
(Strong – 3; Moderate – 2; Weak – 1)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROBLEM SOLVING USING C
ES1101 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To learn about the computer systems, computing environments, developing of a computer
program and Structure of a C Program
2. To gain knowledge of the operators, selection, control statements and repetition in C
3. To learn about the design concepts of arrays, strings, enumerated structure and union
types. To learn about their usage.
4. To assimilate about pointers, dynamic memory allocation and know the significance of
Pre-processor.
5. To assimilate about File I/O and significance of functions
Unit-1
Introduction to Computers: Creating and running Programs, Computer Numbering System,
Storing Integers, Storing Real Numbers
Introduction to the C Language: Background, C Programs, Identifiers, Types, Variable,
Constants, Input/output, Programming Examples, Scope, Storage Classes and Type Qualifiers.
Structure of a C Program: Expressions Precedence and Associativity, Side Effects,
Evaluating Expressions, Type Conversion Statements, Simple Programs, Command Line
Arguments.
Unit-2
Bitwise Operators: Exact Size Integer Types, Logical Bitwise Operators, Shift Operators.
Selection & Making Decisions: Logical Data and Operators, Two Way Selection, Multiway
Selection, More Standard Functions
Repetition: Concept of Loop, Pretest and Post-test Loops, Initialization and Updating, Event
and Counter Controlled Loops, Loops in C, Other Statements Related to Looping, Looping
Applications, Programming Examples
Unit-3
Arrays: Concepts, Using Array in C, Array Application, Two Dimensional Arrays,
Multidimensional Arrays, Programming Example – Calculate Averages
Strings: String Concepts, C String, String Input / Output Functions, Arrays of Strings, String
Manipulation Functions String/ Data Conversion, A Programming Example – Morse Code
Enumerated, Structure, and Union: The Type Definition (Type def), Enumerated Types,
Structure, Unions, and Programming Application
Unit-4
Pointers: Introduction, Pointers to pointers, Compatibility, L value and R value
Pointer Applications: Arrays, and Pointers, Pointer Arithmetic and Arrays, Memory
Allocation Function, Array of Pointers, Programming Application,rocessor Commands:
Processor Commands
Unit-5
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Functions: Designing, Structured Programs, Function in C, User Defined Functions, Inter-

Function Communication, Standard Functions, Passing Array to Functions, Passing Pointers to
Functions, Recursion
Text Input / Output: Files, Streams, Standard Library Input / Output Functions, Formatting
Input / Output Functions, Character Input / Output Functions
Binary Input / Output: Text versus Binary Streams, Standard Library, Functions for Files,
Converting File Type.
CO1 Understand algorithms and basic terminology of C
CO2 Solve problems using control structures and modular approach
CO3 Make use of 1D and 2D arrays along with strings for linear data handling
CO4 Determine the use of pointers and structures
CO5 Implement various operations on data files.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Programming for Problem Solving, Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F.Gilberg, CENGAGE
2. The C Programming Language, Brian W.Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, 2e, Pearson
REFERENCES
1. Computer Fundamentals and Programming, Sumithabha Das, Mc Graw Hill
2. Programming in C, Ashok N. Kamthane, AmitKamthane, Pearson
3. Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C, Pradip Dey, Manas Ghosh, OXFORD
Micro-Syllabus of Problem Solving in C

UNIT I
Introduction to Computers: Creating and running Programs, Computer Numbering System,
Introduction to the C Language: Background, C Programs, Identifiers, Types, Variable,
Constants, Input/output, Programming Examples, Scope, Storage Classes and Type Qualifiers.
Structure of a C Program: Expressions Precedence and Associativity, Side Effects, Evaluating
Expressions, Type Conversion Statements, Simple Programs, Command Line Arguments.
Creating and running Programs
Introduction to
Computer Numbering System
Computers
Introduction to
C Tokens
Computers, C
Introduction to C I/O Functions
Language
Language Scope and Storage classes
Type Qualifiers
Structure of a C Expressions
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Program Side effects in evaluation of expressions

Precedence and Associativity
Command Line Arguments
UNIT - II
Bitwise Operators: Exact Size Integer Types, Logical Bitwise Operators, Shift Operators.
Selection & Making Decisions: Logical Data and Operators, Two Way Selection, Multiway
Selection, More Standard Functions
Repetition: Concept of Loop, Pretest and Post-test Loops, Initialization and Updating, Event and
Counter Controlled Loops, Loops in C, Other Statements Related to Looping, Looping
Applications, Programming Examples.
Exact Size Integer Types
Bitwise Operators
Logical Bitwise Operators and Shift Operators
Two Way Selection
Selection Statements Multi Way Selection
Control
More Standard Functions
Statements
Counter Controlled Loops
Logic Controlled Loops
Iterative Statements
Other Statements related to looping
Applications of looping and examples
UNIT III
Arrays: Concepts, Using Array in C, Array Application, Two Dimensional Arrays,
Multidimensional Arrays, Programming Example – Calculate Averages
Strings: String Concepts, C String, String Input / Output Functions, Arrays of Strings, String
Manipulation Functions String/ Data Conversion, A Programming Example – Morse Code
Enumerated, Structure, and Union: The Type Definition (Type def), Enumerated Types,
Structure, Unions, and Programming Application
One Dimensional Arrays : Theory and Practice
Exercises
Two Dimensional Arrays : Theory and Practice
Arrays
Exercises
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Arrays
Derived and User Some more Example Programs on Arrays
Defined Data Introduction to the concept of a String in C
types String I/O Functions
Strings Manipulation Functions on Strings
String/Data Conversion
Programming Example – Morse Code
Structures, Unions Introduction to the Concept of ‘typedef’
and Enumeration Structures : Theory and Practice
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unions : Theory and Practice

Enumeration Data type
UNIT IV
Pointers: Introduction, Pointers to pointers, Compatibility, L value and R value
Pointer Applications: Arrays, and Pointers, Pointer Arithmetic and Arrays, Memory Allocation
Function, Array of Pointers, Programming Application
Processor Commands: Processor Commands
Introduction to Pointers
Pointers Pointers to pointers
Pointers and Compatibility, L-value and R-value
Processor Pointer Arithmetic
Applications of
Commands Dynamic Memory Allocation
Pointers
Pointer to Arrays and Array of Pointers
Processor Commands Processor Commands
UNIT V
Functions: Designing, Structured Programs, Function in C, User Defined Functions, Inter-Function
Communication, Standard Functions, Passing Array to Functions, Passing Pointers to Functions,
Recursion
Text Input / Output: Files, Streams, Standard Library Input / Output Functions, Formatting Input /
Output Functions, Character Input / Output Functions
Binary Input / Output: Text versus Binary Streams, Standard Library, Functions for Files,
Converting File Type.
Designing, Structured Programs, Function in C
Inter-Function Communication, Standard Functions
User Defined
Passing Array to Functions
Functions
Passing Pointers to Functions
Recursion
Files, Streams
Standard Library Input / Output Functions
Text Input / Output
Functions and Formatting Input / Output Functions
Files Character Input / Output Functions
Text versus Binary Streams
Standard Library
Binary Input/ Output
Functions for files
Converting File Type
CO1 Understand algorithms and basic terminology of C
CO2 Solve problems using control structures and modular approach
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO3 Make use of 1D and 2D arrays along with strings for linear data handling
CO4 Determine the use of pointers and structures
CO5 Implement various operations on data files.
Correlation of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes (PO’s&
PSO’s)
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 3 2 1 - - - 3 3 1 2 1 2
CO2 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 1 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
ES1102 0 0 3 1.5
Course objectives:
1. Expose the students to use Drafting packages for generating Engineering curves and
conventions followed in Preparation of engineering drawings.
2. Make the students to understand the concepts of orthographic projections of Lines and
Plane Surfaces.
3. To understand the concepts of orthographic projections of Regular Solids.
4. Develop the ability of understanding sectional views and Development of Solid Surfaces.
5. Enable them to use computer aided drafting packages for Conversion of Isometric view to
Orthographic Projection and vice versa.
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO AUTOCAD: 15 HOURS

Basic commands, Customization, ISO and ANSI standards for coordinate dimensioning,
Annotations, layering, 2D drawings of various mechanical components, 2D drawings of various
electrical and electronic circuits. Creation of engineering models- floor plans that include:
windows, doors, and fixtures such as WC, bath, sink, shower, etc. Applying colour coding
according to building drawing practice; (Experiments should be Planned According to respective
Core Branch Applications)
UNIT-II: THEORY OF PROJECTION: 12 HOURS

Principles of Orthographic Projections-Convention: Projections of Points, Projections of Lines
inclined to both planes, Projections of planes inclined to one Plane & Projections of planes
inclined to both Planes
UNIT III: PROJECTIONS OF REGULAR SOLIDS: 1 12 HOURS

Projections of Solids –with the axis perpendicular to one of the principal planes, with the axis
Inclined to one of the principal planes, Projections of Solids –with the axis Inclined to Both the
principal planes
UNIT IV: DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES & SECTIONAL ORTHOGRAPHIC VIEWS
13 HOURS
Development of surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Pyramid, Cylinder and, Cone. Draw
the sectional orthographic views of geometrical solids
UNIT V: ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS 13 HOURS

Conversion of isometric views to orthographic views, drawing of isometric views - simple Solids,
Conversion of orthographic views to isometric views of simple Drawings
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO1 Prepare engineering drawings as per BIS conventions Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Produce computer generated of orthographic projections of Lines and Plane surfaces using
CAD software {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Use the knowledge of orthographic projections of Solids to represent engineering
information/concepts and present the same in the form of drawings
{Apply level, KL3}
CO4 Use the knowledge of sectional views and Development of Solid Surfaces in Real time
Applications {Apply level, KL3}
CO5 Develop isometric drawings of simple objects reading the orthographic projections of
those objects {Analyze level, KL4}
Text books:
1. Engineering Drawing by N.D. Butt, Chariot Publications
2. Engineering Graphics with Autocad by Kulkarni D.M, PHI Publishers
3. Engineering Drawing + AutoCad – K Venugopal, V. Prabhu Raja, New Age
4. Engineering Drawing by Agarwal & Agarwal, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
Reference books:
1. Engineering Drawing by K.L.Narayana& P. Kannaiah, Scitech Publishers
2. Engineering Graphics for Degree by K.C. John, PHI Publishers
3. Engineering Graphics by PI Varghese, McGrawHill Publishers
4. AutoCAD 2018 Training Guide (English, Paperback, Sagar Linkan) ISBN:
9789386551870, 938655187X RUPAPUBLICATIONS
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
CO2 2 1 1 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
CO3 2 2 2 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
CO4 2 2 2 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
CO5 2 2 2 – 3 – – – – 2 – 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH LAB
HS1101L 0 0 3 1.5
Course Objective:
The main objective of the course is to adopt activity-based teaching-learning methods to ensure
that learners would be engaged in use of language both in the classroom and laboratory sessions
and appear confidently for competitive examinations for career development.
The specific objectives of the course are to

1. Facilitate effective listening skills for better comprehension of academic lectures and English
spoken by native and non-native speakers
2. Focus on appropriate reading strategies for comprehension of various academic texts and
authentic materials like newspapers, magazines, periodicals, journals, etc.
3. Help improve speaking skills through participation in activities such as role plays, discussions
and structured talks/oral presentations
4. Impart effective strategies for good writing and demonstrate the same in summarizing,
writing well organized essays, record and report useful information
5. Provide knowledge of grammatical structures and vocabulary and encourage their appropriate
use in speech and writing
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the learners will be able to
CO1: Prioritize information from reading texts after selecting relevant and useful points and
paraphrase short academic texts using suitable strategies and conventions (L3)
CO2: Make formal structured presentations on academic topics using PPT slides with relevant
graphical elements (L3)
CO3: Participate in group discussions using appropriate conventions and language strategies
(L3)
CO4: Prepare a CV with a cover letter to seek internship/ job (L2)
CO5: Collaborate with a partner to make presentations and Project Reports (L2)
Detailed Syllabus
CALL based activity. English course books selected for classroom teaching will be used for
practice in thecomputer-based language labs. Watching and listening to Video clips.
Listening Activity: Selected speeches of eminent personalities, audio texts, dialogues and
discussions
Speaking: JAM, Oral Presentations, Group Discussions
Writing: Different types of reports
Project: Power point presentation of 5 min on a specific topic
Pair work, Role play, conversational practice and Individual speaking activities based on
following essays from University of Success.
1. “How to Get Yourself Organized” by Michael LeBeouf
2. “How to Turn Your Desires into Gold” by Napoleon Hill
3. “How to Look Like a Winner How to Increase Your Value” by OgMandino
4. “How to Swap a Losing Strategy” by Auren Uris and Jack Tarrant
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5. “How to Bounce Back from Failure” by OgMandino

6. “How to Prevent Your Success from Turning into Ashes” by Allan Fromme
7. “How to Have a Happy Life” by Louis Binstock
8. “How to Keep the Flame of Success Shining Brightly” by Howard Whitman
Any ten Supplementary Language Activities from UN Global Goalsdocument

1. “Developing children’s understanding of the Global Goals” by Carol Read
2. “End poverty in all its forms everywhere” by SylwiaZabor-Zakowska
3. “End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable
agriculture” by Linda Ruas
4. ‘Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages” by Carmen Flores
5. “Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities
for all” by Daniel Xerri
6. “Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls” by Jemma Prior and Tessa
Woodward
7. “Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all” by Wei
KeongToo
8. “Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all” by Phil Wade
9. “Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive
employment and decent work for all” by Nik Peachey
10. “Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialisation and foster
innovation” by MaluSciamarelli
11. “Reduce inequality within and among countries” by Alan Maley
12. “Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable” by David
Brennan
13. “Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns” by Laszlo Katona and Nora
Tartsay
14. “Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts” by Maria Theologidou
15. “Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable
development” by Jill Hadfield and Charlie Hadfield
16. “Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage
forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity
loss” by ChrysaPapalazarou
17. “Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to
justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels” by
Rebeca
Duriga
18. “Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalise the global partnership for
sustainable development” by Jennifer Verschoor and Anna Maria Menezes
19. “Content and the Sustainable Development Goals: going beyond language learning” by
AdrianTennant
20. “Using extensive reading creatively to raise awareness of issues of equality and justice” by
SueLeather
_____________________________________________________________________________________
21. “Storytelling for a better world” by David Heathfield

22. “Using the Sustainable Development Goals in the EAP classroom” by Averil Bolster and
PeterLevrai
Text Books
1. Alan Maley and Nik Peachy. Integrating global issues in the creative English Classroom:
Withreference to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. British Council Teaching
English, 2018 (Public Domain UN Document)
2. University of Success by OgMandino, Jaico, 2015 (Reprint).
Reference Books
1. Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A handbook for international students. Routledge, 2014.
2. Chase, Becky Tarver. Pathways: Listening, Speaking and Critical Thinking. Heinley ELT;
2ndEdition, 2018.
3. Skillful Level 2 Reading & Writing Student's Book Pack (B1) Macmillan Educational.
4. Hewings, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.
5. Chaturvedi, P. D. and ChaturvediMukesh. The Art and Science of Business
Communication:Skills, Concepts, Cases and Applications. 4Ed. Pearson, 2017.
AICTE Recommended Books
1. Meenakshi Raman and Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication. Oxford University
Press,2018.
2. Pushplata and Sanjay Kumar. Communication Skills, Oxford University Press, 2018.
3. Kulbushan Kumar. Effective Communication Skills. Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
Sample Web Resources
Reading
Grammar / Listening / Writing
https://www.usingenglish.com/comprehension/
1-language.com
https://www.englishclub.com/reading/short
http://www.5minuteenglish.com/
stories.htm
https://www.englishpractice.com/
https://www.english-online.at/
Grammar/Vocabulary
Listening
English Language Learning Online
https://learningenglish.voanews.com/z/3613
http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/
http://www.englishmedialab.com/listening.html
http://www.better-english.com/
Speaking
http://www.nonstopenglish.com/
https://www.talkenglish.com/
https://www.vocabulary.com/
BBC Learning English – Pronunciation tips
BBC Vocabulary Games
Merriam-Webster – Perfect pronunciation
Free Rice Vocabulary Game
Exercises
All Skills
https://www.englishclub.com/
http://www.world-english.org/
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO MAPPING
CO1 2 3 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 1
CO4 2 3 1
CO5 2 3 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
APPLIED PHYSICS LAB
BS1102L 0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives: The Applied Physics Lab is designed to

 Understand the concepts of interference and diffraction and their applications.
 Apply the concept of LASER in the determination of wavelength.
 Recognize the importance of energy gap in the study of conductivity and Hall Effect.
 Illustrate the magnetic and dielectric materials applications.
 Apply the principles of semiconductors in various electronic devices.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS(Any 10 of the following listed 15 experiments)

1. Determination of wavelength of a source-Diffraction Grating-Normal incidence.
2. Newton’s rings – Radius of Curvature of Plano - Convex Lens.
3. Determination of thickness of a spacer using wedge film and parallel interference fringes.
4. Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying coil – Stewart and Gee’s apparatus.
5. Energy Band gap of a Semiconductor p - n junction.
6. Characteristics of Thermistor – Temperature Coefficients
7. Determination of dielectric constant by charging and discharging method
8. Variation of dielectric constant with temperature
9. Study the variation of B versus H by magnetizing the magnetic material (B-H curve).
10. LASER - Determination of wavelength by plane diffraction grating
11. Determination of resistivity of semiconductor by Four probe method.
12. Determine the radius of gyration using compound pendulum
13. Rigidity modulus of material by wire-dynamic method (torsional pendulum)
14. Dispersive power of diffraction grating.
15. Determination of Hall voltage and Hall coefficients of a given semiconductor using Hall Effect.
Course Outcomes: The students will be able to:

CO1. Operate optical instruments like microscope and spectrometer
CO2. Determine thickness of a paper with the concept of interference
CO3. Estimate the wavelength of differentcolours using diffraction grating and resolving power
CO4. Plot the intensity of the magnetic field of circular coil carrying current with distance
CO5. Calculate the band gap of a given semiconductor
CO POMapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROBLEM SOLVING USING C LAB
ES1101L 0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives
1. Apply the principles of C language in problem solving.
2. To design flowcharts, algorithms and knowing how to debug programs.
3. To design & develop of C programs using arrays, strings pointers & functions.
4. To review the file operations, pre-processor commands.
Exercise 1
1. Write a C program to print a block F using hash (#), where the F has a height of six characters
and width of five and four characters.
2. Write a C program to compute the perimeter and area of a rectangle with a height of 7 inches
and width of 5 inches.
3. Write a C program to display multiple variables.
Exercise 2
1. Write a C program to calculate the distance between the two points.
2. Write a C program that accepts 4 integers p, q, r, s from the user where r and s are positive and
p is even. If q is greater than r and s is greater than p and if the sum of r and s is greater than the
sum of p and q print "Correct values", otherwise print "Wrong values".
Exercise 3
1. Write a C program to convert a string to a long integer.
2. Write a program in C which is a Menu-Driven Program to compute the area of the various
geometrical shape.
3. Write a C program to calculate the factorial of a given number.
Exercise 4
1 .Write a program in C to display the n terms of even natural number and their sum.
2. Write a program in C to display the n terms of harmonic series and their sum.
1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/4 + 1/5 ... 1/n terms.
3. Write a C program to check whether a given number is an Armstrong number or not.
Exercise 5
1. Write a program in C to print all unique elements in an array.
2. Write a program in C to separate odd and even integers in separate arrays.
3. Write a program in C to sort elements of array in ascending order.
Exercise 6
1. Write a program in C for multiplication of two square Matrices.
2. Write a program in C to find transpose of a given matrix.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 7
1. Write a program in C to search an element in a row wise and column wise sorted matrix.
2. Write a program in C to print individual characters of string in reverse order.
Exercise 8
1. Write a program in C to compare two strings without using string library functions.
2. Write a program in C to copy one string to another string.
Exercise 9
1. Write a C Program to Store Information Using Structures with Dynamically Memory
Allocation
2. Write a program in C to demonstrate how to handle the pointers in the program.
Exercise 10
1. Write a program in C to demonstrate the use of & (address of) and *(value at address)
operator.
2. Write a program in C to add two numbers using pointers.
Exercise 11
1. Write a program in C to add numbers using call by reference.
2. Write a program in C to find the largest element using Dynamic Memory Allocation.
Exercise 12
1. Write a program in C to swap elements using call by reference.
2. Write a program in C to count the number of vowels and consonants in a string using a pointer.
Exercise 13
1. Write a program in C to show how a function returning pointer.
2. Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this program,
allocate memory dynamically using malloc( ) function.
Exercise 14
1. Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this program,
allocate memory dynamically using calloc( ) function. Understand & write the difference.
2. Write a program in C to convert decimal number to binary number using the function.
Exercise 15
1. Write a program in C to check whether a number is a prime number or not using the function.
2. Write a program in C to get the largest element of an array using the function.
Exercise 16
_____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Write a program in C to append multiple lines at the end of a text file.

2. Write a program in C to copy a file in another name.
3. Write a program in C to remove a file from the disk.
Course Outcomes: By the end of the Lab, the student able to

CO1. Comprehend the various concepts of a C language
CO2. Develop algorithms and flowcharts
CO3. Design and development of C problem solving skills.
CO4. Acquire modular programming skills.
CO – PO Mapping
CO1 1 2 3 2 1 - - - 3 3 1 2 1 2
CO2 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
*************
_____________________________________________________________________________________
I-Year-II Semester L T P C
MATHEMATICS-II
BS1201 3 1 0 3
Course objectives:
1. To elucidate the different numerical methods to solve nonlinear algebraic equations
2. To disseminate the use of different numerical techniques for carrying out numerical
integration
3. To equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced
level mathematics to develop the confidence and ability among the students to handle
various real-world problems and their applications
UNIT-1: Iterative methods 11 HOURS

Introduction–Bisection method–Method of false position–Iteration method–Newton-Raphson
method (one variable)–Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel methods for solving system of equations.
UNIT-2: Interpolation 14 HOURS
Introduction–Errors in polynomial interpolation–Finite differences–Forward differences–
Backward differences–Central differences –Relations between operators–Newton’s forward and
backward formulae for interpolation–Gauss’s forward and backward formulae for
Interpolation – Interpolation with unequal intervals–Lagrange’s interpolation formula–Newton’s
divide difference formula.
UNIT-3: Numerical integration and solution of ordinary difference equations 12 HOURS
Trapezoidal rule–Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule–Solution of ordinary differential equations by
Taylor’s series–Picard’s method of successive approximations–Euler’s method–Modified Euler’s
method–Runge-Kutta method (second and fourth order).
UNIT–4: Laplace Transforms: 14 HOURS
Laplace transforms of standard functions – Shifting theorems – Transforms of derivatives and
integrals – Unit step function – Dirac’s delta function –Periodic function - Inverse Laplace
transforms – Convolution theorem (without proof)
Applications: Evaluation of integrals using Laplace transforms - Solving ordinary differential
equations (Initial value problems) using Laplace transforms.
UNIT 5: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms: 14 HOURS
Fourier series: Introduction – Periodic functions – Fourier series of periodic function – Dirichlet’s
conditions – Even and odd functions – Change of interval – Half-range sine and cosine series.
Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem (without proof) - Fourier sine and cosine integrals –
Sine and cosine transforms – Properties – Inverse transforms – Finite Fourier transforms.
CO1 Evaluate approximate in the roots of polynomial and transcendental equations by different
algorithms (EVALUATE)
CO2 Solve system of linear algebraic equations using Gauss Jacobi, Gauss Seidel and apply Newton’s
forward and backward interpolation and Lagrange’s formulae for equal and unequal intervals
(SOLVE,APPLY, FIND)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO3 Apply different algorithms for approximating the solutions of ordinary differential equations to its
analytical computations and also by Laplace the transforms for solving differential equations
(SOLVE,APPLY, FIND)
CO4 Find or compute the Fourier series of periodic signals (SOLVE, APPLY, FIND, ANALYSE)
CO5 Know and be able to apply integral expressions for the forwards and inverse Fourier transform to
range of non-periodic waveforms (SOLVE, APPLY, FIND)
Text books:
3. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44th Edition, Khanna Publishers
Reference books:
1. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 2007 Edition, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Education.
2. H.K.Das, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 22nd Edition, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
Micro-Syllabus of MATHEMATICS-II
UNIT-1: Iterative methods:Introduction–Bisection method–Method of false position–Iteration

method–Newton-Raphson method (one variable)–Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel methods for solving
system of equations.
Numerical solution of Bisection method
1a. Solving given algebraic and Method of false position
polynomial transcendental Iteration method
polynomials Newton-Raphson’s method
1b. Solving linear Jacobi’s method
Solving linear system
system Gauss-seidel method
UNIT-2: Interpolation:Introduction–Errors in polynomial interpolation–Finite differences–
Forward differences–Backward differences–Central differences –Relations between operators–
Newton’s forward and backward formulae for interpolation–Gauss’s forward and backward
formulae for
Interpolation – Interpolation with unequal intervals–Lagrange’s interpolation formula–Newton’s
divide difference formula.
Forward, backward & central difference tables
Finite difference tables
Errors in polynomials
2a.
Equal-Spaced Newton’s forward and backward difference
difference tables Finding functional interpolation formula
values for given data
Gauss forward and backward difference
interpolation formula
2b. Unequal spaced data & Lagrange’s interpolation formula
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unequal spaced relation between various

Relation between various operators (Shift,
data & relation operators
forward, backward, central, average &
between various
differential operators)
operators
UNIT-3: Numerical integration and solution of ordinary difference equations:
Trapezoidal rule–Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule–Solution of ordinary differential equations by
Taylor’s series–Picard’s method of successive approximations–Euler’s method–Modified Euler’s
method–Runge-Kutta method (second and fourth order).
Trapezoidal rule
3a. Numerical Integration Simpson’s 1/3rd rule
Numerical Simpson’s 3/8th
integration Taylors series method
Picard’s method
Euler’s method
3b. Numerical solution of
Numerical ordinary differential
solution of equations for single
ordinary variable Modified Euler’s method
differential
equations for
single variable
UNIT – 4: Laplace Transforms:Laplace transforms of standard functions – Shifting theorems –
Transforms of derivatives and integrals – Unit step function – Dirac’s delta function –Periodic
function - Inverse Laplace transforms – Convolution theorem (without proof)
Applications: Evaluation of integrals using Laplace transforms - Solving ordinary differential
equations (Initial value problems) using Laplace transforms.
4a Shifting theorems
Laplace transforms and
Laplace Derivatives and integrals
theorem
Transforms Multiplication and division
Periodic functions
4b. Inverse
Periodic functions Dirac delta functions
Laplace
&Inverse Laplace Evaluation integrals using Laplace Transforms
transforms and
Transforms Solving differential equations using Laplace
Applications
transforms
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 5: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms:

Fourier series: Introduction – Periodic functions – Fourier series of periodic function – Dirichlet’s
conditions – Even and odd functions – Change of interval – Half-range sine and cosine series.
Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem (without proof) - Fourier sine and cosine integrals –
Sine and cosine transforms – Properties – Inverse transforms – Finite Fourier transforms.
Periodic functions
Dirichlet’s conditions
5a.
Fourier Series Even and odd function’s
Fourier Series
Change of interval
Half range sine and cosine series
Fourier Sine and Cosine integral
Properties of Fourier Transforms
Fourier and Inverse Fourier Transforms
5b.
Fourier cosine and Inverse Fourier cosine
Fourier Fourier Transforms
Transforms
Transforms
Fourier sine and Inverse Fourier sine Transforms
Finite Fourier Transforms
Inverse Finite Fourier Transforms
CO-PO Mapping
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
APPLIED CHEMISTRY
BS1202 3 0 0 3
Knowledge of basic concepts of chemistry for Engineering students will help them as
professional engineers later in design and material selection as well as utilizing the available
resources.
Course Objectives
1. Significance of various types of plastic materials in household appliances and composites
(FRP) in aerospace and automotive industries.
2. Understand the basic concepts of electrochemistry, which are useful to construct the
electrochemical cells, batteries and fuel cells.
Illustrate the theories and mechanism of corrosion and its prevention.
3. Importance of advanced materials and their engineering applications.
4. Make use of molecular machines in supramolecular chemistry and need of green chemistry.
5. Design and construction of advanced instrumental techniques and recall their importance.
Unit-1
POLYMER TECHNOLOGY
Polymerisation: Introduction-Methods of polymerisation-(emulsion and suspension)-Physical
and mechanical properties.
Plastics: Compounding-Fabrication (compression, injection, blown film, extrusion)-Preparation,
properties and applications of PVC, ploycarbonates and Bakelite-Mention some examples of
plastic materials used in electronic gadgets, recycling of e-plastic waste.
Elastomers: Natural rubber-Drawbacks-Vulcanization-Preparation-Properties and applications of
synthetic rubbers (Buna S, thiokol and polyurethanes)
Composite Materials: Fiber reinforced plastics-CFRP and GFRP
Conducting polymers: Polyacetylene, doped conducting polymers -p-type and n-type doping.
Bio degradable polymers: Biopolymers and biomedical polymers
Unit-2
ELECTROCHEMICAL CELLS AND CORROSION
Single electrode potential-Electrochemical series and uses of series-Standard hydrogen electrode,
calomel electrode, concentration cell, construction of glass electrode, Batteries: Dry cell, Ni-Cd
cells, Ni-Metal hydride cells, Li-ion battery, Zinc air cells, Fuel cells-H2 –O2, CH3OH-O2,
phosphoric acid, molten carbonate.
Corrosion: Definition-theories of corrosion (chemical and electrochemical)-galvanic corrosion,
differential aeration corrosion, stress corrosion, water-line corrosion- passivity of metals-galvanic
series-factors influencing rate of corrosion-corrosion control: (proper designing, cathodic
protection)-protective coatings: cathodic and anodic coatings, electroplating, electroless plating
(nickel), paints (constituents and its functions).
Unit-3
MATERIAL CHEMISTRY
Non-elemental semiconducting materails: Stoichiometric, controlled valency & chalcogen
photo/semiconductors-preparation of semiconductors (distillation, zone refining, Czochralski
_____________________________________________________________________________________
crystal pulling technique) – Semiconductor devices (p-n junction diode as rectifier, junction
transistor)
Nano materials: Introduction, sol-gel method, characterization by BET, SEM and TEM
methods, applications of graphene-carbon nanotubes and fullerenes: Types, preparation of
carbon nanomaterials by carbon-arc, laser abalation methods.
Liquid crystals: Introduction-types-applications.
Superconductors: Meissner effect, type- I and type- II superconductors, characteristics and
applications.
Unit-4
ADVANCED CONCEPTS AND GREEEN CHEMISTRY
Molecular switches and machines: Introduction to supramolecular chemistry, characteristics of
molecular motors and machines. Rotaxanes and Catenanes as artificial molecular machines.
Protypes linear motions in Rotaxanes, and acid-base controlled molecular shuttle, a molecular
elevator, an autonomous light –powered molecular motors, natural molecular motors and
machine.
Green chemistry: Principles of green chemistry, green synthesis – aqueous phase, microwave
assisted chemical reactions and phase transfer catalysis (PTC).
Unit-5
SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES & NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES
Spectroscopic Techniques: Electromagneticspectrum-types of molecular spectra and their
absorption criteria.
UV-visible spectroscopy (electronic spectroscopy), Frank-Condon principle, Beer-Lambert’s law
and its limitations, chromophores and auxochromes – *applications of UV visible spectroscopy.
IR spectroscopy – functional group and finger print region – molecular vibrations – stretching
and bending vibrations – *applications of IR.
NMR (Nuclear magnetic resonance): Working principle and instrumentation of NMR – chemical
shift(δ) – *applications of NMR.
(*only general applications – without any spectroscopic problems regarding quantitative and
qualitative analysis.)
Non-conventional energy sources: Design, working, schematic diagram, advantages and
disadvantages of photovoltaic cell, organic photo-voltaic, hydropower, geothermal power, tidal,
ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) – open cycle OTEC, closed cycle OTEC and hybrid
cycle OTEC.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. A text book of Engineering Chemistry by S.S. Dara, S. S. Umare; S. Chand & Co., Ltd.,
Latest Edition.
2. Engineering Chemistry by Shashi Chawla; Dhanpat Rai Publicating Co., Latest Edition.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Engineering Chemistry by Jain & Jain; Dhanpat Rai Publicating Co., Latest Edition
2. Engineering Chemistry by Shikha Agarwal; Cambridge University Press, 2019 Edition.
3. Engineering Chemistry by Prasanth Rath, B. Ramadevi, Ch. Venkata Ramana Reddy,
Subendu Chakravarthy; Cengage Publications, 2019 Edition.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Micro-Syllabus of Applied Chemistry

UNIT-I: POLYMER TECHNOLOGY 14 HRS
Polymerisation:Introduction-Methods of polymerisation-(emulsion and suspension)-Physical and
mechanical properties.
Plastics: Compounding-Fabrication (compression, injection, blown film, extrusion)-Preparation,
properties and applications of PVC, ploycarbonates and Bakelite-Mention some examples of
plastic materials used in electronic gadgets, recycling of e-plastic waste.
Elastomers: Natural rubber-Drawbacks-Vulcanization-Preparation-Properties and applications of
synthetic rubbers (Buna S, thiokol and polyurethanes)
Composite Materials: Fiber reinforced plastics-CFRP and GFRP.
Conducting polymers: Polyacetylene, doped conducting polymers- p-type and n-type doping.
Bio degradable polymers: Biopolymers and biomedical polymers.
Introduction - Polymer, monomer, functionality
Introduction, Methods
and polymerization.
of Polymerization
Polymerization Methods of polymerisation - Emulsion and
And Properties of
suspension
Polymers
Physical and mechanical properties of polymers.
Compounding of
Compounding of plastics
plastics, fabrication of
Fabrication of polymer articles – compression,
polymer articles,
injection, blowing, extrusion
preparation, properties
Plastics Preparation, properties and applications of PVC,
and applications of
ploycarbonates and Bakelite
some polymers,
Mention some examples of plastic materials used
e-plastic and disposal
in electronic gadgets, recycling of e-plastic waste.
of e-plastic waste.
Natural rubber – Drawbacks – Vulcanization
Natural Rubber,
Preparation – Properties and applications of
Elastomers vulcanization, synthetic
synthetic rubbers – Buna S, thiokol and
rubbers
polyurethane rubbers.
Composite Fiber reinforced Fiber Reinforced Plastics (FRP) – CFRP and
materials plastics GFRP.
Polyacetylene polymer,
Conducting Polyacetylene, doped conducting polymers- p-type
p-type and n-type
polymers and n-type doping.
doping
Biodegradable Biopolymers and Biopolymers and biomedical polymers – polylactic
polymers biomedical polymers acid polyglycolic acid polymers
UNIT-II: ELECTROCHEMICAL CELLS AND CORROSION
12 HRS
Single electrode potential - Electrochemical series and uses of series - Standard hydrogen
electrode, calomel electrode, concentration cell, construction of glass electrode, Batteries: Dry
_____________________________________________________________________________________
cell, Ni-Cd cells, Ni-Metal hydride cells, Li-ion battery, Zinc air cells, Fuel cells-H2 –O2,
CH3OH-O2, phosphoric acid, molten carbonate.
Corrosion: Definition - theories of corrosion (chemical and electrochemical)-galvanic corrosion,
differential aeration corrosion, stress corrosion, water-line corrosion- passivity of metals-galvanic
series-factors influencing rate of corrosion-corrosion control: (proper designing, cathodic
protection)-protective coatings: cathodic and anodic coatings, electroplating, electroless plating
(nickel), paints (constituents and its functions).
Oxidation potential
Introduction Single electrode potential
Reduction potential
Electrode concentration
Concentration Electrode concentration cell and electrolyte
cell and electrolyte
cells concentration cell
concentration cell
Definition – Electro chemical series
Electro chemical Significances of Electro chemical series
Electro chemical series
series Differences between Electro chemical series and
galvanic series
Standard Hydrogen
Electrode Working Principle and Construction of a
Reference – Standard Hydrogen Electrode
electrodes Calomel Electrode – Calomel Electrode
– Glass Electrode
Glass Electrode
Introduction Definition – Corrosion
Chemical Theory of Corrosion / Dry Corrosion
Theories of Corrosion Electro Chemical Theory of Corrosion /
Corrosion Wet Corrosion
Galvanic corrosion, Differential aeration
Types of Corrosion
corrosion, Stress corrosion, Water-line corrosion
Passivity of metals Passivity, Examples for passive metals
(a) Nature of metal: (i) Position of metal in the
Galvanic series (ii) Purity of metal (iii) Relative
surface area of anodic and cathodic metal (iv)
(a) Nature of metal
Nature of oxide film (v) Physical state of metal
Factors affecting (vi) Solubility and volatility of corrosion
rate of products
Corrosion (b) Nature of environment: (i) Temperature
(ii) Humidity (iii) pH of the medium (iv)
(b) Nature of
Establishment of oxygen concentration cell (v)
environment
Impurities of the atmosphere (vi) Polarization of
electrodes
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Corrosion Sacrificial anodic protection, impressed cathodic

Cathodic protection
control methods current
|Cathodic and Anodic
Galvanizing and Tinning
coatings
Electroplating Electroplating with example
Nickel Electroless plating
Electroless plating
Paints Constituents of paints and its functions

UNIT-III: MATERIAL CHEMISTRY 12 HRS
Non-elemental semiconducting materails: Stoichiometric, controlled valency & chalcogen
photo / semiconductors - Preparation of semiconductors (distillation, zone refining, Czochralski
crystal pulling technique) – Semiconductor devices (p-n junction diode as rectifier, junction
transistor)
Nano materials: Introduction, sol-gel method, characterization by BET, SEM and TEM
methods, applications of graphene-carbon nanotubes and fullerenes: Types, preparation of
carbon nanomaterials by carbon-arc, laser abalation methods.
Liquid crystals: Introduction – types-applications.
Superconductors: Meissner effect, type- I and type- II superconductors, characteristics and
applications.
Non elemental Stoichiometric, controlled valency & chalcogen
semiconductors photo / semiconductors
Non elemental Preparation, purification
Preperation – Distillation, zone refining,
semiconducting and fabrication of
Czochralski crystal pulling technique
materials semiconductors
Applications of p-n junction diode as rectifier, junction
semiconducting devices transistor
Introduction, sol-gel Introduction to Nano materials, Sol-gel
method, characterization method, characterization by BET, SEM and
of nano materials TEM methods,
Nano materials
Applications of graphene Carbon nanotubes and fullerenes. Types,
Preparation of carbon
Carbon-arc, laser abalation methods.
nanomaterials
Introduction,Thermotropic and Lyotropic liquid
Introduction, Types,
Liquid crystals crystals, nematic and smectic liquid crystals,
Applications
Applications of liquid crystals
Introduction, Introiduction, Meissner effect, type-I and type-
Superconductors Characteristics and II superconductors,characteristics and
Applications applications.
UNIT-IV: ADVANCED CONCEPTS AND GREEEN CHEMISTRY 10 HRS
Molecular motors/ machines: Introduction to supramolecular chemistry, characteristics of
_____________________________________________________________________________________
molecular motors. Rotaxanes and Catenanes as artificial molecular machines. molecular shuttle,
a molecular elevator, an autonomous light –powered molecular motors.
Green chemistry: Principles of green chemistry, green synthesis – aqueous phase, microwave
assisted chemical reactions and phase transfer catalysis (PTC).
Introduction to
Introduction to supramolecular chemistry,
supramolecular chemistry
characteristics of molecular motors.
Molecular Moleculatr Motors.
motors/ Natural Molecular Motors, Artificial Molecular
machines Natural Molecular Motors
Machines: Rotaxanes and Catenanes.
and Artificial Molecular
Molecular shuttle, a molecular elevator, an
Motors
autonomous light –powered molecular motors
12 Principles of green chemistry, green
Principles of Green synthesis – aqueous phase, microwave assisted
Green chemistry Chemistry chemical reactions and phase transfer catalysis
Green Synthetic Methods (PTC).
UNIT-V: SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES & NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY

SOURCES 12 HRS
Spectroscopic Techniques:Electromagneticspectrum-types of molecular spectra and their
absorption criteria.
UV-visible spectroscopy (electronic spectroscopy), Frank-Condon principle, Beer-Lambert’s law
and its limitations, chromophores and auxochromes – *applications of UV visible spectroscopy.
IR spectroscopy – functional group and finger print region – molecular vibrations – stretching
NMR (Nuclear magnetic resonance): Working principle and instrumentation of NMR – chemical
shift(δ) – *applications of NMR.
(*only general applications – without any spectroscopic problems regarding quantitative and
qualitative analysis.)
Non-conventional energy sources: Design, working, schematic diagram, advantages and
disadvantages of photovoltaic cell, organic photo-voltaic, hydropower, geothermal power, tidal,
ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) – open cycle OTEC, closed cycle OTEC and hybrid
cycle OTEC.
Spectroscopic Introduction to Electromagneticspectrum-types of molecular
Techniques Electromagneticspectrum spectra and their absorption criteria.
UV – Visible spectroscopy (electronic
spectroscopy), Frank-Condon principle, Beer-
UV Visible Spectroscopy
UV Lambert’s law and its limitations,
Applications
chromophores and auxochromes –
*applications of UV visible spectroscopy.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
IR spectroscopy – functional group and finger

IR Spectroscopy,
IR print region – molecular vibrations – stretching
Applications
NMR (Nuclear magnetic resonance): Working
principle and instrumentation of NMR –
NMR Spectroscopy, chemical shift(δ) – *applications of NMR.
NMR
Applications (Note: *only general applications – without
any spectroscopic problems regarding
quantitative and qualitative analysis.)
Design, working, schematic diagram,
Photovoltaic cells, Organic
advantages and disadvantages of photovoltaic
Non- Photovoltaic cells,
cell, organic photo-voltaic cell, hydropower,
conventional hydropower, geo thermal
geothermal power, tidal, ocean thermal energy
energy sources power, tidal and ocean
conversion (OTEC) – open cycle OTEC, closed
thermal energy conversion
cycle OTEC and hybrid cycle OTEC.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1. explain the preparation, properties and applications of thermoplastics, thermosettings,
elastomers and conducting polymers.
CO2. know the importance of various materials and their uses in the construction of batteries
and fuel cells.
CO3. know the applications of advanced materials in various industries.
CO4. apply the principles of supramolecular chemistry in the applications of molecular
machines, need of green chemistry.
CO5. explain the principles of spectrometry such as UV, IR, and NMR.
CO PO MAPPING
CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 3
CO5 2 2 3
_____________________________________________________________________________________
BASIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
PC1201 3 1 0 3
Course objectives
 To study the concepts of network elements and network reduction techniques.
 To understand the behavior of RLC networks for sinusoidal excitations.
 To study the performance of different circuits and to understand the concept of resonance.
 To understand the applications of network theorems.
 To study the concept of magnetic coupled circuits.
Unit-1
Introduction to Electrical Circuits
Passive components and their V-I relations. Sources (dependent and independent, Ideal and
Practical) -Kirchhoff’s laws, Network reduction techniques, source transformation techniques,
Nodal analysis and Mesh analysis with DC excitation.
Unit-2
Single Phase A.C Systems
RMS, average value, form factor and Peak factor for Periodic waveforms, Concept of phase,
phase angle and phase difference, ‘j’ operator, waveforms and phasor diagrams for lagging and
leading networks. Concept of Impedance and admittance- steady state analysis of R, L and C
circuits with sinusoidal excitation, real, reactive power, apparent power and power triangle.
Unit-3
Analysis of AC Networks
Nodal and Mesh analysis with AC excitation, resonance and anti-resonance, selectivity, band
width and Quality factor, voltage and current magnification factor, locus diagrams.
Unit-4
Network theorems (DC & AC Excitations)
Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, Maximum Power Transfer
theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Millman’s theorem, Compensation theorem and Telligen’s
theorem.
Unit-5
Magnetic Circuit
MMF, flux, reluctance, flux density, field intensity and its relations. Analogy between electrical
and magnetic circuits. Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction, Concept of self and mutual
inductance, Dot convention, coefficient of coupling and composite magnetic circuit.
Text Books
1. "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits “Charles K.Alexander, Mathew N.O.Sadiku, Tata
McGraw-Hill.
2. Engineering Circuit Analysis by William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerley,Mc Graw Hill
Company,6th edition
3. Network Analysis: Van Valkenburg; Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd.
4. 3000 Solved Problems in Electrical Circuit by Schaum’s solved problem series Tata
McGraw- Hill.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Reference Books
1. Circuits & Networks Analysis & Synthesis by A. Sudhakar and Shyammohan S Palli,
Tata McGraw- Hill.
2. Network Analysis by N.C.Jagan, C.Lakshmi Narayana BS publications 2nd edition
3. Circuit Theory by A.ChakrabartiDanapat Rai & Co publisher.
e- Resources & other digital material:

1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8gMuLr_0-TI&t=7s
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pO9qgzzRWaA&t=337s
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HcgDoL9YtMM&t=15s
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MdPLQFFeQ30&t=74s
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q-qKhjXYFPQ
Micro-Syllabus of Basic Circuit Analysis

Unit No. Unit Module Micro-Content
Unit: 1 Introduction to Electrical Circuits

Passive components and their V-I relations. Sources (dependent and independent, Ideal and
Practical) -Kirchhoff’s laws, Network reduction techniques, source transformation techniques,
Nodal analysis and Mesh analysis with DC excitation.
1. Types of Network elements

2. V- I relations
3. Types of sources and source
1a, 1b. Introduction to transformation technique
Electrical Circuits 4. Kirchhoff ‘s Laws, numerical problems
5. Series, parallel connection of elements,
I star and delta transformation, numerical
problems
6. Nodal Analysis with DC excitation,
numerical problems (both dependant and
2a,2b Network reduction Independent sources)
techniques 7. Mesh Analysis with DC excitation,
numerical problems(both dependant and
Independent sources)
UNIT 2: Single Phase A.C Systems
RMS, average value, form factor and Peak factor for Periodic waveforms, Concept of phase,
phase angle and phase difference, ‘j’ operator, waveforms and phasor diagrams for lagging and
leading networks. Concept of Impedance and admittance- steady state analysis of R, L and C
circuits with sinusoidal excitation, real, reactive power, apparent power and power triangle.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Introduction to single phase AC

quantities different forms of representing
periodic quantities
2. Basic definitions and Calculation of
3a,3b Introduction to Single
Average, RMS, peak and form factor using
phase ac systems
Integration method- numerical problems
3. Concept of phase, phase angle, phasor
II representation, phasor relation between
quantities and j operator significance.
4. Steady state analysis with AC excitation -
Concept of impedence, admittance in RLC
Steady state analysis series and parallel networks - numerical
4a,4b of RLC circuits with problems
AC excitation 5. Basic terms and definitions- real, reactive
power, apparent power and power triangle.-
numerical problems
Unit 3: Analysis of AC Networks
Nodal and Mesh analysis with AC excitation, resonance and anti-resonance, selectivity, band
width and Quality factor, voltage and current magnification factor, locus diagrams.
1. Nodal analysis with AC excitation -
Analysis of circuit numerical problems (Independent sources only)
5a,5b with AC excitation
and resonance 2. Mesh analysis with AC excitation -
numerical problems (Independent sources only)
3. Concept of resonance and anti-resonance
III 4. Definition and derivations of selectivity,
band width and Quality factor, voltage and
6a,6b Locus Diagrams of current magnification factor- numerical
RLC networks problems
5. RL and RC locus diagrams with
individual parameter variation- simple numerical
problems
Unit 4: Network theorems (DC & AC Excitations)
Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, Maximum Power Transfer
theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Millman’s theorem, Compensation theorem and Telligen’s
theorem.
1. Thevenin’s theorem
IV Analysis of electric 2. Superposition theorem
7a,7b circuits using 3. Norton’s theorem
network theorems
4. Maximum Power Transfer theorem
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5. Reciprocity theorem
Analysis of electric 6. Millman’s theorem
8a,8b circuits using 7. Compensation theorem
network theorems 6. Telligen’stheorem - All theorems with
both DC and excitations - numerical problems
Unit 5: Magnetic Circuits
MMF, flux, reluctance, flux density, field intensity and its relations. Analogy between electrical
and magnetic circuits. Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction, Concept of self and mutual
inductance, Dot convention, coefficient of coupling and composite magnetic circuit.
1. Basic Terms and definitions related to
magnetic circuits- MMF, flux, reluctance, flux
density, field intensity and its relations
Introduction and
2. Analogy between electrical and magnetic
9a,9b analysis of magnetic
circuits
circuits
3. Types of Magnetic Circuits- series,
V parallel and composite circuits- numerical
problems
4. Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic
Calculation of induction
10a,10b Inductance of 5. Concept of self , mutual inductance and
magnetic circuits coefficient of coupling - numerical problems
6. Dot convention- numerical problems
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to analyse
CO1 Various electrical networks in presence of active and passive elements. {Apply level,
KL3}
CO2 Any R, L, C network with sinusoidal excitation.. {Apply level, KL3&Analyse level,
KL4}
CO3 Any R, L, C network with variation of any one of the parameters i.e R, L, C. and f.{Apply
level, KL3&Analyse level, KL4}
CO4 Electrical networks by using principles of network theorems.{Apply level, KL3}
CO5 Any magnetic circuit with various dot conventions. {Apply level, KL3}
CO-PO MAPPING
Course PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
1 3 2 2
2 3 2 2 1 1 1
3 3 2 3 1
4 3 2 1 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5 2 2 2 1 1 1
Average 2.8 2 2 1 1 1
BASICELECTRONIC DEVICES &CIRCUITS
ES1201 3 0 0 3
Course objectives:
1. To Understand the Diode operation and switching characteristics,
2. To understand the implementation of various diode applications
3. To Understand the Operation of BJT, FET, MOSFET metal semiconductor rectifying and
ohmic contacts.
4. To learn the various biasing methods and small-signal models of Transistors
5. To learn the feedback topology of amplifier and applications of transistors.
Unit-1
Junction Diode Characteristics
P-N Junction Diode Qualitative Theory of P-N Junction, P-N Junction as a Diode, Diode
Equation(Qualitative), Volt-Ampere Characteristics, Temperature dependence of VI
characteristic, Ideal versus Practical – Resistance levels (Static and Dynamic), Transition and
Diffusion Capacitances, Diode Equivalent Circuits, Load Line Analysis, Breakdown Mechanisms
in Semiconductor Diodes.
Special Diodes, Zener Diode Characteristics, Principle of Operation LED and Photo Diode.
Unit-2
Diode Applications
Rectifiers: Half wave rectifier, ripple factor, full wave rectifier, Harmonic components in a
rectifier circuit Rectifier with Filters(Qualitative Treatment only): Inductor filter, Capacitor filter,
Qualitative Treatment of L - section filter, Pi - section filter, Multiple L and pi -section and filter,
and comparison of various filter circuits in terms of ripple factors
Voltage Regulators: Simple circuit of a regulator using zener diode.
Unit-3
Transistor Characteristics
Bi-polar Junction Transistors(BJT): Formation of N-P-N and P-N-P transistors, Transistor current
components, Operation of BJT, BJT characteristics ( CE, CB configurations), Early effect,
Current equations, Relation between Alpha and Beta, typical transistor junction voltage values
and Limits of Operation, Transistor as an amplifier. (6 Hrs)
Junction Field Effect Transistors (JFET): Junction Field Effect Transistor (JFET) structure, Drain
and Transfer Characteristics, Significance of Pinch-Off Voltage, JFET as an amplifier and switch,
Comparison of BJT and JFET.
Unit-4
Transistor Amplifiers
Biasing and Stabilisation: Need for Proper Biasing, Q-point stability, Fixed and Voltage Divider
biasing for BJT, Emitter Degeneration, Design of Self Biasing circuit, Thermal Stability
considerations. Fixed, Voltage Divider biasing for JFET.
Small Signal Low frequency analysis of BJT and FET amplifiers: Small signal low frequency h-
_____________________________________________________________________________________
parameter model of BJT. Approximate model, Analysis of BJT amplifiers using Approximate
model for CB,CC and CE configurations, Analysis of JFET Amplifiers, Analysis of CS, CD
Amplifiers. (06 Hrs)
Unit-5
Feedback Amplifiers
Negative Feedback Amplifiers: Concept of feedback, Classification of feedback amplifiers,
General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, Effect of Feedback on input and output
characteristics, Voltage series, voltage shunt, current series, and current shunt feedback
amplifiers with discrete components and their analysis (05 Hrs)
Oscillators: Condition for oscillations. RC-phase shift oscillators with Transistor and FET,
Hartley and Colpitts oscillators, Wein bridge oscillator, Crystal oscillators, Frequency and
amplitude stability of oscillators.
Advanced Topics in this Subject: The historical background of MOS devices and their
fabrication will be briefly reviewed, as well as the basic MOS structure for accumulation,
depletion and inversion. Advanced issues such as work function, trapped charge, interface traps,
non-equilibrium operation and re-equilibration processes will be covered.
Text books
1. Jacob Millman and Halkias , ‘ Integrated Electronics’, Tata-Mcgraw Hill International.
2. Donald A. Neaman,”Semiconductor Physics and Devices”, Times Mirror High Education
Group, Chicago.
Reference books
1. Robert L.Boylestead and Louis Nashelsky,”Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory”,Pearson Education.
2. Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, “ Microelectronic Circuits”, Oxford University
Press.
3. D. Chattopadhyay and P.C. Rakshit Electronics: Fundamentals and Applications
e- Resources & other digital material

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/102/117102061/
Micro-Syllabus of Basic Electronic Devices & Circuits

Unit Topic Name Micro-Topics
No.
1. Formation of PN junction and space charge Region
2. Open Circuited P-N Junction
Junction Diode
I a. Electrical representation
Characteristics
b. Energy Band diagram and Fermi energy level
c. Barrier Potential and Electrical symbols
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. Forward and reverse bias characteristics

4. Diode current equation
5. Diode resistance
6. Temperature Effect on V-I Characteristics
7. Illustrative examples
8. Transition and Diffusion Capacitances of Diode
9. Reverse Breakdown mechanisms
Special Diodes 10. Operation of Zener Diode
11. Working of LED, Photodiode.
1. Working of Diode as a switch
2. Components of Power Supply
3. Working of HWR,FWCR and FWBR
4. Characteristics of Rectifiers
a. RMS Output
b. DC output
c. Ripple Factor
d. Efficiency
e. PIV
II Diode Applications
f. Percentage Regulation
g. TUF
4. Illustrative Examples
5. Need for filtering ac content
6. Working of FWR with series inductor filter and capacitor
filter
7. L-section and Pi-section filters
8. Design of Shunt Voltage Regulator with Zener Diode
9. Worked out examples
1. Construction of BJT
2. Transistor configurations and modes of operation
3. Operation of Bipolar Transistor
4. Transistor Current components and transportation factors
Bipolar Junction a. Emitter Injection Efficiency
Transistor b. Base Tansporation factor
5. Large Signal Current gain
III
6. Early Effect and Circuit symbols
7. Input and Output Characteristics of CB,CE configurations
8. Transistor as an Amplifier and switch
8. Structures of N and P channel JFETs
Junction Field Effect 9. Drain and Transfer Characteristics
Transistor 10. Pinch of Voltage(Vp)
11. Interpretation of Shockley’s Equation,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Define Q-Point and DC load line

2. Proper Selection of Q-point
3. Stability of Q-point and Definition of Stability factors
4. Basics of Fixed biasing Circuit
5. Voltage divider biasing circuit
6. Analysis of Self-bias circuit
Transistor Biasing
7. Design of self bias circuit
8. Thermal Stability considerations
9. Worked out examples
10. Fixed Biasing in JFET
IV 11. Voltage Divider Biasing of JFET
12. Worked out examples on FET biasing
1. BJT low frequency and small signal equivalent models
and definitions
h-parameter model
Small Signal Low 2. Temperature dependence of h-parameters and
frequency analysis of determination of h-parameters from characteristics
BJT and FET 3. General analysis of CE,CC and CB amplifiers and
amplifiers comparison
4. Procedure to analyze practical amplifiers
5. CS amplifier analysis
6. Analysis of CD amplifier
1. Concept of feedback
2. Block Diagram, Concept of negative and positive feedback
3. Characteristics of Negative feedback Amplifiers
4. Voltage Series feedback Amplifier (Block diagram and
practical circuit analysis )
Feedback Amplifiers 5. Current series feedback Amplifier (Block diagram and
practical circuit analysis)
6. Voltage shunt feedback Amplifier (Block diagram and
V
7. Current shunt feedback Amplifier (Block diagram and
1. Barkhausen Criterion, Classification of Oscillators
2. General form of LC oscillator
3. Hartley and Colpitts Oscillators
Oscillators 4. RC phase shift oscillator with Transistor and FET
5. Wein Bridge Oscillator
6. Crystal Oscillator
7. Frequency Stability of Oscillators
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO1: Develop through basic knowledge on the behaviour and the characteristics of
semiconductor junction. (Understand)
CO2: Demonstratethe usage of diodes in various applications (Apply)
CO3: Acquire knowledge on the operations of BJT, FET, and MOSFET. (Understand)
CO4: Learn the art of biasing of BJTs and FETs, small signal low frequency models of BJTs and
FETS in amplifier analysis (Apply, Analyze)
CO5: Learn the feedback topology of amplifier and applications of transistors (Apply, Analyze)
CO-PO MAPPING
Mapping P01 P02 P03 P04 P05 P06 P07 P08 P09 P010 P011 P012 PS01 PSO2
C01 3 2
C02 2 2 2
C03 3 3
C04 3 2
C05 2 2 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROBLEM SOLVING USING PYTHON
ES1202 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
 To learn about Python programming language syntax, semantics, and the runtime
environment
 To be familiarized with universal computer programming concepts like data types, containers
 To be familiarized with general computer programming concepts like conditional execution,
loops & functions
 To be familiarized with general coding techniques and object-oriented programming
Unit-1
Introduction: Introduction to Python, Program Development Cycle, Input, Processing, and
Output, Displaying Output with the Print Function, Comments, Variables, Reading Input from
the Keyboard, Performing Calculations, Operators. Type conversions, Expressions, More about
Data Output.
Data Types, and Expression: Strings Assignment, and Comment, Numeric Data Types and
Character Sets, Using functions and Modules.
Decision Structures and Boolean Logic: if, if-else, if-elif-else Statements, Nested Decision
Structures, Comparing Strings, Logical Operators, Boolean Variables. Repetition Structures:
Introduction, while loop, for loop, Calculating a Running Total, Input Validation Loops,
Nested Loops.
Unit-2
Control Statement: Definite iteration for Loop Formatting Text for output, Selection if and if
else Statement Conditional Iteration, While Loop
Strings and Text Files: Accessing Character and Substring in Strings, Data Encryption,
Strings and Number Systems, String Methods Text Files.
Unit-3
List and Dictionaries: Lists, Defining Simple Functions, Dictionaries
Design with Function: Functions as Abstraction Mechanisms, Problem Solving with Top
Down Design, Design with Recursive Functions, Case Study Gathering Information from a File
System, Managing a Program’s Namespace, Higher Order Function.
Modules: Modules, Standard Modules, Packages.
Unit-4
File Operations: Reading config files in python, Writing log files in python, Understanding read
functions, read(), readline() and readlines(), Understanding write functions, write() and
writelines(), Manipulating file pointer using seek, Programming using file operations
Object Oriented Programming: Concept of class, object and instances, Constructor, class
attributes and destructors, Real time use of class in live projects, Inheritance , overlapping and
overloading operators, Adding and retrieving dynamic attributes of classes, Programming using
Oops support
Design with Classes: Objects and Classes, Data modeling Examples, Case Study An ATM,
Structuring Classes with Inheritance and Polymorphism
Unit-5
Errors and Exceptions: Syntax Errors, Exceptions, Handling Exceptions, Raising Exceptions,
User-defined Exceptions, Defining Clean-up Actions, Redefined Clean-up Actions.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Graphical User Interfaces: The Behavior of Terminal Based Programs and GUI -Based,
Programs, Coding Simple GUI-Based Programs, Other Useful GUI Resources.
Programming: Introduction to Programming Concepts with Scratch.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Python First Programs, Kenneth. A. Lambert, Cengage.
2. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, VamsiKurama, Pearson.
REFERENCES:
1. Introduction to Python Programming, Gowrishankar.S, Veena A, CRC Press.
2. Introduction to Programming Using Python, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson.
Micro-Syllabus of Problem-Solving usingPython

UNIT I
Introduction: Introduction to Python, Program Development Cycle, Input, Processing, and
Output, Displaying Output with the Print Function, Comments, Variables, Reading Input from the
Keyboard, Performing Calculations, Operators. Type conversions, Expressions, More about Data
Output.
Data Types, and Expression: Strings Assignment, and Comment, Numeric Data Types and
Character Sets, Using functions and Modules.
Decision Structures and Boolean Logic: if, if-else, if-elif-else Statements, Nested Decision
Structures, Comparing Strings, Logical Operators, Boolean Variables. Repetition Structures:
Introduction, while loop, for loop, Calculating a Running Total, Input Validation Loops, Nested
Loops.
Program Development Cycle, I/O Functions
Comments, Variables, Operators
Introduction Reading From Keyboard, Type Conversions
Data Types and Numeric Data types.
Expressions Strings and Character set.
Introduction to
String Functions
Python Language
Comments
Conditional Statements
Decision Structures Nested Conditional Statements
and Boolean Logic Looping Techniques
Nested Loops
UNIT – II
Control Statement: Definite iteration for Loop Formatting Text for output, Selection if and if else
Statement Conditional Iteration, While Loop
Strings and Text Files: Accessing Character and Substring in Strings, Data Encryption, Strings
and Number Systems, String Methods Text Files.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

For loop formatting text for output
Control Statements Selection if and if else statement
Conditional iteration, While loop
Control
Character and substring in strings
Statements
Data Encryption
String and Text Files
Strings and Number Systems, String methods
Text Files.
UNIT III
List and Dictionaries: Lists, Defining Simple Functions, Dictionaries
Design with Function: Functions as Abstraction Mechanisms, Problem Solving with Top Down
Design, Design with Recursive Functions, Case Study Gathering Information from a File System,
Managing a Program’s Namespace, Higher Order Function.
Modules: Modules, Standard Modules, Packages.
Lists
Functions of Lists
List and Dictionaries
Dictionaries
Functions of Dictionaries
Data Structures, Functions and there usage in python
Functions and Recursive Functions
Modules Managing a Programs Namespace
Design with Function
Gathering Info from a File System
Modules
Higher Order Function
Standard Modules
Packages and their usage.
UNIT IV
File Operations: Reading config files in python, Writing log files in python, Understanding read
functions, read(), readline() and readlines(), Understanding write functions, write() and writelines(),
Manipulating file pointer using seek, Programming using file operations
Object Oriented Programming: Concept of class, object and instances, Constructor, class
attributes and destructors, Real time use of class in live projects, Inheritance , overlapping and
overloading operators, Adding and retrieving dynamic attributes of classes, Programming using
Oops support
Design with Classes: Objects and Classes, Data modeling Examples, Case Study An ATM,
Structuring Classes with Inheritance and Polymorphism
File Operations, Reading and Writing Files in python using read
Object Oriented File Operations and write functions
Programming File operations using seek and other operations
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Class, Object, constructor and destructor, OOP

Object Oriented Principles.
Programming Objects and Classes, Data modeling Examples
Design With Classes Adding and retrieving dynamic attributes of
classes
UNIT V
Errors and Exceptions: Syntax Errors, Exceptions, Handling Exceptions, Raising Exceptions,
User-defined Exceptions, Defining Clean-up Actions, Redefined Clean-up Actions.
Graphical User Interfaces: The Behavior of Terminal Based Programs and GUI -Based, Programs,
Coding Simple GUI-Based Programs, Other Useful GUI Resources.
Programming: Introduction to Programming Concepts with Scratch.
Syntax Errors, Exceptions, Handling Exceptions
Errors and Exceptions Raising Exceptions, User-defined Exceptions

Defining Clean-up Actions
Errors and
Redefined Clean-up Actions
Exceptions, GUI
and Terminal Based Programs and GUI – Based
Programming Simple GUI-Based Programs and other useful
GUI
GUI Resources
Programming
Introduction to Programming
Scratch Programming
Course Outcomes: After completing this course, Students will be able to-
CO1: Develop essential programming skills in computer programming concepts like data types,
containers
CO2: Solve coding tasks related to conditions, loops and String processing
CO3: Experiment with various Data structures in interpreted Language and to build modules
and packages for real software needs.
CO4: Implement Files and object oriented principles in Python
CO5: Identify solutions using GUI in Python.
CO – PO MAPPING
CO1 1 2 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 2 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 1 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1
[1-Slight (low), 2-Moderate (Medium), 3-Substantial (High)]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
APPLIED CHEMISTRY LAB
BS1202L 0 0 3 1.5
Introduction to chemistry laboratory – Molarity, Normality, Primary, Secondary standard

solutions, Volumetric titrations quantitative analysis .
Course Objectives
1. To furnish the students with a solid foundation in Chemistry Laboratory required to solve the
Engineering problems.
2. To expose the students in practical aspects of the theoritical concepts like pH, hardness of
water etc.
3. To guide the students on how to handle the instruments like UV-visible spectrophotometer,
potentiometer and conductometer.
List of Experiments: (Students should do any 10 experiments listed below)

1. Determination of HCl using standard Na2CO3 solution.
2. Determination of alkalinity of a sample containing Na2CO3 and NaOH.
3. Determination of Mn (II) using standard oxalic acid solution.
4. Determination of ferrous iron using standard K2Cr2O7 solution.
5. Determination of Copper (II) using standard EDTA solution.
6. Determination of temporary and permanent hardness of water using standard EDTA solution.
7. Determination of Iron (III) by colorimetric method.
8. Determination of the concentration of acetic acid using sodium hydroxide (pH-metric method).
9. Determination of concentration of strong acid vs strong base (by conductometric method).
10. Determination of strong acid vs strong base (by potentiometric method).
11. Determination of Mg+2 present in an antacid.
12. Determination of CaCO3 presence in an egg shell.
13. Estimation of vitamin- C.
14. Determination of phosphoric content in soft drinks.
15. Adsorption of acetic acid by charcoal.
16. Prepatation of nylon-6, 6 and Bakelite (demonstration only)
Reference Books:
A Text Book of Quantitative Analysis, Arthur J. Vogel.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able
CO1. To estimate the amount of metal ions present in different solutions (L4 & L3)
CO2. To analyze the quality parameters of water (L4)
CO3. To determine the strength of different solutions by using different instrumentation
techniques (L3)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO MAPPING
CO1 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
I-Year-II Semester BASIC ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS L T P C

ES1201L LAB 0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives
1. To study basic electronic components
2. To observe characteristics of electronic devices
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course the students can able to
1. Measure voltage, frequency and phase of any waveform using CRO.
2. Generate sine, square and triangular waveforms with required frequency and amplitude using
function generator.
3. Analyze the characteristics of different electronic devices such as diodes, transistors etc.
4. Analyze and design simple circuits like rectifiers, power supplies and amplifiers etc.,
Electronic Workshop Practice:

1. Identification, Specifications and Testing of active devices, Diodes, BJTs, JFETs, LEDs,
LCDs, SCR, UJT.
2. Soldering Practice- Simple circuits using active and passive components.
3. Study and operation of Ammeters, Voltmeters, Transformers, Analog and Digital Millimeter,
Function
4. Regulated Power Supply and CRO.
List of Experiments(Any 10 of the following experiments are to be conducted)

1. P.N Junction Diode Characteristics
Part A: Germanium Diode (Forward bias& Reverse bias)
Part B: Silicon Diode (Forward Bias only)
2. Zener Diode Characteristics
Part A: V-I Characteristic
Part B: Zener Diode as Voltage Regulator
3. Rectifiers (without and with c-filter)
Part A: Half-wave Rectifier
Part B : Full-wave Rectifier
4. BJT Characteristics (CE Configuration)
Part A: Input Characteristics
Part B: output Characteristics
5. FET Characteristics
Part A: Drain Characteristics
Part B: Transfer Characteristics
6. SCR Characteristics
7. UJT Characteristics
8. Transistor Biasing
_____________________________________________________________________________________
9. CRO Operation and its Measurement

10. BJT-CE Amplifier
11. Emitter Follower –CC Amplifier
12. Design any oscillator and measure frequency (RC PHASE SHIFT, WEIN BRIDGE,
HARTLEY, and COLPITT’S)
13.Design of variable DC power supply (application).
CO PO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO-1 PSO-2
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 2

_____________________________________________________________________________________
PROBLEM SOLVING USING PYTHON LAB
ES1202L 0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives
 To acquire programming skills in core Python.
 To acquire Object Oriented Skills in Python
 To develop the skill of designing Graphical user Interfaces in Python
 To develop the ability to write database applications in Python
List of Problems
1. Write a program that asks the user for a weight in kilograms and converts it to pounds. There
are 2.2 pounds in a kilogram.
2. Write a program that asks the user to enter three numbers (use three separate input
statements). Create variables called total and average that hold the sum and average of the
three numbers and print out the values of total and average.
3. Write a program that uses a for loop to print the numbers 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, . . . , 83, 86, 89.
4. Write a program that asks the user for their name and how many times to print it. The
program should print out the user’s name the specified number of times.
5. Use a for loop to print a triangle like the one below. Allow the user to specify how high the
triangle should be.
*
**
***
****
6. Generate a random number between 1 and 10. Ask the user to guess the number and print a
message based on whether they get it right or not.
7. Write a program that asks the user for two numbers and prints Close if the numbers are
within .001 of each other and Not close otherwise.
8. Write a program that asks the user to enter a word and prints out whether that word contains
any vowels.
9. Write a program that asks the user to enter two strings of the same length. The program
should then check to see if the strings are of the same length. If they are not, the program
should print an appropriate message and exit. If they are of the same length, the program
should alternate the characters of the two strings. For example, if the user enters abcde and
ABCDE the program should print out AaBbCcDdEe.Write a program that asks the user for a
large integer and inserts commas into it according to the standard American convention for
commas in large numbers. For instance, if the user enters 1000000, the output should be
1,000,000.
10. In algebraic expressions, the symbol for multiplication is often left out, as in 3x+4y or
3(x+5). Computers prefer those expressions to include the multiplication symbol, like
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3*x+4*y or 3*(x+5). Write a program that asks the user for an algebraic expression and then
inserts multiplication symbols where appropriate.
11. Write a program that generates a list of 20 random numbers between 1 and 100.
a) Print the list.
b) Print the average of the elements in the list.
c) Print the largest and smallest values in the list.
d) Print the second largest and second smallest entries in the list
e) Print how many even numbers are in the list.
12. Write a program that asks the user for an integer and creates a list that consists of the factors
of that integer.
13. Write a program that generates 100 random integers that are either 0 or 1. Then find the
longest run of zeros, the largest number of zeros in a row. For instance, the longest run of
zeros in [1,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0] is 4.
14. Write a program that removes any repeated items from a list so that each item appears at most
once. For instance, the list [1,1,2,3,4,3,0,0] would become [1,2,3,4,0].
15. Write a program that asks the user to enter a length in feet. The program should then give the
user the option to convert from feet into inches, yards, miles, millimeters, centimeters,
meters, or kilometers. Say if the user enters a 1, then the program converts to inches, if they
enter a 2, then the program converts to yards, etc. While this can be done with if statements,it
is much shorter with lists and it is also easier to add new conversions if you use lists.
16. Write a function called sum_digits that is given an integer num and returns the sum of the
digits of num.
17. Write a function called first_diff that is given two strings and returns the first location in
which the strings differ. If the strings are identical, it should return -1.
18. Write a function called number_of_factors that takes an integer and returns how many factors
the number has.
19. Write a function called is_sorted that is given a list and returns True if the list is sorted and
False otherwise
20. Write a function called root that is given a number x and an integer n and returns x 1/n. In the
function definition, set the default value of n to 2.
21. Write a function called primes that is given a number n and returns a list of the first n primes.
Let the default value of n be 100.
22. Write a function called merge that takes two already sorted lists of possibly different lengths,
and merges them into a single sorted list.
a) Do this using the sort method. b) Do this without using the sort method.
23. Write a program that asks the user for a word and finds all the smaller words that can be made
from the letters of that word. The number of occurrences of a letter in a smaller word can’t
exceed the number of occurrences of the letter in the user’s word.
24. Write a program that reads a file consisting of email addresses, each on its own line. Your
program should print out a string consisting of those email addresses separated by
semicolons.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
25. Write a program that reads a list of temperatures from a file called temps.txt, converts those
temperatures to Fahrenheit, and writes the results to a file called ftemps.txt.
26. Write a class called Product. The class should have fields called name, amount, and price,
holding the product’s name, the number of items of that product in stock, and the regular
price of the product. There should be a method get_price that receives the number of items to
be bought and returns a the cost of buying that many items, where the regular price is charged
for orders of less than 10 items, a 10% discount is applied for orders of between 10 and 99
items, and a 20% discount is applied for orders of 100 or more items. There should also be a
method called make_purchase that receives the number of items to be bought and decreases
amount by that much.
27. Write a class called Time whose only field is a time in seconds. It should have a method
called convert_to_minutes that returns a string of minutes and seconds formatted as in the
following example: if seconds is 230, the method should return '5:50'. It should also have a
method called convert_to_hours that returns a string of hours, minutes, and seconds
formatted analogously to the previous method.
28. Write a class called Converter. The user will pass a length and a unit when declaring an
object from the class—for example, c = Converter(9,'inches'). The possible units are inches,
feet, yards, miles, kilometers, meters, centimeters, and millimeters. For each of these units
there should be a method that returns the length converted into those units. For example,
using the Converter object created above, the user could call c.feet() and should get 0.75 as
the result.
29. Write a Python class to implement pow(x, n).
30. Write a Python class to reverse a string word by word.
31. Write a program that opens a file dialog that allows you to select a text file. The program then
displays the contents of the file in a textbox.
32. Write a program to demonstrate Try/except/else.
33. Write a program to demonstrate try/finally and with/as.
Course Outcomes: After completing this course, Students will be able to-
CO1: Comprehend how software easily to build right out of the box.
CO2: Demonstrates the use of an interpreted language for problem solving through control
statements including loops and conditionals.
CO3: Practice with data structures for quick programming solutions.
CO4: Demonstrates software building for real needs by breaking out code into reusable
functions and modules.
CO5:Comprehend the software reliability through exception handling.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO – PO MAPPING:
CO1 - - 3 2 2 - - - 2 - - -
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 - - -
CO3 2 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 - - -
CO4 2 1 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 - -
CO5 - 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 - -
[1-Slight (low), 2-Moderate (Medium), 3-Substantial (High)]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONSTITUTIONOF INDIAN
MC1201 2 0 0 0
Course objectives:
1. To Enable the student to understand the importance of constitution
2. To understand the structure of executive, legislature and judiciary
3. To understand philosophy of fundamental rights and duties
4. To understand the autonomous nature of constitutional bodies like Supreme Court and high
court controller and auditor general of India and election commission of India.
5. To understand the central and state relation financial and administrative.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Indian Constitution: Constitution’ meaning of the term, Indian Constitution -
Sources and constitutional history, Features - Citizenship, Preamble, Fundamental Rights and
Duties, Directive Principles of State Policy.
UNIT-II
Union Government and its Administration Structure of the Indian Union: Federalism, Centre-
State relationship, President: Role, power and position, PM and Council of ministers, Cabinet and
Central Secretariat, Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, The Supreme Court and High Court: Powers and
Functions;
UNIT-III
State Government and its Administration Governor - Role and Position - CM and Council of
ministers, State Secretariat: Organisation, Structure and Functions
UNIT-IV
Local Administration - District’s Administration Head - Role and Importance, Municipalities -
Mayor and role of Elected Representative - CEO of Municipal Corporation Panchayati: Functions
PRI: Zila Panchayat, Elected officials and their roles, CEO Zila Panchayat: Block level
Organizational Hierarchy - (Different departments), Village level - Role of Elected and
Appointed officials - Importance of grass root democracy
UNIT-V
Election Commission: Election Commission- Role of Chief Election Commissioner and Election
Commissionerate State Election Commission: Functions of Commissions for the welfare of
SC/ST/OBC and women
CO1 Know the sources, features and principles of Indian Constitution.
CO2 Learn about Union Government, State government and its administration.
CO3 Get acquainted with Local administration and Pachayati Raj.
CO4 Be aware of basic concepts and developments of Human Rights.
CO5 Gain knowledge on roles and functioning of Election Commission
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Reference books:
1. Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Prentice – Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd.. New Delhi
2. Subash Kashyap, Indian Constitution, National Book Trust
3. J.A. Siwach, Dynamics of Indian Government & Politics
4. D.C. Gupta, Indian Government and Politics
5. H.M.Sreevai, Constitutional Law of India, 4th edition in 3 volumes (Universal Law
Publication)
6. J.C. Johari, Indian Government and Politics Hans
7. J. Raj Indian Government and Politics
8. M.V. Pylee, Indian Constitution Durga Das Basu, Human Rights in Constitutional Law,
Prentice – Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.. New Delhi
9. Noorani, A.G., (South Asia Human Rights Documentation Centre), Challenges to Civil
Right), Challenges to Civil Rights Guarantees in India, Oxford University Press 2012
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 - 3 3 2 3 - 3 2
CO2 2 - 2 2 2 2 - 3 2
CO3 3 - 3 2 2 2 - 3 3
CO4 2 - 3 2 2 2 - 3 3
CO5 3 - 1 3 3 3 - 3 2
***************
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-I Semester L T P C
Mathematics-III
BS2101 3 1 0 3
Pre-Requisites:
1. Basics of Matrix Algebra
2. Partial Differentiation
3. Multiple Integrals
4. Ordinary Differential Equations
Course Objectives: To learn
1. The concept of rank of a matrix which is used to know the consistency of system of linear
equations and also to find the eigenvectors of a given matrix.
2. Cayley-Hamilton theorem to find the inverse and power of a matrix and determine the nature
of the quadratic form.
3. The gradient of a scalar function, divergence and curl of a vector function
4. To evaluate line, surface and volume integrals and construct relation between line, surface
and volume integrals using vector integral theorems.
5. To familiarize the techniques in solutions of partial differential equations.
Syllabus
Unit Contents Mapped
No CO
I Solving system of linear equations, Eigen values and Eigenvectors: (12 hrs) CO1
Rank of a matrix by Echelon form and normal form–solving system of
homogeneous and non-homogeneous linear equations–Gauss elimination, Gauss
Jordan for solving system of equations- Eigen values and Eigen vectors and their
properties.
II Cayley-Hamilton theorem and quadratic forms: (12 hrs) CO2
Cayley-Hamilton theorem (without proof)–Finding inverse and power of a matrix
by Cayley-Hamilton theorem–Reduction to Diagonal form–Quadratic forms and
nature of the quadratic forms–Reduction of quadratic form to canonical forms by
orthogonal transformation.
Application: Free vibration of two mass systems.
III Vector Differentiation:(10 hrs) CO3
Scalar and Vector point functions-Vector Differential operator- Gradient –
Directional derivatives – Divergence – Curl – Laplacian second order operator-
Vector identities- Scalar Potential.
IV Vector Integration: (12 hrs) CO4
Line integral – Work done – Circulation- Surface integral- Volume integral
Vector integral theorems (without proof): Green’s theorem in a plane- Stoke’s
theorem- Gauss Divergence theorem.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
V Solutions of Partial differential Equations: (14 hrs) CO5

Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants
and arbitrary functions – Solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equation and
nonlinear (standard types) equations.
Second order PDE: Solutions of linear partial differential equations with
constant coefficients – RHS term of the type
e ax  by , sin( ax  by ), cos( ax  by ), x m y n .
Content Beyond the Syllabus:
Unit-I:Finding the current in electrical circuits
Unit-III&IV: Cylindrical coordinates and Spherical coordinates
Unit-V:Charpit’s method.
Course Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO Analyze the solution of the system of linear equations and to find the Eigenvalues and
1 Eigen vectors of a matrix. (L4)
CO Apply Cayley-Hamilton theorem to determine inverse and power of a matrix and identify
2 the nature of the quadratic form (L3)
CO Interpret the physical meaning of different operators such as gradient, curl and
3 divergence. (L5)
CO Determine line, surface and volume integrals. Apply Green’s, Stoke’s and Gauss
4 divergence theorems to calculate line, surface and volume integrals. (L5& L3)
CO Identify the solution methods for partial differential equation that model physical
5 processes. (L3)
Text books:
Education.
Reference books
2. H. K. Das, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 22ndEdition,S. Chand & Company Ltd.
3. David Poole, Linear Algebra- A modern introduction, 4th edition, Cengage.
4. Peter O’ Neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Cengage
5. Srimantha Pal, S C Bhunia, Engineering Mathematics, Oxford University Press.
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LJ-
LoJhbBA4&list=PLbMVogVj5nJQ2vsW_hmyvVfO4GYWaaPp7
(For Unit-I, Mod1 :1-7 lectures, Mod 6: 25th lecture, Mod 6: 26thlecture&For Unit-II Mod 7:
25th -27th lectures)
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9MCjyQSRmR8&list=PLFW6lRTa1g80fZ1giRbqbe_X
_____________________________________________________________________________________
dXPdkkyqY&ab_channel=NPTEL-NOCIITMNPTEL-NOCIITM
(For Unit-I 1-17 lectures)
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ksS_yOK1vtk&list=PLbRMhDVUMngfIrZCNOyPZw
HUU1pP66vQW&ab_channel=IITKharagpurJuly2018IITKharagpurJuly2018
(For Unit-III 33-52 lectures, For Unit-IV 53-56 lectures)
4. http://www.infocobuild.com/education/audio-video-courses/mathematics/Mathematics-III-
IIT-Roorkee/lecture-16.html
(For Unit-V lectures: 30-32)
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDUHeFyq6sA&list=PLoVRJrAl0FT0oYJJQbchL1hiA
UjlJ4y4O&index=42&ab_channel=AKTUDigitalEducationAKTUDigitalEducation (For
Unit-V lectures: 41-44)
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1:Solving system of linear equations, Eigen values and Eigen Vectors : (12
hrs)
Rank of a matrix by Echelon form and normal form–solving system of homogeneous and non-
homogeneous linear equations–Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan for solving system of equations-
Eigen values and Eigen vectors and their properties.
Echelon form
Normal form
Rank of a matrix
1a.Rank of a matrix Normal form by reducing it into PAQ
&Solving system of form
linear equations Homogeneous Linear system
Solutions to the system of Non homogeneous linear system
linear equations Gauss elimination method
Gauss Jordan method
Eigen values and Eigen
1b. Eigen values and Eigen Values and Eigen vectors
vectors of a matrix
Eigen vectors of a
Properties of Eigen values and Eigen
matrix &Properties Properties
vectors
Unit-2:Cayley-Hamilton theorem and quadratic forms: ( (12 hrs)
Cayley-Hamilton theorem (without proof)–Finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-
Hamilton theorem–Reduction to Diagonal form–Quadratic forms and nature of the quadratic
forms–Reduction of quadratic form to canonical forms by orthogonal transformation.
Application: Free vibration of two mass systems.
2.a. Cayley-Hamilton Verification of Cayley-Hamilton theorem
Cayley-Hamilton theorem
theorem & Find the inverse of a matrix using Cayley-
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Applications Hamilton theorem

Find the higher powers of a matrix using
Cayley-Hamilton theorem
Find the natural frequencies and normal
Free vibration of two
modes using Free vibration of two mass
mass systems
systems
2.b. Diagonalization Diagonalization of a matrix
Diagonalization of a
of a matrix &
matrix, Rank, index, Reduction of the quadratic forms into
Reduction of the
nature, signature, nature canonical form by orthogonal
quadratic forms into
of the Quadratic forms transformation
canonical form
Unit-3: Vector Differentiation: (10 hrs)
Scalar and Vector point functions-Vector Differential operator- Gradient – Directional
derivatives – Divergence – Curl – Laplacian second order operator- Vector identities- Scalar
Potential.
Unit normal vector
3.a. Del applied to
Angle between the two surfaces
scalar and vector Gradient,Divergence
Directional derivatives
point functions andCurl
Divergence of a vector-Solenoidal
Curl of a vector-Irrotational
3. b. Scalar potential, Scalar potential functions, Scalar potential function
Del applied twice to Laplacian operators, Problems on Laplacian operator
point functions. Vector identities Vector identities
Unit-4: Vector Integration: (12 hrs)
Line integral – Work done – Circulation- Surface integral- Volume integral
Vector integral theorems (without proof): Green’s theorem in a plane- Stoke’s theorem- Gauss
Divergence theorem.
Work done by the force
4a. Integration of Line, surface and volume
Surface integral
vectors integrals
Volume integral
Relations between line, Green’s theorem in the plane
4b. Vector integral
surface and volume Stoke’s theorem
theorems
integrals. Gauss divergence theorem
Unit-5:Solutions of Partial differential Equations:(14 hrs)
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary
functions – Solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equation and nonlinear (standard types)
equations.
Second order PDE: Solutions of linear partial differential equations with constant coefficients –
_____________________________________________________________________________________
RHS term of the type e ax  by , sin( ax  by ), cos( ax  by ), x m y n .

Formation of partial differential equations
Formation of partial by eliminating the arbitrary constants
differential equations Formation of partial differential equations
5 a. Formation of a by eliminating the arbitrary functions
partial differential Linear (Lagrange’s) Method of grouping
equations and partial differential
Solutions to the Method of multipliers
equations
partial differential
f  p, q   0
equations of first
order Non-linear partial f  z, p, q   0
differential equations f  x, p   g  y, q 
z  px  qy  f ( p, q)
Finding the Complementary function
Homogeneous partial Particular integral of the type ' eaxby '
differential equations of
Particular integral of the type
second order with
'sin(ax  by) or cos(ax  by)'
constant coefficients
5.b. Second order Particular integral of the type ' x m y n '
partial differential
equations Non-homogeneous partial Finding the Complementary function
ax by
differential equations of Particular integral of the type ' e '
second order with Particular integral of the type
constant coefficients 'sin(ax  by) or cos(ax  by)'
Particular integral of the type ' x m y n '
Course Outcomes
CO1 Analyze the solution of the system of linear equations and to find the Eigenvalues and
Eigen vectors of a matrix. (L4)
CO2 Apply Cayley-Hamilton theorem to determine inverse and power of a matrix and
identify the nature of the quadratic form (L3)
CO3 Interpret the physical meaning of different operators such as gradient, curl and
divergence. (L5)
CO4 Determine line, surface and volume integrals. Apply Green’s, Stoke’s and Gauss
divergence theorems to calculate line, surface and volume integrals. (L5& L3)
CO5 Identify the solution methods for partial differential equation that model physical
processes. (L3)
Text books:
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Education.
Reference books
3. David Poole, Linear Algebra- A modern introduction, 4th edition, Cengage.
4. Peter O’ Neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Cengage
5. Srimantha Pal, S C Bhunia, Engineering Mathematics, Oxford University Press.
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LJ-
LoJhbBA4&list=PLbMVogVj5nJQ2vsW_hmyvVfO4GYWaaPp7
2. (For Unit-I, Mod1 :1-7 lectures, Mod 6: 25th lecture, Mod 6: 26thlecture&For Unit-II Mod 7:
25th -27th lectures)
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9MCjyQSRmR8&list=PLFW6lRTa1g80fZ1giRbqbe_X
dXPdkkyqY&ab_channel=NPTEL-NOCIITMNPTEL-NOCIITM
4. (For Unit-I 1-17 lectures)
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ksS_yOK1vtk&list=PLbRMhDVUMngfIrZCNOyPZw
HUU1pP66vQW&ab_channel=IITKharagpurJuly2018IITKharagpurJuly2018
6. (For Unit-III 33-52 lectures, For Unit-IV 53-56 lectures)
7. http://www.infocobuild.com/education/audio-video-courses/mathematics/Mathematics-III-
IIT-Roorkee/lecture-16.html
8. (For Unit-V lectures: 30-32)
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDUHeFyq6sA&list=PLoVRJrAl0FT0oYJJQbchL1hiA
UjlJ4y4O&index=42&ab_channel=AKTUDigitalEducationAKTUDigitalEducation (For
Unit-V lectures: 41-44)
CO-PO Mapping :
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II- Year I- Semester Name of the Course L T P C

Data Structures 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: Programming in C.
Course Objectives:
 To make students learn the basic concepts of Data Structures and Algorithms.
 To solve problems using data structures such as linear lists, stacks, queues.
 To explore advanced data structures such as balanced search trees.
 To be familiar with Graphs and their applications.
 To analyze various sorting techniques.
Syllabus
No CO
Linear Lists (12 hrs)
Introduction to Data Structures, Definition, Need & Types of Data Structures
Algorithms: Introduction, Time complexity and Space complexity, Performance
I CO1
and Analysis
Linear lists (Arrays) – Introduction, Operations, Searching.
Sorting - Insertion Sort, Quick Sort, Merge Sort and Radix Sort.
Stack & Queue (10 hrs)
II Stacks: Introduction, Operations, implementation, Applications. CO2
Queues: Introduction, Operations, implementation, Applications, Circular Queue
Linked Lists (10 hrs)
Single Linked List: Introduction, Representation, Operations, Applications.
III CO3
Circular Lists: Introduction, Representation, Operations.
Double linked lists – Representation, operations.
TREES (8 hrs)
Trees: Introduction, Terminology, Representation of Trees
IV CO4
Binary Trees: Properties, Representations, Traversals, Types of Trees
Binary Search Trees: Definition, Operations.
GRAPHS (12 hrs)
Graphs: Introduction, Definition, Representation, Degree of vertex, Types of
V CO5
graphs, Elementary Graph Operations, Graph Traversals – Depth First Search,
Breadth First Search, Spanning trees-Prim's algorithm, Krushkal's algorithm
Course Outcomes
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO1 Implement various operations on linear lists. (L2)

Apply data structure strategies like stacks and queues for exploring complex data
CO2
structures. (L3)
CO3 Identify performance and trade-offs of static and dynamic data structures. (L3)
Incorporate data structures into the applications such as binary trees, binary search trees.
CO4
(L3)
CO5 Identify appropriate data structure algorithms for graphs. (L3)
Learning Resources
Text Books:
1. Data structures, Algorithms and Applications in C, S. Sahni, University Press (India) Pvt. Ltd,
2nd edition, Universities Press, Pvt. Ltd.
2. Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, Mark Allen Weiss, Pearson Education. Ltd,
Second Edition.
3. Data Structures, Schaum’s Outline, Seymour Lipschutz, Kindle Edition
Reference Books
1. Introduction to Algorithms, by Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest,
and Clifford Stein, MIT Press.
2. Classical Data Structures, Second Edition, Debasis Samanta, PHI
Data Structures Visualizations : https://www.cs.usfca.edu/~galles/visualization/Algorithms.html
Code Archery Youtube Channel:
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLrKBFf87Cy9CNZpzi3poq8BFWc0h4f0vL
MICRO SYLLABUS
Unit 1:Linear Lists (12 hrs)
Introduction to Data Structures, Definition, Need & Types of Data Structures
Algorithms: Introduction, Time complexity and Space complexity, Performance and Analysis
Introduction to Data Structures
Definition
Need & Types of Data Structures
Introduction
Time complexity and Space complexity,
1.a. Performance and Analysis,
Algorithms:
Asymptotic Notations - Big Oh(O),
Small Oh(o) and Theta Notation (θ),
necessary examples
Linear lists (Arrays) Introduction, Operations, Searching.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Insertion Sort,
Quick Sort,
1.b Sorting -
Merge Sort and
Radix Sort.
Unit-2:Stack & Queue (10 hrs)

Stacks: Introduction, Operations, implementation, Applications.
Queues: Introduction, Operations, implementation, Applications, Circular Queue.

Introduction, Operations – push, pop, underflow,
2.a. Stacks: overflow, peek and implementation, Applications
– Infix to Postfix Conversion, Postfix evaluation.
Introduction,
Operations – enqueue, dequeue, underflow,
2.a. Queues: overflow and implementation, Applications –
Circular Queue (operations), FIFO, Hot Potato
Problem Simulation.
Unit-3:Linked Lists (10 hrs)
Single Linked List: Introduction, Representation, Operations, Applications.
Circular Lists: Introduction, Representation, Operations.
Double linked lists – Representation, operations.
Introduction, Differences between arrays & linked lists.
Single Linked Representation, Operations – insert, delete, concat,
3.a.
List: count and search, Applications – Polynomial
representation, addition, multiplication.
Circular Lists: Introduction, Representation and implementation.
3.b. Double linked
Representation, Operations – insert, delete and search.
lists
Unit-4: TREES (8 hrs)
Trees: Introduction, Terminology, Representation of Trees
Binary Trees: Properties, Representations, Traversals, Types of Trees
Binary Search Trees: Definition, Operations.
Introduction, Terminology, Representation of Trees
Trees:
Properties, Representations, Traversal – Inorder
4.a. Traversal, Preorder Traversal, Postorder Traversal
Binary Trees: (Recursive and Non Recursive) Types of trees –
complete binary tree, Full binary tree, Thread Binary
Trees, Expression Tree.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Binary Search Definition, Operations – insertion, deletion and find

4.b
Trees: min, find max, count, leaf and Searching.
Unit-5: GRAPHS (12 hrs)
Graphs: Introduction, Definition, Representation, Degree of vertex, Types of graphs, Elementary
Graph Operations, Graph Traversals – Depth First Search, Breadth First Search, Spanning trees-
Prim's algorithm, Krushkal's algorithm..
Introduction to graphs, Definition, Types of graphs,
Degree of vertex.
5.a.
Representation - Adjacency matrix &Adjacency list.
Elementary Graph Operations – Add Vertex, Add
Graphs:
Edge, Delete Vertex, Delete Edge, Find Vertex and
5.b Find Edge.
Graph Traversals – Depth First Search, Breadth First
Search
Spanning trees-Prim's algorithm, Kruskal's algorithm.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Implement various operations on linear lists. (L2)

Apply data structure strategies like stacks and queues for exploring complex data
CO2
structures. (L3)
CO3 Identify performance and trade-offs of static and dynamic data structures. (L3)
Incorporate data structures into the applications such as binary trees, binary search trees.
CO4
(L3)
CO5 Identify appropriate data structure algorithms for graphs. (L3)
Learning Resources
Text Books:
1. Data structures, Algorithms and Applications in C, S. Sahni, University Press (India) Pvt. Ltd,
2nd edition, Universities Press, Pvt. Ltd.
2. Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, Mark Allen Weiss, Pearson Education. Ltd,
Second Edition.
3. Data Structures, Schaum’s Outline, Seymour Lipschutz, Kindle Edition
Reference Books
1. Introduction to Algorithms, by Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest,
and Clifford Stein, MIT Press.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. Classical Data Structures, Second Edition, Debasis Samanta, PHI

Data Structures Visualizations : https://www.cs.usfca.edu/~galles/visualization/Algorithms.html
Code Archery Youtube Channel:
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLrKBFf87Cy9CNZpzi3poq8BFWc0h4f0vL
CO-PO-PSO Mapping Matrix:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSPO1 PSPO2
CO-1 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO-2 1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 1
CO-3 1 - 2 2 - - - - - - - - 2 1
CO-4 2 - 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1
CO-5 - 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Electrical Machines-1
PC2101 3 0 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Basic Circuit Analysis
Course objectives:The student should be able to

1. To understand the unifying principles of energy conversion and DC Generator.
2. To Understand the significance of Back EMF and Production of Torque in DC
Motor.
3. To learn the characteristics, performance, methods of speed control and testing
methods of DC motors.
4. To predetermine the performance of single phase transformers with equivalent
circuit models.
5. To understand the parallel operation of transformers and three-phase totwo phase
Conversion.
Syllabus
No CO
I Electromechanical Energy Conversion and introduction to DC machines (13 CO1
hrs )
Electromechanical Energy Conversion (06 hrs)
Principles of electromechanical energy conversion – singly excited system –
concept of Co-Energy- force and torque derivation- multi excited system
(qualitative treatment).
Construction and principle of operation of DC machine(07 hrs )
EMF equation for generator – Classification of DC machines based on excitation
– OCC of DCShunt generator- Determination of Critical resistance and critical
speed- Armature reaction and Commutation -Numerical problems.
II Performance of D.C. Machines (10 hrs) CO2

Torque and back-EMF equation of dc motor– characteristics of shunt,
series and compound motors - losses and efficiency- applications of dc
motors- Numerical problems.
III Starting, Speed Control and Testing of D.C. Machines (15 hrs) CO3
Starting, Speed Control of D.C. Machines (05 hrs)
Necessity of starter –3 point and 4 point starters – Speed control of

Shunt motor by armature voltage and field control.
Testing of D.CMachines(10 hrs)

_____________________________________________________________________________________
Testing methods - Swinburne’s Test – Hopkinson’sTest -Brake Test on

Shunt Motor–Load test on shunt generator- Numerical problems.
IV Single-phase Transformers (06 hrs) CO4

Principle of operation- Constructional details - EMF equation - operation on no
load and on load - phasor diagrams.
Equivalent Circuit and Performance (08 hrs)
Equivalent circuit –Voltage regulation – losses and efficiency – effect of
variation of frequency and supply voltage on losses – All day efficiency-
Numerical problems.
V Transformers Testing and Three Phase Transformers (12 hrs) CO5

Single phase Transformer Testing(08 hrs)
Tests on single phase transformers – open circuit and short circuit tests
– Sumpner’s test - Separation of losses – parallel operation with equal
voltage ratios- Auto Transformer- comparison with two winding transformers-
Numerical problems.
Three Phase Transformers(04hrs)
Poly phase connections - Y/Y, Y/∆, ∆/Y, ∆/∆ and open ∆-Scott connection.
1. Internal and External characteristics of DC Shunt Generator.

2. Load Test on DC Series Generator.
3. Parallel operation conditions, advantages and with un equal voltage ratios.
4. Simplified Equivalent Circuit of Single Phase Transformer.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the concepts of energy conversion and principle operation of DC Generator.
(Remember and Understand)
CO2 Examine the significance of Back EMF and Production of Torque in DC
Motor. (Apply)
CO3 Analyze the speed control methods and performance of DC Machine.

(Analyze).
CO4 Quantify the performance of single phase transformers. (Evaluate)
CO5 Empathies parallel operation of transformers and three-Phase to two- phase
Conversion. (Understand, Apply and Analyze).
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Theory & Performance of Electrical Machines by J.B.Guptha. S.K.Kataria& Sons.
2. Electrical Machines – P.S. Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers.
Reference books:
1. Electrical Machines by D. P.Kothari, I .J .Nagarth, Mc Graw Hill Publications, 4th edition.
2. Electrical Machinery by AbijithChakrabarthi and Sudhipta Debnath, Mc Graw Hill education
2015.
3. Electrical Machinery Fundamentals by Stephen J Chapman McGraw Hill education 2010.
4. Electric Machinery by A.E. Fitzgerald, Charleskingsley, Stephen D.Umans, TMH.

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105017
3. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-machines-i.html
4. https://www.electrical4u.com/losses-in-dc-machine
Micro-Syllabus
Unit 1:Electromechanical Energy Conversion and introduction to DC machines (13 hrs )

Electromechanical Energy Conversion (06 hrs)
Principles of electromechanical energy conversion – singly excited system – concept of Co-
Energy-force and torque derivation- multi excited system (qualitative treatment).
Construction and principle of operation of DC machine(07 hrs )
EMF equation for generator – Classification of DC machines based on excitation – OCC of DC
Shunt generator- Determination of Critical resistance and critical speed- Armature reaction and
Commutation -Numerical problems.
Principles of Principles of energy conversion
electromechanical Block diagram representations
1.a or 2.a energy conversion Power flow diagrams for dc machine
Electromechanical Definition of single excited system
Energy Representation with figure.
singly excited
Conversion Co-energy concept in linear system
system
Derivation of force and torque in non linear and
linear systems.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Definition and representation of multi excited

Multi excited system
system.
Principle operation of single loop dc generator
Construction of dc generator and Emf equation

derivation-numerical problems.
1.b or 2.b Types of dc generators- based on excitation-
Construction and separately excited –self excited-shunt-series-
DC generator
principle of compound(long and short shunt cumulative and
And classification
operation of DC differential)-Numerical problems on self excited
machine (only on shunt and series). – OCC characteristics of
DC shunt generator by experimental procedure-
Determination of Critical resistance and critical
speed from OCC- Armature reaction and
commutation.
Unit-2:Performance of D.C. Machines (10 hrs)

Torque and back-EMF equation of dc motor– characteristics of shunt, series and
compound motors - losses and efficiency- applications of dc motors- Numerical
problems.
3.a or 4.a Motor principle operation-significance of back
Torque and back-EMF
Performance of EMF-Derivation of Torque –Numerical
equation of dc motor
D.C. Machines problems on torque
Characteristics of shunt, series and compound
3.b or 4.b
motors –applications of dc motors.
Performance Characteristics, losses
calculation of and efficiency Power flow diagrams of generator and motor-
D.C. Machines losses and efficiency -Numerical problems.
Unit-3: Starting, Speed Control and Testing of D.C. Machines (15 hrs)
Starting, Speed Control of D.C. Machines (05 hrs)
Necessity of starter –3 point and 4 point starters – Speed control of Shunt motor by
armature voltage and field control.
Testing of D.C. Machines(10 hrs)

Testing methods - Swinburne’s Test – Hopkinson’s Test -Brake Test on Shunt Motor–Load
test on shunt generator- Numerical problems.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Necessity of starter – Starting by 3 point and 4

5.a or 6.aStarting, Starters point starters construction and operation (only
Speed Control of elementary treatment)
D.C. Machines Speed control of Shunt armature voltage and field control methods for
motor shunt motor
brake test, Swinburne’s method – principle of

5.b or 6.b
Testing of D.C. regenerative or Hopkinson’s method - Load test
Testing of D.C.
Machines on dc shunt generator procedure-Numerical
Machines
problem on brake test, Swinburne’s test.
Unit-4: Single-phase Transformers (06 hrs)

Principle of operation- Constructional details - EMF equation - operation on no load and on load
- Phasor diagrams.
Equivalent Circuit and Performance (08 hrs)
Equivalent circuit –Voltage regulation – losses and efficiency – effect of variation of
frequency and supply voltage on losses – All day efficiency-Numerical problems.
Principle of operation -Types (core, shell types)

and constructional details.
Principle of operation
7.a or 7.b
Single-phase E.M.F equation –Numerical problems.
Transformers
Operation on no load and on load – lagging,
Operation of single leading and unity power factors loads - phasor
phase Transformer diagrams of transformers –Numerical problems.
Equivalent circuit –secondary is referred to

Equivalent circuit& primary and vice versa-Numerical problems on
8.a or 8.b Voltage regulation equivalent circuit parameters- derivation of
Equivalent voltage regulation for lagging and leading loads.
Circuit & Losses and efficiency – Numerical problems-
Performance: effect of variation of frequency and supply
Performance
voltage on losses – All day efficiency-Numerical
problems.
Unit-5: Transformers Testing and Three Phase Transformers (12 hrs)
Single phase Transformer Testing(08 hrs)
Tests on single phase transformers – open circuit and short circuit tests – Sumpner’s
test -separation of losses – parallel operation with equal voltage ratios- Auto Transformer-
comparison with two winding transformers-Numerical problems.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Three Phase Transformers (04 hrs)

Poly phase connections - Y/Y, Y/∆, ∆/Y, ∆/∆ and open ∆-Scott connection.
Open circuit and short circuit tests -Sumpner’s
9.a or test - separation of losses test-
10.aTransformers
Testing and auto Conditions for parallel operation-Parallel
Tests on single
transformer operation with equal voltage ratios derivation-
phase transformers
Numerical problem.
Auto transformer operation(only Elementary
treatment)– comparison with two winding
9.b or 10.b
transformer.
Three Phase
Poly phase connections - Y/Y, Y/∆, ∆/Y, ∆/∆
Transformers Three Phase
and open ∆-Scott connection (only elementary
Transformers
treatment).
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the concepts of energy conversion and principle operation of DC Generator.
(Remember and Understand)
CO2 Examine the significance of Back EMF and Production of Torque in DC
Motor. (Apply)
CO3 Analyze the speed control methods and performance of DC Machine.
(Analyze).
CO4 Quantify the performance of single phase transformers. (Evaluate)
CO5 Empathies parallel operation of transformers and three-Phase to two- phase
Conversion. (Understand, Apply and Analyze).
Learning Resources
Text books:
Reference books:
2015.
4. Electric Machinery by A.E. Fitzgerald, Charleskingsley, Stephen D.Umans, TMH.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105017
3.www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-machines-i.html
CO-PO Mapping :
CO/
PO
CO1 2 2 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 - - -
CO3 2 2 - 2 1
CO4 2 2 2 2 1
CO5 1 1 2 - -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Electrical Circuit Analysis 3 1 0 3
PC2102
Prerequisites: Basic Circuit Analysis,

Integrations,
Laplace transforms and
Differential equations
Course Objectives: The student should be able to

1. To study the concepts of balanced and unbalanced three-phase systems.
2. To study the transient behaviour of electrical circuits with DC excitation
3. To study the transient behaviour of electrical circuits with AC excitation.
4. To study the analysis of two port network.
5. To understand the concept of Network synthesis.
Syllabus
No CO
Three Phase Systems(10hrs)
Types of three phase systems - Phase sequence- relation between line and phase
I CO1
voltages and currents - analysis of balanced three phase systems - Analysis of three
phase unbalanced systems: Loop method – Milliman’s method
Transient Analysis in DC circuits(11hrs)
II
Transient response of R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits for DC excitation, Solution using CO2
differential equations and Laplace transforms
Transient Analysis in AC circuits(11hrs)
III
Transient response of R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits for pulse and AC excitations, CO3
Solution using differential equations and Laplace transforms.
Two port Networks(10hrs)
IV
Two port network parameters – Z, Y, ABCD and Hybrid parameters and their CO4
relations, Cascaded networks
Network Synthesis(10hrs)
Positive real function - basic synthesis procedure - LC immittance functions - RC
V CO5
impedance functions and RL admittance function - RL impedance function and RC
admittance function - Foster and Cauer methods
Course Outcomes
CO1 Various three phase balanced and unbalanced systems {Apply level, KL3}
CO2 Transient response of electrical networks for DC excitation. {Apply level,

_____________________________________________________________________________________
KL3&Analyse level, KL4}

CO3 Transient response of electrical networks for AC excitations{Apply level,
CO4 Two port network parameters {Apply level, KL3}
CO5 Equivalent electrical network for a given transfer function. {Apply level, KL3}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Circuits & Networks Analysis & Synthesis by A. Sudhakar and Shyammohan S Palli,
Tata McGraw- Hill.
Reference books
1. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits” Charles K.Alexander, Mathew N.O.Sadiku, Tata
McGraw-Hill.
Company,6th edition
3. Network synthesis: Van Valkenburg; Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd
McGraw- Hill.
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MHwM1C1zUz4
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xaeob9lTXS0
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GasWAlIvvD8&list=PL16EE39765482C57F
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2D_eGLGcUXQ&list=PL16EE39765482C57F&index=5
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UltkCsoh6Bw&list=PL16EE39765482C57F&index=7
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1:Threephasecircuits(10hrs)
Phasesequence-staranddeltaconnection-relationbetweenlineandphasevoltagesandcurrents-
analysisofbalancedthreephase circuits-Analysisofthreephase unbalancedcircuits: Loopmethod
–Star-Deltatransformationtechnique
Threephasesystemintroduction
1a.Three Phasesequence- Advantagesofthreephaseoversinglephas
phasecircuitCo staranddeltaconnection e
nnections Phasesequence
Staranddeltaconnections
ThreephaseBalancedandunbalancedsyst
em
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Relationbetweenphaseandlinevolt
agescurrentsstar-star
Relationbetweenlineand Relationbetweenphaseandlinevoltagesc
phase voltagesand currents urrents
for bothstar and star-Delta
Deltaconnectednetworks Relationbetweenphaseandlinevolt
agescurrentsdelta-star
agescurrentsdelta-delta
1b. agescurrentsstar-star-
Analysis of Determinationoflineandphas Numericalproblems
threephase eparametersof both balanced Relationbetweenphaseandlinevolt
balancedandunbalan andunbalancedsystems agescurrentsstar-Delta-
cedcircuits Numericalproblems
agescurrentsdelta-star-
Numericalproblems
agescurrentsdelta-delta-
Numericalproblems
Analysisofunbalancedsystem-
Loopmethod
Millman’smethod
Unit-2:TransientAnalysisinDCcircuits(11hrs)
TransientresponseofR-L,R-C,R-L-CcircuitsforDCexcitations,Solutionusingdifferentialequations
andLaplacetransforms.
Unit No Module Microcontent
Responseof sourcefreeRLcircuit
Transientresponseof R-L ResponseofsourceRLcircuitwithDCexci
2a. tation
Transientresponse ResponseofsourcefreeRCcircuit
ofR-L,R-C,R-L-C ResponseofsourceRCcircuitwithDCexci
Transient response of R-C
circuitsforDCexcit tation
ations Responseof sourcefreeRLCcircuit
Transient response of R-L-
ResponseofsourceRLCcircuitwithDC
C
excitation
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2b.Transientrespons
e of R-L,R-C, R-L-
C Related numerical problem of R-L,
circuitsforDCexci Determination ofTransient R-C and R-L-
tations- response of R-L,R-C,R-L- CcircuitsusingLaplaceordifferentialeq
numericalpro CcircuitsforDCexcitations uationmethod
blems
Unit-3:TransientAnalysisinACcircuits(11hrs)
TransientresponseofR-L,R-C,R-L-CcircuitsforACexcitations,Solutionusingdifferentialequations
andLaplacetransforms.
Unit Module Microcontent
Responseof sourcefreeRLcircuit
3a.Transientrespo TransientresponseofR-L ResponseofsourceRLcircuitwithACexcita
nse of R-L,R-C, tion
R-L-C ResponseofsourcefreeRCcircuit
circuitsforDCex TransientresponseofR-C ResponseofsourceRCcircuitwithACexcit
citations ation
TransientresponseofR-L- Responseof sourcefreeRLCcircuit
C Response of source RLC
circuit with ACexcitation
3b. Determination
Transient ofTransientresponseofR- RelatednumericalproblemofR-L,R-
responseofR-L,R- L,R-C,R-L-C CandR-L-C circuitsusinglaplace
C,R-L-C circuits for ordifferentialequationmethod
circuits for DCexcitations
DCexcitations-
numericalproblems
Unit-4:TwoPortNetworks(10hrs)
Twoportnetworkparameters–
Z,Y,ABCDandHybridparametersandtheirrelations,Cascadednetworks.
MathematicalanalysisofZand
Determination ABCDparameters
4a.
ofnetworkparameters DeterminationofZandABCDpara
Twoportnetworkpa
meters-numericalproblems
rameters
Relation between Z and ABCD
parameters
Mathematical analysis of Y and
4b. Hybrid parameters
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Twoportnetworkpa Determination of Y and Hybrid

rameters Determination parameters- numerical problems
ofnetworkparameters
Relation between Y and Hybrid
parameters
Analysis of Cascaded networks
Unit-5:Networksynthesis(10hrs)
Positiverealfunction-basicsynthesisprocedure-LCimmittancefunctions-
RCimpedancefunctionsandRLadmittancefunction -
RLimpedancefunctionandRCadmittancefunction-FosterandCauermethods.
SynthesisofLCImmitancenetworkusi
ngFosterandCauer methods
5a. SynthesisofRLImpedencenetworkusing
Networksynthesis LCandRLNetworkSynt Foster andCauermethods
hesis SynthesisofRLadmittancenetworkusi
ngFosterandCauer methods
SynthesisofRCImpedencenetworkusi
5b.Networksynt RC ngFosterandCauer methods
hesis NetworkSynth SynthesisofRCadmittancenetworkusi
esis ngFosterandCauer methods
CO1 Various three phase balanced and unbalanced systems {Apply level, KL3}
CO2 Transient response of electrical networks for DC excitation. {Apply level,

CO3 Transient response of electrical networks for AC excitations{Apply level,
CO4 Two port network parameters {Apply level, KL3}
CO5 Equivalent electrical network for a given transfer function. {Apply level, KL3}
Text books:
1. Circuits & Networks Analysis & Synthesis by A. Sudhakar and Shyammohan S Palli, Tata
McGraw- Hill.
Reference books
1. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits” Charles K.Alexander, Mathew N.O.Sadiku, Tata
_____________________________________________________________________________________
McGraw-Hill.
Company,6th edition
3. Network synthesis: Van Valkenburg; Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd
McGraw- Hill.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 1
CO2 1 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 2 1
CO3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 2 1
CO4 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 1
CO5 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Electromagnetic Fields 3 1 0 3
PC2102
PRE-REQUISITES: Co-Ordinate systems, Differential equations, Integration, vector

algebra
1. Study the electric field and potentials due to different configurations of static charge and
Maxwell’s first equation
2. Study the behavior of conductors and dielectrics, evaluation of capacitance for different
configurations.
3. Study the Biot Savart’s Law, Ampere Circuital Law and applications
4. Study the Lorentz force equation
5. Understand the concept inductance and time varying fields
Syllabus
No CO
Unit-1: Electrostatic Fields (16 hrs)
Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field Intensity (EFI),EFI due to a line, surface and
volume charge, Work done in moving a point charge in an electrostatic field,
I CO1
Electric Potential, Properties of potential function, Potential gradient, Gauss’s law,
Application of Gauss’s Law, Maxwell’s first law, Laplace’s and Poison’s
equations, Solution of Laplace’s equation in one variable.
Unit-2: Dielectrics and Capacitance (12 hrs)
Electric dipole, Dipole moment, Potential and EFI due to an electric dipole,
Torque on an Electric dipole in an electric field, Behavior of conductors in an
electric field, Electric field inside a dielectric material, Polarization, Dielectric –
II Conductor and Dielectric – Dielectric boundary conditions, Capacitance, CO2
Capacitance of parallel plate and spherical and co-axial capacitors with composite
dielectrics, Energy stored and energy density in a static electric field, Current
density, Conduction and Convection current densities, Ohm’s law in point form –
Equation of continuity.
Unit-3: Static magnetic fields (12 hrs)
III Biot-Savart’s law, Magnetic field intensity (MFI), MFI due to a straight current CO3
carrying filament, MFI due to circular, rectangular, square and solenoid current
Carrying wire, Maxwell’s second Equation, Ampere’s circuital law and its
applications, MFI due to an infinite sheet of current and a long current carrying
_____________________________________________________________________________________
filament, Differential form of Ampere’s circuital law (Maxwell’s third equation).
Unit-4: Force in Magnetic fields (12 hrs)
Magnetic force on Moving charges in a Magnetic field, Lorentz force equation,

Force on a current element in a magnetic field, Force on a straight and a long
IV CO4
current carrying conductor in a magnetic field, Force between two straight long
and parallel current carrying conductors, Magnetic dipole and dipole moment, A
differential current loop as a magnetic dipole, Torque on a current loop placed in a
magnetic field.
Unit-5: Electromagnetic Induction(12 hrs)
Inductance: Self and Mutual inductance, Determination of self-inductance of a

solenoid and toroid, Mutual inductance between a straight long wire and a square
loop wire in the same plane, Energy stored and density in a magnetic field.
V CO5
Time varying fields: Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction, Integral and
point forms, Maxwell’s fourth equation, statically and dynamically induced
EMFs, Modification of Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields, Displacement
current, Poynting theorem and Poynting vector.
Content Beyond the syllabus:

 Co-ordinate systems rectangular, cylindrical and spherical systems
 Uniqueness theorem for the solution of Laplace equation
Course Outcomes POs, PSOs KL

Upon successful completion of the course
CO1 The student will be able to calculate the electric field and
potentials using Gauss’s law and Laplace equation PO3, PSO2 1,3
(Remember, Understand, and Apply)
CO2 The student will be able to evaluate capacitance for different
PO1, PSO2 2,3
configurations (Understand, Apply, Analyze and valuate)
CO3 The student will be able to find magnetic field intensity of
different configurations using Biot-Savart’s law and Ampere’s PO1, PSO2 1,2
law (Apply, Analyze, valuate, and create)
CO4 The student will be able to calculate magnetic forces and torque
produced by currents in magnetic fields (Understand, Apply, PO2, PSO2 2,3
and Analyze)
CO5 The student will be able to quantify inductance and evaluation PO2, PSO2 1,2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
of induced EMF in time varying fields (Apply, Analyze and

create)
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Elements of Electro Magnetics” by Matthew N.O.Sadiku, 7th edition, Oxford Publications
th
2. “Engineering Electro Magnetics” by William H. Hayt& John. A. Buck, 7 Editon Mc. Graw-
Hill Companies,.2006.
Reference books:
1. “Electro Magnetic Fields” by Dr.Y.Mallikarjuna Reddy, 2 nd edition , Universities Press.
2. “Introduction to Electro Dynamics” by D J Griffiths, 2 nd edition, PHI Pvt. Ltd.
3. “Electro Magnetics” by J. D Kraus , 4th edition ,Mc Graw-Hill Inc. 1992.
4. “Electro Magnetic Theory” by U.A. Bakshi and A.V.Bakshi, Technical Publications

1. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/medicine-and-dentistry/electromagnetic-field
2. https://phys.libretexts.org/
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1: Electrostatic Fields
Coulomb’s Law ,Electric Field Intensity (EFI) ,EFI due to a line, surface and volume charge,
Work done in moving a point charge in an electrostatic field, Electric Potential , Properties of
potential function, Potential gradient, Gauss’s law, Application of Gauss’s Law, Maxwell’s first
law, Laplace’s and Poison’s equations, Solution of Laplace’s equation in one variable.
Coulomb’s Law Statement, explanation, Force due to
number of charges
Problems – Finding force between two
point charges, charges located at the
1. Electrostatic corners of a triangle and square
Fields Electric Field Intensity (EFI) Definition, expression and ⃗ due to
number of charges
EFI due to a line, surface and ⃗ due to finite length of line charge,
volume charge infinite line charge, circular ring,
circular disc, infinite sheet
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Work done in moving a point ⃗

W = - Q ∫ ⃗. ⃗
charge in an electrostatic field
Electric Potential Definition and potential due to point
charge, line charge of finite length and
circular disc.
Properties of potential function Properties only
Potential gradient Derivation for E = - grad(V)
Gauss’s law Electric flux, flux density, relation
between ⃗ and ⃗ , statement and proof
for Gauss law
Application of Gauss’s Law To find ⃗ due to infinite line, sheet, co-
axial cables, concentric spherical shells
and spheres
Maxwell’s first law, Divergence theorem, proof for div (D)
div (D) =v =v
Laplace’s and Poison’s equations Statements and proofs.
Solution of Laplace’s equation in Applications to find potential, flux
one variable density or field intensity due to
concentric spheres, coaxial cables and
coaxial cones
Unit-2: Dielectrics and Capacitance:
Electric dipole, Dipole moment, Potential and EFI due to an electric dipole, Torque on an Electric
dipole in an electric field, Behavior of conductors in an electric field, Electric field inside a
dielectric material, Polarization, Dielectric – Conductor and Dielectric – Dielectric boundary
conditions, Capacitance, Capacitance of parallel plate and spherical and co-axial capacitors with
composite dielectrics, Energy stored and energy density in a static electric field, Current density,
Conduction and Convection current densities, Ohm’s law in point form – Equation of continuity.
Electric dipole Definition, representation, difference
between physical and pure dipoles
Dipole moment Definition and expression
Potential and EFI due to an Derivations and problems
electric dipole
2. (A). Torque on an Electric dipole in an Derivations and problems
Dielectrics electric field
Behavior of conductors in an Explanation with properties
electric field
Polarization Definition and expression
Electric field inside a dielectric Derivation
material
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Dielectric – Conductor and Derivations and problems

Dielectric – Dielectric boundary
conditions
Capacitance, Capacitance of Definition, expression, derivations and
parallel plate capacitor with problems
composite dielectrics
Capacitance of spherical and co- Derivations
axial capacitors
2. (B).
Energy stored and energy density Definitions and derivations
Capacitance
in a static electric field
Current density, Conduction and Definitions
Convection current densities,
Ohm’s law in point form Proof
Equation of continuity Statement and proof
Unit-3: Static magnetic fields:
Biot-Savart’s law, Magnetic field intensity (MFI), MFI due to a straight current carrying
filament, MFI due to circular, rectangular, square and solenoid current Carrying wire, Maxwell’s
second Equation, Ampere’s circuital law and its applications, MFI due to an infinite sheet of
current and a long current carrying filament, Differential form of Ampere’s circuital law
(Maxwell’s third equation).
Magnetic field intensity (MFI) Concepts and definitions
Biot-Savart’s law Statement and proof
MFI due to a straight current For finite and infinite length filaments-
carrying filament derivation and problems
MFI due to circular, square and Derivations, numericals and MFI due to
solenoid current Carrying wire Polygon of n sides.
Maxwell’s second Equation, Statement and proof
div(B)=0
3. Static
Ampere’s circuital law Statement and proof – Integral form
Magnetic fields
Ampere’s law applications, MFI Derivation and numerical examples,
due to an infinite sheet of current MFI due to solenoid, toroid
and a long current carrying
filament
Differential form of Ampere’s Statement and proof, Numerical
circuital law examples
(Maxwell’s third equation, Curl
(H) =Jc,)
Unit-4: Force in Magnetic fields:
Magnetic force on Moving charges in a Magnetic field, Lorentz force equation, Force on a
current element in a magnetic field, Force on a straight and a long current carrying conductor in a
_____________________________________________________________________________________
magnetic field, Force between two straight long and parallel current carrying conductors,
Magnetic dipole and dipole moment, A differential current loop as a magnetic dipole, Torque on
a current loop placed in a magnetic field.
Magnetic force on moving charges Concepts and derivation
in a Magnetic field
Lorentz force equation Derivation and numericals
Force on a current element in a Derivation and numericals
magnetic field
Force on a straight and a long Derivation and numericals
current carrying conductor in a
4. Force in magnetic field
Magnetic Force between two straight long Derivation and nature of force and
fields and parallel current carrying numericals
conductors
Magnetic dipole and dipole Definitions expressions
moment
A differential current loop as a Explanation
magnetic dipole
Torque on a current loop placed in Derivation and numericals
a magnetic field.
Unit-5: Electromagnetic Induction
Inductance: Self and Mutual inductance, Determination of self-inductance of a solenoid and
toroid, Mutual inductance between a straight long wire and a square loop wire in the same plane,
Energy stored and density in a magnetic field.
Time varying fields: Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction, Integral and point forms,
Maxwell’s fourth equation, Statically and dynamically induced EMFs, Modification of
Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields, Displacement current, Poynting theorem and
Poynting vector.
Self and Mutual inductance Definitions and expressions,
Coefficient of coupling
Determination of self-inductance Derivations and problems
of a solenoid and toroid
5. (A).
Mutual inductance between a Derivation
Inductance
straight long wire and a square
loop wire in the same plane
Energy stored and density in a Definitions, derivations and problems
magnetic field.
Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic Statement
5. (B). Time
induction
_____________________________________________________________________________________
varying Integral and point forms, Derivations - Curl (E) = - B/t

fields Maxwell’s fourth equation
Statically and dynamically Expressions, derivations and problems
induced EMFs
Modification of Maxwell’s Modified Ampere’s law, time and
equations for time varying fields frequency varying fields
Displacement current Definition, significance and problems
Poynting Theorem and Poynting Statement and proof only
vector
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course

CO1 The student will be able to calculate the electric field and potentials using Gauss’s law
and Laplace equation (Remember, Understand, and Apply)
CO2 The student will be able to evaluate capacitance for different configurations
(Understand, Apply, Analyze and valuate)
CO3 The student will be able to find magnetic field intensity of different configurations using
Biot-Savart’s law and Ampere’s law (Apply, Analyze, valuate, and create)
CO4 The student will be able to calculate magnetic forces and torque produced by currents in
magnetic fields (Understand, Apply, and Analyze)
CO5 The student will be able to quantify inductance and evaluation of induced EMF in time
varying fields (Apply, Analyze and create)
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Elements of Electro Magnetics” by Matthew N.O.Sadiku, Oxford Publications, 7th
edition
2. “Engineering Electro Magnetics” by William H. Hayt& John. A. Buck Mc. Graw-Hill
Companies, 7th Editon.2006.
Reference books:
1. “Electro Magnetic Fields” by Dr.Y.Mallikarjuna Reddy, Universities Press. 2 nd edition
2. “Introduction to Electro Dynamics” by D J Griffiths, PHI Pvt. Ltd, 2 nd edition.
3. “Electro Magnetics” by J. D Kraus Mc Graw-Hill Inc. 4th edition 1992.
4. “Electro Magnetic Theory” by U.A. Bakshi and A.V.Bakshi, Technical
Publications
1. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/medicine-and-dentistry/electromagnetic-field
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. https://phys.libretexts.org/
CO-PO mapping
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1- PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 2 2 - 1 - - - - - 1
CO3 3 2 3 2 - 1 - - - - - 1
CO4 2 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1
CO5 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 2 1 1 - - 1 - - - - -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-I Semester ELECTRICAL MACHINES-1 LAB

L T P C
PC2101L 0 0 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Electrical Machines-1 Theory
Preamble:Electrical Machines-1 Lab provides the essential facilities to the students to augment
their concepts about the fundamentals of rotating machines and Transformers. The lab is
equipped with DC Shunt, Series, Compound machines, Single phase and three phase
Transformers. The lab covers the determination of characteristics, speed control methods of DC
rotating machines. Performance calculations of dc rotating machines and Static device.

1. To plot the magnetizing characteristics and understand the load characteristics of
DC shunt generator.
2. Learn the methods of speed control of DC shunt motors.
3. To determine the performance of DC machines by direct and indirect loading
methods.
4. To predetermine the efficiency and regulation of single-phase transformer and
assess their performance.
5. To study the conversion of three phase to two-phase by Scott connection.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Any Ten of the following experiments are to be conducted:

1. Magnetization characteristics of DC shunt generator-critical Resistance and critical speed.
2. Load test on DC shunt generator. Determination of characteristics.
3. Load test on DC Compound generator. Determination of characteristics.
4. Brake test on DC Shunt motor. Determination of performance characteristics.
5. Separation of losses in DC Shunt Motor.
6. Hopkinson’s test on DC shunt machines (Predetermination of efficiency).
7. Swinburne’s test on DC shunt motor.
8. Speed control of DC shunt motor.
9. OC& SC test on single phase transformer.
10. Sumpner’s test on single phase transformers.
11. Scott connection of transformers
12. Separation of core losses of a single-phase transformer.
List of Additional Experiments: Any of the two experiments are to be conducted
13. Load test on DC shunt generator. Determination of characteristics.
14. Field test on DC series machines. Determination of efficiency.
15. Brake test on DC compound motor. Determination of performance characteristics.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Course Outcomes
CO1 Analyze the characteristics and performance of DC generator. (Analyze)
CO2 Analyze the speed control and testing methods of DC motors. (Analyze)
CO3 Determine the performance of DC machines by direct and indirect loading methods.
(Remember and Understand).
CO4 Perform various types of tests on transformers for assessing losses. (Evaluate)
CO5 Three-phase to two phase transformation. (Understand, Apply and Analyze)
Learning Resources
Text books:
Reference books:
2015.
4. Electric Machinery by A.E. Fitzgerald, Charles kingsley, Stephen D.Umans, TMH.
CO-PO Mapping:
C01 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 - 1
C02 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 - -
C03 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 - 1
C04 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 - 1
C05 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
****
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-I Semester ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS L T P C

PC2102L LAB 0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:
1. Familiarity with DC and AC circuit analysis techniques.
2. Analyze complicated circuits using different network theorems.
3. Analyse the resonance condition of ac circuits
4. Determine the self and mutual inductance of coupled coils.
5. Acquire skills of using MATLAB software for electrical circuit studies.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Verification of Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorem
2. Verification of maximum power transfer theorem
3. Verification of super position theorem
4. Verification of compensation theorem
5. Verification of Milliman’s theorem using hard ware
6. Verification of series resonance of Ac circuit
7. Verification of Kirchhoff’s current law and voltage law using Matlab Simulink.
8. Verification of mesh analysis using Matlab Simulink.
9. Verification of nodal analysis using Matlab Simulink.
10. Determination of average value, rms value, form factor, peak factor of
sinusoidal wave, square wave using Matlab Simulink.
11. Verification of parallel resonance of Ac circuit using Matlab Simulink
12. Verification of self inductanceand mutual inductance using Matlab Simulink
13. Determination of Choke coil parameters
14. Determination of Z and Y Parameters of a network
15. Determination of Transmission and hybrid parameters of a network
Course Outcomes:
Upon the completion of Electrical Circuit and simulation practical course, the student will be able
to attain the Following:
1. Familiarity with DC and AC circuit analysis techniques.
2. Analyze complicated circuits using different network theorems.
3. Analyse the resonance condition of ac circuits
4. Determine the self and mutual inductance of coupled coils.
5. Acquire skills of using MATLAB software for electrical circuit studies.
Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits by CHARLES K.ALEXANDER, Matthew N.O.SADIKU
2. Engineering Circuit Analysis by William H. Hayt and E.Kemmerly
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Reference books:
1.Circuit Theory by CHAKRABARTI
2. Network Analysis by M.E.VanValkenburg
CO-PO Mapping:
Mapping PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2
CO2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1
CO3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1
****
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-I Semester FUNDAMENTALS OF INTERNET OF L T P C

SOC2101 THINGS 1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Basic programming knowledge
Preamble: The Internet of Things (IoT) is a course about the new paradigm of objects interacting
with people, with information systems, and with other objects. The course will focus on creative
thinking and on hands-on project development.
Course objectives: The main objectives are
1. Describe what IoT is and how it works today as well as recognise the factors that
contributed to the emergence of IoT.
2. To give a fundamental knowledge on the basic phenomena on which operation of
sensor transformation of energy is based.
3. Design an IoT platforms design methodology.
4. To train the students to build IoT systems using Raspberry pi for IoT platforms.
5. To train the students to build IoT systems using Arduino for IoT platforms.
Syllabus
No CO
Introduction to IoT (12 hrs)
Definition and characteristics of IoT, Physical Design and Logical Design of IoT,
I CO1
IoT Architecture and Protocols. IoT Enabling Technologies, IoT levels. (Basic
concepts only). Difference between IoTand M2M.
Sensors and actuators: (11 hrs)
II Definition of sensor, Classifications of sensors and actuators, Principle of sensors, CO2
Selection of sensors, Generation of sensors.
IoT Platforms Design Methodology (10 hrs)
III Introduction, Step by step procedure of IoT Design Methodology, Challenges in CO3
IoT Design, IoT System Management.
Interfacing with Arduino (13 hrs)
Introduction, Types of Arduinos, Arduino IDE, Basic Commands for Arduino,
IV CO4
Interfacing Arduino with LED, Interfacing Arduino with LCD. Controlling
Arduino with python.
Interfacing with Raspberry Pi (10 hrs)
Basic building blocks of an IoT device, Introduction to Raspberry Pi, hardware &
software requirements for Raspberry Pi, Raspberry interfaces, Programming
V CO5
Raspberry Pi with python-Controlling LED with Raspberry Pi - Interfacing an LED
and switch with Raspberry Pi-Interfacing a Light Sensor (LDR) with Raspberry Pi-
Interfacing of a DC motor with Raspberry Pi.
List of Experiments:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Raspberry Pi Motion Sensor Alarm using PIR Sensor

2. Raspberry Pi based Smart Phone Controlled Home Automation
3. Interfacing DHT11 (Temperature and Humidity) Sensor with Raspberry Pi
4. Interfacing ultrasonic Sensor with Raspberry Pi
5. Interfacing camera Sensor with Raspberry Pi
6. DC Motor Control with Raspberry Pi
7. Stepper Motor Control with Raspberry Pi
8. Interfacing DS18B20 (Temperature Sensor) with Raspberry Pi and Arduino.
9. Interfacing Flame Sensor with Raspberry Pi and Arduino.
10. Interfacing LED with Raspberry Pi and Arduino.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Explain the emergence and challenges in IoT. {Explain level, KL2}
CO2 Understand the importance of sensors and actuators. {understand level, KL3}
CO3 Understand the design methodologies and application areas of IoT.{ Evaluate level,
KL4}
CO4 Design and develop programs in Raspberry Pi for sensor applications. {Analyze level,
KL4}
CO5 Interface and deploy sensors with Arduino { Evaluate level, KL5}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Internet of Things A Hands-On- Approach”, VijayMadisetti, Arshdeep Bahga1st edition,
University press, 2014.
2. “Internet of things with Raspberry Pi and arduino” Rajesh Singh, Anita Gehlot, Lovi Raj
Gupta,Bhupendra Singh, and Mahendra Swain, 1st edition, CRC Press, 2020.
Reference books:
1. “Internet of Things A to Z: Technologies and Applications” Qusay F. Hassan,1st edition,
Wiley Publishers, 2018.
2. “Introduction to IoT” Sudip Misra, Anandarup Mukherjee, Arijit Roy, 1st edition,
Cambridge University Press, 2021.
3. https://www.classcentral.com/course/iot-4338
4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/interface-with-arduino?specialization=iot
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1: Introduction to IoT (12 hrs)

Understanding IoT fundamentals, IoT Architecture and protocols, Various Platforms for IoT,
Real time examples of IoT, Overview of IoT components and IoT Communication Technologies,
Challenges in IoT.
Definition and characteristics of IoT
Physical Design and Logical Design of IoT
1.a .Introduction IoT Architecture and Protocols
Introduction to IoT
to IoT IoT Enabling Technologies
Difference between IoT and M2M
IoT Communication Technologies
Big Data Management.
1.b .Challenges in
Challenges in IoT Connectivity challenges
IoT
Mission critical applications
Unit-2:Sensors and actuators: (11 hrs)
Definition of sensor, Classifications of sensors and actuators, Principle of sensors, Selection of
sensors, Generation of sensors.
Definition of sensor
Classifications of sensors
2.a.Sensors About Sensors
Principle of sensors
Selection of sensors, Generation of sensors
Definition of Actuators
2.b.Actuators About Actuators
Classifications of Actuators
Unit-3:IoT Platforms Design Methodology (10 hrs)
Introduction, Step by step procedure of IoT Design Methodology, Challenges in IoT Design, IoT
System Management.
3.a.Introduction to Introduction
IoT Platforms
IoT Platforms Step by step procedure of IoT Design Methodology
3.b.Challenges in Challenges in IoT Design
Challenges in IoT
IoT Platforms IoT System Management.
Unit-4:Interfacing with Arduino (13 hrs)
Introduction, Types of Arduino, Arduino IDE, Basic Commands for Arduino, Interfacing
Arduino with LED, Interfacing Arduino with LCD.Controlling Arduino with python.
4.a.Introduction to Basic features & Introduction to Arduino
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Arduino types Types of Arduino

Arduino IDE, Basic Commands for Arduino
Interfacing Arduino with LED
4.b .Interfacing Interfacing with
Interfacing Arduino with LCD
with Arduino Arduino
Controlling Arduino with python
Unit-5:Interfacing with Raspberry Pi (10 hrs)
Basic building blocks of an IoT device, Introduction to Raspberry Pi, hardware & software
requirements for Raspberry Pi, Raspberry interfaces, Programming Raspberry Pi with python-
Controlling LED with Raspberry Pi - Interfacing an LED and switch with Raspberry Pi-
Interfacing a Light Sensor (LDR) with Raspberry Pi- Interfacing of a DC motor with Raspberry
Pi.
Introduction to Raspberry Pi
5.a.Introduction to Basic features & hardware & software requirements for Raspberry Pi
Raspberry Pi types Raspberry pi IDE, Basic Commands for Raspberry
pi
Interfacing an LED and switch with Raspberry Pi
5.b.Interfacing Interfacing with
Interfacing a Light Sensor (LDR) with Raspberry Pi
with Raspberry Pi Raspberry Pi
Interfacing of a DC motor with Raspberry Pi
CO1 Explain the emergence and challenges in IoT. {Explain level, KL2}
CO2 Understand the importance of sensors and actuators. {understand level, KL3}
CO3 Understand the design methodologies and application areas of IoT.{ Evaluate level, KL4}
CO4 Design and develop programs in Raspberry Pi for sensor applications. {Analyze level,
KL4}
CO5 Interface and deploy sensors with Arduino { Evaluate level, KL5}
Text books:
1. “Internet of Things A Hands-On- Approach”, Vijay Madisetti, Arshdeep Bahga1 st edition,
University press, 2014.
2. “Internet of things with Raspberry Pi and arduino” Rajesh Singh, Anita Gehlot, Lovi Raj
Gupta,Bhupendra Singh, and Mahendra Swain, 1st edition, CRC Press, 2020.
Reference books:
1. “Internet of Things A to Z: Technologies and Applications” Qusay F. Hassan,1st edition,
Wiley Publishers, 2018.
2. “Introduction to IoT” Sudip Misra, Anandarup Mukherjee, Arijit Roy, 1st edition,
Cambridge University Press, 2021.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO Mapping :
CO1 3 1
CO2 3 1 1
CO3 2 3 1
CO4 2 3
CO5 2 3
****
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-I Semester INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ,CODES AND L T P C

SOC2101 STANDARDS 1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES:
Course objectives: The student should be able to
1. Study the concept and importance of safety in industries.
2. Study the basic hazards in chemical industry and their control methods.
3. Study the various hazards in engineering industry and their safety methods.
4. Know the major electrical hazards and their safety control schemes.
5. Study the causes of fire accidents and their controlling schemes and also know the
importance of machine guarding
Syllabus
No CO
Introduction to safety (08 hrs)
The Concept of Safety, Derivation of the Concept of Safety, Nature of the
I Concept of Safety, Philosophy of Safety, Safety Terminology, Basic safety CO1
requirements, Message of the work “SAFETY, Safety Psychology, Need of Safety
Psychology, Behaviour Based Safety (BBS).
Safety in Chemical Industry(10 hrs)
Need of Safety in Chemical Industry, Types of Chemical Industry ,Statutory
Provisions & Indian Standards, Types of Chemical Hazards & Controls, Material
(Property) Hazards and Controls, Storage &, Process Hazards & their Controls,
II CO2
Utility& Pollution Hazards & Controls.
Instrumentation for Safe Plant Operations, Safe Transfer of Chemicals, Safe
Transportation of Chemicals, Indian Standards & National Building Code for
industries.
Safety in Engineering Industry(9hrs)
Need of Safety in Engineering Industry , Indian Standards ,Introduction to Hot &
Cold Processes, Hot Working of Metals, Safety in Other Operations, Heat
Treatment Operations, General Health Hazards & Control Measures in
III CO3
Engineering Industry, Safety in Use of Machine Tools, Selection and Care of
Cutting Tools, Safe Operations &Maintenance of Machines, safety in other
operation like welding &fire. Heat Treatment operations, General Health Hazards
& Control Measures in Engineering Industry.
Electrical Safety(8 hrs)
Electricity, its Usefulness and Hazards, Statutory Provisions & Indian Standards,
Effects of Electrical Parameters on Human Body ,Safety Measures for Electric
IV CO4
work , Different types of Protections , Portable Electrical Apparatus, Earthing
standards ,Electric Work in Hazardous Atmosphere , Static Electricity ,Energy
Conservation and Safety.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Fire Hazards &Machine Guarding (09 hrs)

Fire Hazards: Fire Phenomena, Classification of Fire and Extinguishers,
Statutory and other standards, Design for Fire Safety, Fire Prevention and
V Protection System.(06 hrs) CO5
Machine Guarding: Requirements of Machine Guarding ,Indian Standards ,
Principles of Machine Guarding ,Types and Selection of Guards ,Materials for
Guard Construction(03 hrs)
Accident Causation and Prevention: Causation or Occurrence, Reasons for Accident
Prevention, Factors Impeding Safety, Basic Terms in Accident Prevention.
Safety Management: The Concept of Management, Management Principles, Safety
Management and its Responsibilities, Safety environment.
Chemical industry: Inspection, Testing &Maintenance, Work Permits of Hazardous Work,
Reports of Some Expert Committees,
Fire explosion and Guarding importance: Explosion Phenomena ,Inspection, Maintenance and
Training for Fire Protection ,Ergonomics of Machine Guarding ,Maintenance and Repairs of
Guards,
Personal Protective Equipment: Need and Limitation, Selection and Classification, Training,
PPE Testing Procedures & Standards
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the Basics &importance of safety in industries.{Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain the hazards in chemical industry and their control methods.{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze chemical industry hazards and their control methods.{Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluate the major electrical hazards and their safety schemes. {Evaluate level,
KL5}
CO5 Analyze fire safety methods and machine guarding. {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Dr. K U. Mistry- Fundamentals of Industrial Safety and Health, SiddharthPrakashan,
Ahmadabad.
2. Industrial Hazards and Safety Handbook, King and Magid, Butterworth
Reference books:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Fundamentals of Electrical Safety, V. Manoilov, Mir Publishers, Moscow.

2. Occupational Safety Management and Engineering, Willie Hammer, Prentice-Hall.
3. Chemical Hazards in the Workplace, Measurement & Control, Gangadhar Choudhary,
American Chemical Society
4. Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations, National safety Council, Chicago,
Illinois.
5. The Factories Act 1948 and the Gujarat Factories Rules 1963.
1. Industrial Accident Prevention, H. W. Heinrich, McGraw-Hill BC.
2. Electrical Safety Forum site - www.electricalsafety.com
3. Chemical safety - www.chemicalsafety.co.in
4. Young Worker Health and Safety www.youngworkers.org
5. Fire web - www.fireweb.com
6. National Institute of Occupational Health (NIOH) http://www.nioh.org/
7. National Institute of Disaster Management http: / / www.ni dm. net/ index.htm
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1: Introduction to safety (08 hrs)

The Concept of Safety, Derivation of the Concept of Safety, Nature of the Concept of Safety,
Philosophy of Safety, Safety Terminology, Basic safety requirements, Message of the work
“SAFETY, Safety Psychology, Need of Safety Psychology, Behaviour Based Safety (BBS ).

The concept of safety
 Dead Vs. Live Resources,
 Health Vs. Wealth and
 Industrialization Vs accidents.
1a.Introduction to Derivation and nature of concept of safety
Introduction to
safety What is Philosophy
safety
Philosophy of Accident Causation
Philosophy of Total Safety Concept,
Need of Safety Psychology,
Industrial Psychology
Safety Psychology,AccidentCausativeFactors
1b.SafetyPsycholog SafetyPsycholog
MotivationforSafety
y y
BehaviourBasedSafety(BBS)
Unit-2: Safety in Chemical Industry(10 hrs)
Need of Safety in Chemical Industry, Types of Chemical Industry ,Statutory Provisions & Indian
Standards ,Types of Chemical Hazards & Controls ,Material (Property) Hazards and Controls ,.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Storage &, ProcessHazards& their Controls, Utility& Pollution Hazards & Controls. (7 hrs)
Instrumentation for Safe Plant Operations , Safe Transfer of Chemicals , Safe Transportation of
Chemicals, Indian Standards & National Building Code for industries. . (3 hrs)
NeedofSafetyinChemicalIndustry
StatutoryProvisions,IndianStandards
TypesofChemicalHazards&Controls
Material(Property)Hazardsand Controls
Storage Hazards &Controls,
2 Safety in
Safety in Chemical ProcessHazards&Controls,UtilityHazards&Control
Chemical
Industry s
Industry
PollutionHazards&Controls
InstrumentationforSafePlantOperations
SafeTransferofChemicals,SafeTransportationofChemi
cals
Unit-3: Safety in Engineering Industry(9hrs)
Need of Safety in Engineering Industry , Indian Standards ,Introduction to Hot & Cold
Processes , Hot Working of Metals ,Safety in Other Operations , Heat Treatment Operations,
General Health Hazards & Control Measures in Engineering Industry, Safety in Use of Machine
Tools, Selection and Care of Cutting Tools, Safe Operations & Maintenance of Machines, safety
in other operation like welding &fire. Heat Treatment operations, GeneralHealth Hazards &
Control Measures in Engineering Industry.
Need of safety in Engineering Industry
StatutoryProvisions,IndianStandards
IntroductiontoHot&ColdProcesses
Types of Hot and Cold Processes
 Types of Furnaces, Uses
 Steel Manufacture, Hazards and Safety
Measures
3a.Safety in
Safety in Engineering  Manufacture of Steel Machine Tools
Engineering
Industry  Hazards &Safety Measures
Industry
Heat Treatment Operations
General Health Hazards & Control Measures in
Engineering Industry
Safety in Use of Machine Tools ,Selection and
Care of Cutting Tools
Safe Operations & Maintenance of Machines
safety in other operation like welding &fire
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Heat Treatment operations, Hazards & Safety

Measures
GeneralHealth Hazards & Control Measures in
Engineering Industry
Unit-4: Electrical Safety(8 hrs)
Electricity, its Usefulness and Hazards, Statutory Provisions & Indian Standards, Effects of
Electrical Parameters on Human Body ,Safety Measures for Electric work , Different types of
Protections , Portable Electrical Apparatus, Earthing standards ,Electric Work in Hazardous
Atmosphere , Static Electricity ,Energy Conservation and Safety.
Electricity, its Usefulness and Hazards
Statutory Provisions & Indian Standards,
Effects of Electrical Parameters on Human Body,
 Physiology of Electric Shocks
 Effects of Amperages
 Effects of Voltages
 Resistance of Skin
 Resistance of Materials
Safety Measures for Electric work
Different types of Protections
 Capacity and Protection of conductors,
joints and connectors
 Overload and Short Circuit Protection
 Earth Fault Protection
 No Load Protection
4a.
Electrical safety  Earth, Insulation and Continuity Tests
Electrical safety
 Earthing Standards
 Protection against Surges and Voltages
Fluctuation
Hazards of Borrowed Neutrals Human Body.
Lockout & Tag-out

Portable Electrical Apparatus
Earthing standards
Electric Work in Hazardous Atmosphere
Static Electricity
 Electrostatic Charges & Discharges
 Operations and Machines generating Static
charge.
 Hazards and Controls
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Energy Conservation and Safety

Unit-5: Fire Hazards &Machine Guarding (09 hrs)
Fire Hazards: Fire Phenomena, Classification of Fire and Extinguishers, Statutory and other
standards, Design for Fire Safety, Fire Prevention and Protection System.(06 hrs)
Machine Guarding: Requirements of Machine Guarding ,Indian Standards , Principles of

Machine Guarding ,Types and Selection of Guards ,Materials for Guard Construction(03 hrs)

Fire Phenomena
 Nature of Fire,
 Need of Fire Safety,
 Chemistry & Pyramid of Fire Sprinklers,
Water spray, Foam,
 Stages of Fire,
 Spread of Fire,
 Definitions,
Factors Contributing to Fire Flammable
Substances,
Common Cause of Industrial Fire.
Classification of Fire and Extinguishers
Statutory Provisions,
Indian Standards,
Guidelines of Regional Tariff Advisory,
5a.Fire Hazards NFPA code (NFC).
Fire Hazards
Design for Fire Safety
 Fire Resistance of Building Materials,
 Fire Safety of Building, Plant, Exit,
 Fire Prevention and Protection systems,
 General Control Measures,
 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems,
 Fire Load Determination.
Fire Suppression or Extinguishing Systems
 Portable Fire Extinguishers,
 Fixed Fire Installations : Hydrants,
Sprinklers, Water spray, Foam,
 Automatic Fire Detection & Extinguishing
System,
 Control of Fire and Explosion in
Flammable Substances,
 Fighting Fires of Pesticides,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
 Electrical Fires.
Requirements of Machine Guarding

Indian Standards
Principles of Machine Guarding,
 Definitions,
 Elimination of Hazard,
5b.  Groups of Dangerous Parts,
Machine Machine Guarding  According to Motions,
Guarding  According to H.A. Hepburn.
Types and Selection of Guards:
 Built-in Safety Devices,
 Incidental Safety Devices and Methods,
 Guarding of Different Machines
Materials for Guard Construction.
CO1 Understandthe Basics &importance of safety in industries{Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain the hazards in chemical industry and their control methods .{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze chemical industry hazards and their control methods. {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluatethe major electrical hazards and their safety schemes.{Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 Analyze fire safety methods and machine guarding. {Apply level, KL4}
Text books:
1. Dr. K U. Mistry- Fundamentals of Industrial Safety and Health, SiddharthPrakashan,
Ahmadabad.
2. Industrial Hazards and Safety Handbook, King and Magid, Butterworth.

Reference books:
1. . Fundamentals of Electrical Safety, V. Manoilov, Mir Publishers, Moscow.
2. Occupational Safety Management and Engineering, Willie Hammer, Prentice-Hall.
3. Chemical Hazards in the Workplace, Measurement & Control, GangadharChoudhary,
American Chemical Society
4. Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations, National safety Council, Chicago,
Illinois.
5. The Factories Act 1948 and the Gujarat Factories Rules 1963.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3
CO2 3 1
CO3 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 1
CO5 3 1 1
****
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DC DRIVES
SOC2101 1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) DC Drives

6. Study the fundamentals of Drives .
7. Study the principle and working of DC motors.
8. Studies the parameterization, Wiring and its Application .
9. Study the principle and working of DC Drives.
10. Study Features of DC Drives.
Syllabus
No CO
Basic of Power Electronic , Concept of Drive & Expectation from Drive ,
Starters (6 hrs)
Basic principles of Diodes, Thyristors, IGBT, BJT, Comparison of power
I CO1
electronics, Application (02 hrs)
Basic fundamentals of Drives (02 hrs)
Basic concept, Wiring (02 hrs)
DC MOTOR (08 hrs)
Basic on DC motors-working, principle, (02 hrs)
II CO2
types of DC motors (02 hrs)
Parameterization (04 hrs)
Features of SINAMIC DCM DC Drive (06 hrs)
III CO3
Introduction, parameterization, Wiring, Application
Concept of DC DRIVE (06hrs)
Concept of DC Drive in details (02 hrs)
IV CO4
types of dc drives (02 hrs)
working, principle (02 hrs)
Features of DC Drive (06 hrs)
Important features .(02 hrs)
V CO5
Selection of DC Drive and its applications .(02 hrs)
Design and protection for DC Drives (02hrs)
Induction motor drives: Volts/Hertz Control, Vector or Field oriented control.
Industrial application: Drive consideration for Textile mills, Steel rolling mills, Cement mills,
Paper mills, Machine tools. Cranes & hoist drives.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To obtain speed control of Switched Reluctance Motor using DSP controller
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TMS320F2812.
2. To obtain speed control of Permanent magnet synchronous Motor using SPARTAN 6
FPGA controller.
3. To obtain speed control of three phase induction motor using dsPIC controller MICRO-
4011.
4. To visualize the speed and position control of servo motor by various inputs of DSP
CONTROLLER kit.
5. To study the operation of speed control of dc motor fed from four quadrant chopper using
FPGA controller
6. To simulate the three phase voltage source inverter with resistive load using SPWM.
7. To simulate the chopper fed dc motor (matlab)
8. To study the simulation of Z source inverter using matlab - simulink.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of Drives .{Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain the principle and working of DC motors.{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze parameterization, Wiring and its Application {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluate the working of DC Drives {Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 Analyze the Design and protection for DC Drives.{Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Electric Drive: Control of DC and AC Drives” by Srinivas Vemula and Ramaiah
Veerlapati.
2. VEDAM SUBRAMANIAM “Electric drives (concepts and applications)”, Tata McGraw-
Hill.2001.
3. “Electric motor drives”, R. Krishnan, PHI.
4. “Electric Motor & Drives”. Austin Hughes, Newnes.
5. “Modern Power Electronics & Ac drives”, B.K. Bose, Pearson Education.
Reference books:
1. PILLAI.S.K, “A first course on Electric drives”, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1998
2. M.D. SINGH, K.B.KHANCHANDANI, “Power electronics”, Tata McGraw-Hill.1998
1. http://www.hccl.ie/uploads/1/4/7/3/1473854/ha472742_iss4a_ac-dc_catalog.pdf
2. https://www.industrial-electronics.com/MDPTG_4.html
3. http://freetutorials.name/Reference1/Electrical_Engineering.html
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1 Basic of Power Electronic, Concept of Drive & Expectation from Drive, Starters (6
hrs)
Basic principles of Diodes, Thyristors, IGBT, BJT, Comparison of power
electronics, Application (02 hrs)
Basic fundamentals of Drives (02 hrs)
1a. Basic principles of Diodes, Thyristors, IGBT, BJT
Basic of Power
Basic of Power Comparisons of power electronics
Electronic, Concept
Electronic, Applications
of Drive
Concept of Drive Advantages and Disadvantages.
Basic fundamentals of Drives
Classifications of Drives
1b. Concept of Power Modulators, Control Unit, Motor Duty
Concept of Drive &
Drive & classes
Expectation from
Expectation from Types of Braking
Drive, Starters
Drive, Starters Load Equalisation of Electrical Drives, Basic
concept, Wiring
Advantages and Disadvantages.
Unit-2: DC MOTOR (08 hrs)
Basic on DC motors-working, principle, (02 hrs)
types of DC motors (02 hrs)
Basic on DC motors-
working and principle
2a. DC MOTOR DC MOTOR
types of DC motors
Types of DC motors
2b. Types of DC Working and principle
Types of DC motors
motors Parameterization
Unit-3: Features of SINAMIC DCM DC Drive (06 hrs)
Introduction, parameterization, Wiring, Applications
Introduction of SINAMIC DCM
3a. Features of Features of SINAMIC parameterization
SINAMIC DCM DCM Wiring
Applications
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Introduction of DC Converter
3b. DC Drive DC Drive Converter
Types of DC Converter
Converter
Advantages
Unit-4: Concept of DC DRIVE (06hrs)
Concept of DC Drive in details (02 hrs)
types of dc drives (02 hrs)
working, principle (02 hrs)
Concept of DC Drive
4a. DC Drive DC Drive construction & working principle
Advantages and Disadvantages
Types of DC Drives
4b. Types of dc Characteristics and its specifications
Types of dc drives
drives
Unit-5: Features of DC Drive (06 hrs)
Important features of DC Drives.(02 hrs)
Selection of DC Drive and its applications .(02 hrs)
Design and protection for DC Drives (02hrs)
Important features of AC DRIVE
5a. Features of Selection of AC Drive
Features of DC Drives Applications
DC Drives
5b. Design of DC Drives

Design and Design and protection Protection of Drives
protection for DC for DC Drives Applications
Drives Advantages and Disadvantages
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of Drives . {Understand level, KL2}

CO2 Explain principle and working of DC motors. {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze parameterization {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluate the working of DC Drives. {Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 Analyze Design and protection for DC Drives.{Apply level, KL4}
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Learning Resources
Text books:
Veerlapati.
Hill.2001.
Reference books:
CO-PO Mapping
P PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
O 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 -1 -2
1
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 2 1
CO4 3 1
CO5 3
***
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PYTHON LIBRARY TOOLS
SOC2101 1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES: Python Programming
Matplotlib is written in Python and makes use of NumPy, the numerical mathematics extension
of Python. We assume that the readers of this tutorial have basic knowledge of Python.
 Learn how to use Jupyter notebooks
 Learn how to work with NumPy data types
 Be proficient in pandas Series
 Be proficient in pandas Data Frames
 Understand how to use data visualization
 Know how to import and clean data
 Introduce statistical tools for working with data sets
 An introduction to the problems of working with PDF data sources
Syllabus
No CO
Unit I:NUMPY:
Introduction, Installation of numpy, Features, Uses, Ndarray object, Data types,
I array attributes, Array creation, indexing and slicing. Binary operations, matrix CO1
operations, numpy functions, numpy sorting and searching, Numpy copy Vs view,
linear algebra, I/O with numpy.
UNIT:2 : SCIPY:
II Introduction, basic functionality, cluster, constants, Fftpack, Integrate, Interpolate, CO2
I/O, linalg, Image Processing, optimizers, matlab arrays.
Unit 3: PANDAS:
Introduction, data structures, pandas- series, data frame, panel, basic functionality,
III CO3
Function applications. Reindexing, Iteration, sorting, indexing and satical
functions, window function, cleaning data.
Unit:4 MATPOLTLIB:
Introduction , Environment Setup, Anaconda distribution, Jupyter Notebook ,
IV CO4
Pyplot API, Simple Plot , PyLab module , Object-oriented Interface , Figure Class,
Axes Class , Multiplots .
Unit: 5 PLOTLY :
Introduction,Environment Setup,Online and Offline Plotting ,Package Structure,
V CO5
Exporting to Static Images,Legends ,Format Axis and Ticks,Subplots and Inset
Plots ,Bar Chart and Pie Chart .
_____________________________________________________________________________________

 identify core aspects of programming and features of the Python language
 Understand and apply core programming concepts like data structures, conditionals,
loops, variables, and functions
 Use different tools for writing and running Python code
 Design and write fully-functional Python programs using commonly used data structures,
custom functions, and reading and writing to files
 Introduce machine learning tools for working with data sets
 Work through a complete data analysis to understand how the tools interact with each
other.
List of Experiments
1) Determination of chock coil parameters
2) Determination of z and y parameters of a network
3) Determination of transmission and hybrid parameters of a network
4) Determination of self inductance and mutual inductance of coupled circuits
5) Determination of form factor ,peak factor of sinusoidal wave ,square wave using
MAT LAB simulink
6) Draw the performance characteristics of series resonance
7) Draw the performance characteristics of parallel resonance
8) Magnetization characteristics of dc shunt generator-critical resistance and critical speed
9) Load test on dc shunt generator
10) Brake test dc shunt motor
11) Hopkinson's test on dc shunt machines .predetermination of efficiency
12) Swinburne's test on dc shunt motor
13) Speed control of dc shunt motor
14) OC and SC test on single phase transformer
15) Separation of core losses of a single phase transformer
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the operation Introduction, Installation of numpy {Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain the operation of Environment Setup, Anaconda distribution.{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyzedata structures, pandas- series {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 EvaluateEnvironment Setup, Anaconda distribution, Jupyter Notebook in maypoltlib.
{Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 AnalyzeEnvironment Setup,Online and Offline Plotting. {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
The Python Language Reference Manual (version 3.2)

1. Guido van Rossum, and Fred L. Drake, Jr. (Editor),ISBN: 1906966141,Network Theory
Ltd, 120 pages (Revised November 2006).
Reference books:

2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/electric-power-systems
3. https://www.classcentral.com/course/electric-power-systems-12053#
4. https://pdhonline.com/courses/e104a/e104a_new.htm
5. https://emp.lbl.gov/sites/all/files/advanced-transmission-technologies.pdf
6. https://www.hitachi.com/rev/pdf/2002/r2002_04_106.pdf
7. http://regulationbodyofknowledge.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/NERA_Structure.pdf
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1: NUMPY: (12 hrs)
NumPy is a Python library that provides a simple yet powerful data structure: the n-dimensional
array. This is the foundation on which almost all the power of Python's data science toolkit is
built, and learning NumPy is the first step on any Python data scientist's journey.
Introduction, Installation of numpy,
Features, Uses, Ndarray object
1.a .Introduction Introduction to Data types, array
to NUMPY NUMPY attributes, Array creation
indexing and slicing
Binary operations, matrix operations
numpy functions, numpy sorting and searching
1.b .Challenges in Challenges in
Numpy copy Vs view
NUMPY NUMPY
linear algebra, I/O with numpy.
Unit-2:SCIPY: (11 hrs)
SciPy, a scientific library for Python is an open source, readers, who want to learn the basic
features along with the various functions of SciPy.
Definition of SCIPY
Introduction to basic functionality, cluster, constants,
2.a. SCIPY
SCIPY Fftpack, Integrate
Interpolate, I/O, linalg,
2.b. Image About Image About the Image Processing
Processing Processing optimizers, matlab arrays
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-3:PANDAS (10 hrs)

Introduction, data structures, pandas- series, data frame, panel, basic functionality, Function
applications. Reindexing, Iteration, sorting, indexing and satical functions, window function,
cleaning data.
3.a.Introduction to Introduction
PANDS Platforms
PANDS data structures, pandas- series, data frame
3.b.Challenges in Challenges in Function applications. Reindexing,
Challenges in IoT
PANDS window function, cleaning data.
Unit-4: MATPOLTLIB (13 hrs)
Introduction , Environment Setup, Anaconda distribution, Jupyter Notebook , Pyplot API, Simple
Plot , PyLab module , Object-oriented Interface , Figure Class, Axes Class , Multiplots
4.a.Introduction to Basic features & Introduction to MATPLOTLIB
MATPLOTLIB Environment Setup, Anaconda distribution
types
, Jupyter Notebook
Pyplot API, Simple Plot ,
4.b . PyLab
PyLab module , PyLab module , Object-oriented Interface
module ,
Figure Class, Axes Class , Multiplots
Unit-5: PLOTLY (10 hrs)
Introduction, Environment Setup, Online and Offline Plotting , Package Structure, Exporting to
Static Images, Legends , Format Axis and Ticks, Subplots and Inset Plots , Bar Chart and Pie
Chart .
Introduction, Environment Setup
5.a.Introduction to Basic features &
Online and Offline Plotting , Package Structure
PLOTLY types
Exporting to Static Images, Legends
Format Axis and Ticks, Subplots and Inset Plots
5.b. Format Axis Format Axis and
Bar Chart and Pie Chart
CO1 Explain the Introduction to NUMPY. {Explain level, KL2}
CO2 Understand the importance of SciPy, a scientific library for Python is an open source.
{understand level, KL3}
CO3 Understand the design methodologies Environment Setup, Anaconda distribution, Jupyter
Notebook.{ Evaluate level, KL4}
CO4 Design and develop programs Environment Setup, Anaconda distribution, IN MATPLOTLIB.
{Analyze level, KL4}
CO5 Online and Offline Plotting in PLOTLY{ Evaluate level, KL5}
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Text books:
The Python Language Reference Manual (version 3.2)
3. Guido van Rossum, and Fred L. Drake, Jr. (Editor),ISBN: 1906966141,Network Theory Ltd, 120
pages (Revised November 2006).
Reference books:
“The Python Language Reference Manual (version 3.2)
3. Guido van Rossum, and Fred L. Drake, Jr. (Editor),ISBN: 1906966141,Network Theory Ltd, 120
pages (Revised November 2006).
CO-PO mapping Table with Justification

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes & Strength of correlations
(High: 3, Medium: 2, Low: 1)
CO1 3 1
CO2 3 1 1
CO3 2 3 1
CO4 2 3
CO5 2 3
****
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-I Semester ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL L T P C

MC2101 KNOWLEDGE 2 0 0 0
Pre-Requisites:
1. Basics of General Science
2. Basics of Social Studies
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to impart:
To facilitate the students with the concepts of Indian traditional knowledge and to make them
understand the Importance of roots of knowledge system.
● The course aim of the imparting basic principle of third process reasoning and inference
sustainability is at the course of Indian traditional knowledge system
● To understand the legal framework and traditional knowledge and biological diversity act
2002 and geographical indication act 2003.
● The courses focus on traditional knowledge and intellectual property mechanism of
traditional knowledge and protection.
● To know the student traditional knowledge in different sector.
Syllabus
Unit Mapped
No Contents CO
Unit-I: (10 hrs)
Introduction to traditional knowledge: Define traditional knowledge, nature and
characteristics, scope and importance, kinds of traditional knowledge, the physical
and social contexts in which traditional knowledge develop, the historical impact
I CO1
of social change on traditional knowledge systems. Indigenous Knowledge (IK),
characteristics, traditional knowledge vis-à-vis indigenous knowledge, traditional
knowledge Vs western knowledge traditional knowledge vis-à-vis formal
knowledge
Unit-II: (8 hrs)
Protection of traditional knowledge: the need for protecting traditional knowledge
II CO2
Significance of TK Protection, value of TK in global economy, Role of
Government to harness TK.
Unit-III:(8 hrs)
Legal framework and TK: A: The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest
III Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, Plant Varieties Protection and
CO3
Farmers Rights Act, 2001 (PPVFR Act);B:The Biological Diversity Act 2002 and
Rules 2004, the protection of traditional knowledge bill, 2016. Geographical
indications act 2003.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-IV:(10 hrs)
Traditional knowledge and intellectual property: Systems of traditional knowledge
IV protection, Legal concepts for the protection of traditional knowledge, Certain non
CO4
IPR mechanisms of traditional knowledge protection, Patents and traditional
knowledge, Strategies to increase protection of traditional knowledge, global legal
FORA for increasing protection of Indian Traditional Knowledge.
Unit-V:(8 hrs)
Traditional knowledge in different sectors: Traditional knowledge and engineering,
Traditional medicine system, TK and biotechnology, TK in agriculture, Traditional
V societies depend on it for their food and healthcare needs, Importance of CO5
conservation and sustainable development of environment, Management of
biodiversity, Food security of the country and protection of TK.
Unit-I: NGOS Role in TK.
Unit-III: Forest Conservation Act, 1980
Unit-IV:IPR
Course Outcomes
Able to Understandtraditional knowledge, nature and characteristics, scope and
CO1
importance, kinds of traditional knowledge
CO2 Able to UnderstandProtection of traditional knowledge
CO3 Able to understand and apply Legal framework and Traditional Knowledge
CO4 Able to UnderstandTraditional knowledge and intellectual property
CO5 Able to Understand Traditional knowledge in different sectors
Text books:
1. Traditional Knowledge System in India, by Amit Jha, 2009.
Reference books
1. Traditional Knowledge System in India, by Amit Jha, 2009.
2. Traditional Knowledge System and Technology in India by Basanta Kumar Mohanta and
Vipin Kumar Singh, Pratibha Prakashan 2012.
3. Traditional Knowledge System in India by Amit Jha Atlantic publishers, 2002
4. "Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India" Kapil Kapoor, Michel Danino
1.http://moef.gov.in/en/resource/e-books/
2.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LZP1StpYEPM 2.http://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106003/
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-I: (10 hrs)
Introduction to traditional knowledge: Define traditional knowledge, nature and characteristics,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
scope and importance, kinds of traditional knowledge, the physical and social contexts in which
traditional knowledge develop, the historical impact of social change on traditional knowledge
systems. Indigenous Knowledge (IK), characteristics, traditional knowledge vis-à-vis indigenous
knowledge, traditional knowledge Vs western knowledge traditional knowledge vis-à-vis formal
knowledge
Define traditional knowledge, nature and
characteristics,
scope and importance, kinds of traditional
knowledge, the physical and social contexts in
Nature and
which traditional knowledge develop,
1. Introduction to characteristics, scope
the historical impact of social change on
traditional and importance, kinds
traditional knowledge systems.
knowledge of traditional
Indigenous Knowledge (IK), characteristics,
knowledge,
traditional knowledge vis-à-vis indigenous
knowledge, traditional knowledge Vs western
knowledge traditional knowledge vis-à-vis formal
knowledge .
Unit-II: (8 hrs)
Protection of traditional knowledge: the need for protecting traditional knowledge Significance of
TK Protection, value of TK in global economy, Role of Government to harness TK.
Unit No Module
the need for protecting traditional knowledge
2. Protection of Significance of TK Protection, value of TK in
Protection of
traditional
traditional knowledge global economy
knowledge
Role of Government to harness TK.
Unit-III:(8 hrs)
Legal framework and TK: A: The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers
(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, Plant Varieties Protection and Farmers Rights Act,
2001 (PPVFR Act);B:The Biological Diversity Act 2002 and Rules 2004, the protection of
traditional knowledge bill, 2016. Geographical indications act 2003.
The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional
Traditional Forest Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights)
3a.Legal
Dwellers Act, 2006
framework and TK
Act, 2006 Plant Varieties Protection and Farmers Rights Act,
2001 (PPVFR Act)
3.b.The Biological The Biological The Biological Diversity Act 2002 and Rules
Diversity Act 2002 Diversity Act 2002 2004,
and Rules 2004, and Rules 2004, the protection of traditional knowledge bill, 2016
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Geographical indications act 2003.

Unit-IV:(10 hrs)
Traditional knowledge and intellectual property: Systems of traditional knowledge protection,
Legal concepts for the protection of traditional knowledge, Certain non IPR mechanisms of
traditional knowledge protection, Patents and traditional knowledge, Strategies to increase
protection of traditional knowledge, global legal FORA for increasing protection of Indian
Traditional Knowledge.
Systems of traditional knowledge protection
Legal concepts for the protection of traditional
knowledge
4.Traditional Certain non IPR mechanisms of traditional
knowledgeand Systems of traditional knowledge protection, Patents and traditional
intellectual knowledge protection knowledge
property Strategies to increase protection of traditional
knowledge
Global legal FORA for increasing protection of
Indian Traditional Knowledge.
Unit-V:(8 hrs)
Traditional knowledge in different sectors: Traditional knowledge and engineering, Traditional
medicine system, TK and biotechnology, TK in agriculture, Traditional societies depend on it for
their food and healthcare needs, Importance of conservation and sustainable development of
environment, Management of biodiversity, Food security of the country and protection of TK.
Traditional knowledge and engineering
Traditional medicine system, TK and
biotechnology
5.Traditional TK in agriculture, Traditional societies depend on
Traditional knowledge
knowledge in it for their food and healthcare needs,
in different sectors
different sectors:
Importance of conservation and sustainable
development of environment, Management of
biodiversity,
Food security of the country and protection of TK.
CO-PO Mapping :
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1
PSO-1 PSO-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 3 -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO4 3 3 3 -
CO5 - 3 -
************************************
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-II Semester COMPLEX VARIABLES AND L T P C

BS2201 STATISTICAL METHODS 3 1 0 3
Pre-Requisites:
1. Calculus
2. Partial Differentiation
3. Multiple Integrals
4. Basics of Probability
Course objectives: To learn
1. Differentiation and integration of complex functions.
2. Expansion of complex functions using Taylor’s and Laurent’s series and residue of
complex functions.
3. The ideas of probability and random variables and various discrete and continuous
probability distributions and their properties.
4. The statistical methods of studying data samples using test of hypothesis.
5. The basic ideas of statistical measures like correlation and regression.
Syllabus
Unit Mapped
Contents
No CO
Functions of complex variable and complex integration:
Introduction – Continuity – Differentiability – Analyticity – Properties – Cauchy-
Riemann equations in cartesian and polar coordinates – Harmonic and conjugate
I CO1
harmonic functions – Milne-Thompson method. (05hrs)
Complex integration: Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s
integral formula (all without proofs). (05 hrs)
Series expansions and Residue Theorem:
Radius of convergence –Expansion in Taylor’s series, Maclaurin’s series -
II
Laurent’s series.(05 hrs) CO2
Types of singularities: Isolated – pole of order m – Essential – Residues – Residue
theorem (without proof).(05hrs)
Probability, Distributions and Sampling Theory:
Probability-Baye’stheorem-Random variables-Discrete and Continuous random
variables-Distribution function-Mathematical Expectation and Variance-
III
Application approach: Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions.(07 hrs) CO3
Population and samples-Sampling distribution of Means -Point and Interval
estimations.
Applications: Maximum error of estimate Bayesian estimate.(07 hrs)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Test of Hypothesis:
Introduction–Hypothesis-Null and Alternative Hypothesis-Type I and Type II
IV
errors-Level of significance-One tail and two-tail tests-Tests concerning one mean CO4
and two means (Large and Small samples)-Tests on proportions.
Applications: Chi-square test and F-test on small samples. (14 hrs)
Curve fitting and Correlation:
Method of least squares-Straight line-Parabola-Exponential-Powercurves-
V CO5
Correlation-Correlation coefficient-Rank correlation-Regression coefficient and
properties-Regression lines-Multiple regression.(12 hrs)
Unit-3: Maximum error of estimate – Bayesian estimate.
Unit-4: Chi-square test and F-test on small samples.
Unit-5: Multiple regressions.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Apply Cauchy-Riemann equations to complex function in order to determine whether a
given continuous function is analytic. (L3)
CO2 Find the differentiation, integration of complex functions used in engineering problems
and make use of Cauchy residue theorem to evaluate certain integrals. (L3)
CO3 Apply discrete and continuous probability distributions and Design the components of a
classical hypothesis test. (L3 &L6)
CO4 Infer the statistical inferential methods (hypothesis testing) based on small and large
sampling tests. (L4)
CO5 Interpret the association of characteristics and through correlation and regression tools.
(L4)
Text books:
2. S. C. Gupta and V. K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 11/e (Reprint)
2019, Sultan Chand & Sons Publications.
Education.
Reference books
1. Miller and Freund’s,Probability and Statistics for Engineers, 7/e, Pearson, 2008.
2. T. K. V. Iyenger, Probability and Statistics, S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2015.
3. Jay I. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, 8th Edition,
Cengage.
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mwpz1zjPlzI&list=PLbMVogVj5nJS_i8vfVWJG16
_____________________________________________________________________________________
mPcoEKMuWT (For Complex Variables)

2. https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLiUVvsKxTUr66oLF6Pzirc1EgSstMbRZR
(For Complex Variables from 1-13)
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=COI0BUmNHT8&list=PLyqSpQzTE6M_JcleDbrVy
PnE0PixKs2JE (For Probability and Statistics)
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VVYLpmKRfQ8&list=PL6C92B335BD4238AB
(For Probability and Statistics)
5. https://www.mathsisfun.com/data/standard-normal-distribution-table.html
(Information about Normal distribution)
6. https://www.statisticshowto.com/tables/t-distribution-table/
(Information about T- distribution)
Statistical Tables to be allowed in examinations:
1. Normal distribution table
2. T- distribution table
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1: Functions of a complex variable and complex integration: (12 hrs)
Introduction – Continuity – Differentiability – Analyticity – Properties – Cauchy-Riemann
equations in Cartesian and polar coordinates – Harmonic and conjugate harmonic functions –
Milne-Thompson method.
Complex integration: Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula. (all
without proofs).
Cauchy-Riemann equations in cartesian form.
Introduction of
Cauchy-Riemann equation in Polar form.
Analytic function
Verify the given function is analytic or not.
Prove that real and imaginary parts of analytic
Harmonic function are harmonic.
1a.Analytic function Finding conjugate harmonic function for given
functions part of analytic function.
Prove that real and imaginary parts of analytic
Orthogonal
function are Orthogonal.
trajectory
Find orthogonal trajectory of given function.
Finding analytic Using Milne-Thomson method find analytic
function function whose real or imaginary are known.
Introduction of
Evaluation of Complex Integration Using line
Complex
integral along the given curve.
1b.Complex integration integration
Cauchy’s Verification of Cauchy’s integral theorem.
Integration Evaluation of Complex integration using
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Cauchy’s integral theorem.

Evaluation of Complex integration using
Cauchy’s integral formula.
Unit-2: Series expansions and Residue Theorem: (12 hrs)
Radius of convergence – Expansion in Taylor’s series, Maclaurin’s series - Laurent’s series.
Types of singularities: Isolated – pole of order m – Essential – Residues – Residue theorem
(without proof)
Expand given function as Taylor’s series
Taylor’s about z = a.
Expansion Expand given function as Taylor’s series in
powers of z.
2a.Series Expansion of
Complex function Expand given function as Laurent series about
Laurent’s z = a.
Expansion
Expand given function as Laurent series in
powers of z.
Evaluation of Find poles and residue at each pole of f(z).
2b.Residuetheorem integration using Evaluate integral of f(z) using residue
residue theorem theorem.
Unit-3: Probability, Distributions and Sampling Theory: (14 hrs)
Probability-Baye’stheorem-Random Variables-Discrete and Continuous random variables-
Distribution Function-Mathematical Expectation and Variance-Binomial, Poisson and Normal
distributions.
Population and samples-Sampling distribution of Means -Point and Interval estimations -
Maximum error of estimate.
Find probability using Baye’e theorem.
3.a.ProbabilityDistributions Probability Write probability distribution for given
random variable. And find mean, variance and
S.D. of random variable.
Mean and variance of Binomial, Poisson and
normal distributions.
Probability Find probability of Binomial event.
distributions
3.b.Random variables and Find probability of Poisson event.
Sampling Theory Find probability of Normal event.
Write sampling distribution of sample mean.
Sampling theory And find mean of sampling distribution and
S.D. of sampling distribution.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit 4: Test of Hypothesis: (14 hrs)

Introduction–Hypothesis-Null and Alternative Hypothesis-Type I and Type II Errors-Level of
significance-One tail and two-tail tests-Tests concerning one mean and two means (Large and
Small samples)-Tests on proportions.
Test significance of single mean or
Test significance
4.a.Test of Hypothesis proportions.
of large samples
Test significance of two means or proportions.
Test significance of single mean.
Test significance
4.b.Test of hypothesis Test significance of two means.
of small samples
Test significance of variances.
Unit 5: Curve fitting and Correlation: (12 hrs)
Method of least squares-Straight line -Parabola-Exponential-Power curves -Correlation-
Correlation coefficient -Rank correlation -Regression coefficient and properties-Regression lines.
Fit the data in to line equation.
By least square Fit the data into a second-degree polynomial
approximation or parabola.
5.a.Curve fitting
method fit the data Fit the data into power curve y = a xb
in to given curve Fit the data into power curve y = a bx
Fit the data into power curve y = aebx
Find correlation coefficient.
5.b.Correlation and Correlation
Find Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation.
regression
Regression Find regression coefficient and lines.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Apply Cauchy-Riemann equations to complex function in order to determine whether a
given continuous function is analytic. (L3)
CO2 Find the differentiation, integration of complex functions used in engineering problems
and make use of Cauchy residue theorem to evaluate certain integrals. (L3)
CO3 Apply discrete and continuous probability distributions and Design the componentsof a
classical hypothesis test. (L3 &L6)
CO4 Infer the statistical inferential methods (hypothesis testing) based on small and large
sampling tests. (L4)
CO5 Interpret the association of characteristics and through correlation and regression tools.
(L4)
Text books:
_____________________________________________________________________________________

2. S. C. Gupta and V. K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 11/e (Reprint)
2019, Sultan Chand & Sons Publications.
Education.
Reference books
1. Miller and Freund’s,Probability and Statistics for Engineers, 7/e, Pearson, 2008.
2. T. K. V. Iyenger, Probability and Statistics, S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2015.
3. Jay I. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, 8th Edition,
Cengage.
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mwpz1zjPlzI&list=PLbMVogVj5nJS_i8vfVWJG16
mPcoEKMuWT (For Complex Variables)
2. https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLiUVvsKxTUr66oLF6Pzirc1EgSstMbRZR
(For Complex Variables from 1-13)
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=COI0BUmNHT8&list=PLyqSpQzTE6M_JcleDbrVy
PnE0PixKs2JE(For Probability and Statistics)
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VVYLpmKRfQ8&list=PL6C92B335BD4238AB
(For Probability and Statistics)
5. https://www.mathsisfun.com/data/standard-normal-distribution-table.html
(Information about Normal distribution)
6. https://www.statisticshowto.com/tables/t-distribution-table/(Information about T-
distribution)
Statistical Tables to be allowed in examinations:
7. Normal distribution table
8. T- distribution table
CO-PO Mapping :
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO-1 PSO-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
CO1 2
CO2 2
CO3 2 1
CO4 1 1
CO5 2 3
****
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-II Semester THERMAL AND HYDRO PRIME L T P C

ES2201 MOVERS 3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Physics, Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Objectives:The student should be able to
1. Identify the unique vocabulary associated with thermodynamics through the precise
definition of basic concepts and also apply the laws of thermodynamics to cycles, cyclic
devices.
2. Familiarize with the various I.C.Engine systems along with their function and necessity,
also performance analysis of I.C. Engines and Gas turbine Power plants.
3. Provide the basic knowledge of components being used in steam power plant cycles and to
analyze the energy transfers and transformations in steam turbine.
4. Describe briefly the concepts of different fluid properties, present numerous examples
related to variation of pressure in a fluid and measurement of pressure and flow rate.
5. Illustrate briefly impact of jets, hydraulic pumps and also evaluate the performance of
hydraulic turbines.
Syllabus
No CO
BASIC CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS: Thermodynamic System,
Surrounding, Boundary, Universe, Control Volume, Control Surface, Classes of
Systems, State, Thermodynamic Properties, Process and Cycles, Thermodynamic
Equilibrium, Reversibility, Quasi static Process.
ZEROTH LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS: Equality of temperature.
I CO1
FIRST OF THERMODYNAMICS: Statement, Internal energy, Flow work, The
Steady Flow Process-Steady Flow Energy Equation, simple Problems.
SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS: Kelvin-Planck & Clausius
Statements of Second law of Thermodynamics, Differences between reversible and
Irreversible Process, Carnot Cycle and its specialties. (13 hrs)
AIR STANDARD CYCLES: Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles, its comparisons,
Brayton Cycle.
I. C. ENGINES : Classification, Working principles, Valve and Port Timing
Diagrams, Engine systems- fuel injection, carburetion, ignition, cooling and
II
lubrication – Parameters of performance, Determination of Frictional Power & CO2
Indicated Power, Engine performance evaluation.
GAS TURBINES: Simple gas turbine plant, Classification, Analysis of closed and
open cycle plants, Applications, Performance parameters, Basic Problems.
(13 hrs)
STEAM TURBINES: Working Principle, Classification, Simple Impulse
III
Turbine, Vector diagrams of velocities, Combined Velocity diagram, Work done CO3
on the blade, Axial Thrust, Blade efficiency, stage efficiency, overall efficiency,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Effect of blade friction on velocity diagram, simple problems on Impulse

turbine, Compounding of Impulse Turbine, Reaction Turbine, Velocity Diagram
for Reaction Turbine, Degree of Reaction (only theory Part on reaction
Turbines). (13 hrs)
FUNDAMENTALS OF FLUID MECHANICS: Definition of fluid, differences
between a solid and fluid, physical properties of fluids- Density, Specific Weight,
Specific gravity, viscosity, Types of Fluids and Fluid flows, Continuity and
IV Bernoulli’s equations.
CO4
MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE AND FLOW: Pascal’s law for pressure
at a point, pressure variation in a fluid at rest, Absolute, gauge, Atmospheric
and vacuum pressures, Simple Manometers- Piezometer, U-tube and
Differential manometers, Venture meter and Orifice meter. (13 hrs)
IMPACT OF JETS: Impulse momentum equation, Impact of Jet on stationary
and moving vanes (flat and curved).
HYDRAULIC TURBINES: Essential elements of a hydroelectric power plant,
head and efficiencies of hydraulic turbines, Classification of turbines, Working
V principle, Efficiency calculation and Design principles for Pelton Wheel, Francis CO5
and for Kaplan turbines.
PUMPS: Types of pumps, main components and working principle of centrifugal
and reciprocating type pumps (theory part only), Submersible pump working.
(13 hrs)
Advanced topics in this course: Submersible pump working
Course Outcomes
CO1 Explain the fundamental concepts of Thermodynamics and also apply the laws of
thermodynamics to cycles, cyclic devices. {Apply level, KL3}
CO2 Understand about the working of IC engines and gas turbine plants including its
performance evaluation. {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze the energy transfers and transformations while steam is flowing through the
blades of steam turbine. {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Understand about fluid properties and also apply the Bernoulli’s theorem for
flowing fluids. {Apply level, KL3}
CO5 Compute the performance of hydraulic turbines and also understand working of the
hydraulic pumps. {Apply level, KL3}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Thermal Engineering by Mahesh Rathore, McGraw- Hill,2010.
2. Hydraulics and Fluid mechanics including Hydraulic machinery by MODI and SETH,
Standard Book House Publications,2019.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Reference books
1. I.C. Engines by V. Ganesan, McGraw- Hill,4th edition.
2. Thermal Engineering by RK Rajput, Lakshmi Publications,2010.
3. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi Publications, Sixth Edition
4. “Fluid Mechanics” by Victor. L. Streeter &E.Benjamin Wylie, McGraw- Hill, Indian edition.
5. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105123/
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1:
BASIC CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS: Thermodynamic System, Surrounding,
Boundary, Universe, Control Volume, Control Surface, Classes of Systems, State,
Thermodynamic Properties, Process and Cycles, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Reversibility,
Quasi static Process.
ZEROTH LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS: Equality of temperature.
FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS: Statement, Internal energy, Flow work, The Steady
Flow Process-Steady Flow Energy Equation, simple Problems.
SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS: Kelvin-Planck & Clausius Statements of Second
law of Thermodynamics, Differences between reversible and Irreversible Process, Carnot Cycle
and its specialties.
Thermodynamic System, Surrounding, Boundary,
Universe, Control Volume, Control Surface,
1a.or 2a.
Classes of Systems.
Basic Concepts of Basic Concepts of
State, Thermodynamic Properties, Process and
Thermodynamics Thermodynamics
Cycles.
&
Thermodynamic Equilibrium,Reversibility, Quasi
Zeroth Law of
static Process.
Thermodynamics
Zeroth Law of Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics-Statement with
Thermodynamics Examples.
1b.or 2b. Statement, Internal energy, Simple Problems on
First Law of Internal energy.
First Law of
Thermodynamics Flow work,The Steady Flow Process-Steady Flow
Thermodynamics
& Energy Equation.
Second Law of Simple Problems on Steady Flow Energy Equation
Thermodynamics Second Law of Kelvin-Planck & Clausius Statements.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Thermodynamics Differences between reversible and Irreversible

Process.
Carnot Cycle and its specialties.
Unit-2:
AIR STANDARD CYCLES: Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles, its comparisons, Brayton Cycle.
I. C. ENGINES: Classification, Working principles, Valve and Port Timing Diagrams, Engine
systems- fuel injection, carburetion, ignition, cooling and lubrication – Parameters of
performance, Determination of Frictional Power & Indicated Power, Engine performance
evaluation.
GAS TURBINES: Simple gas turbine plant, Classification, Analysis of closed and open cycle
plants, Applications, Performance parameters, Basic Problems.
Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles.
Air Standard Cycles Comparisons of Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles

3a.or 4a.
Air Standard Brayton Cycle
Cycles
& Classification, Working principles
I. C. Engines Valve and Port Timing Diagrams
I. C. Engines
Engine systems- carburetion, fuel injection,
ignition, cooling and lubrication.
Parameters of performance, Determination of
Frictional Power & Indicated Power.
I. C. Engines Engine performance evaluation.
3b. or 4b.
Simple problems on performance of IC Engines.
I. C. Engines
& Simple gas turbine plant, Classification.
Gas Turbines Analysis of closed and open cycle plants,
Gas Turbines Applications
Performance parameters, Simple Problems on
open cycle.
Unit-3:
STEAM TURBINES: Working Principle, Classification, Simple Impulse Turbine, Vector
diagrams of velocities, Combined Velocity diagram, Work done on the blade, Axial Thrust,
Blade efficiency, stage efficiency, overall efficiency, Effect of blade friction on velocity diagram,
simple problems on Impulse turbine, Compounding of Impulse Turbine, Reaction Turbine,
Velocity Diagram for Reaction Turbine, Degree of Reaction (only theory Part on reaction
Turbines).
5a. or 6a. Steam Turbines Working Principle, Classification, Simple
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Steam Turbines Impulse Turbine.

Vector diagrams of velocities, Combined
Velocity diagram.
Work done on the blade, Axial Thrust.
Blade efficiency, stage efficiency, overall
efficiency.
Effect of blade friction on velocity diagram.
Simple problems on Impulse turbine.
Compounding of Impulse Turbine.
5b. or 6b.
Steam Turbines Reaction Turbine, Velocity Diagram for
Steam Turbines
Reaction Turbine.
Degree of Reaction. (Only theory on Reaction
Turbines)
Unit-4:
FUNDAMENTALS OF FLUID MECHANICS: Definition of fluid, differences between a
solid and fluid, physical properties of fluids- Density, Specific Weight, Specific gravity,
viscosity, Types of Fluids and Fluid flows, Continuity and Bernoulli’s equations.
MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE AND FLOW: Pascal’s law for pressure at a point,
pressure variation in a fluid at rest, Absolute, gauge, Atmospheric and vacuum pressures, Simple
Manometers- Piezometer, U-tube and Differential manometers, Venture meter and Orifice meter.
Definition of fluid, Differences between a solid
and fluid.
Physical properties of fluids- Density, Specific
7a. or 8a.
Fundamentals of Fluid Weight, Specific gravity, viscosity, Simple
Fundamentals of
Mechanics Problems.
Fluid Mechanics
Types of Fluids and Fluid flows.
Continuity and Bernoulli’s equations,Simple
Problems
Pascal’s law for pressure at a point, Pressure
variation in a fluid at rest, Simple problems
7b. or 8b. Absolute, gauge, Atmospheric and vacuum
Measurement of Measurement of Pressure pressures, Simple Problems.
Pressure and and Flow Simple Manometers- Piezometer, U-tube and
Flow Differential manometers, Simple Problems .
Venture meter and Orifice meter, Simple
Problems.
Unit-5:
IMPACT OF JETS: Impulse momentum equation, Impact of Jet on stationary and moving
vanes (flat and curved).
_____________________________________________________________________________________
HYDRAULIC TURBINES:Essential elements of a hydroelectric power plant, head and

efficiencies of hydraulic turbines, Classification of turbines, Working principle, Efficiency
calculation and Design principles for Pelton Wheel, Francis and for Kaplan turbines.
Impulse momentum equation.
9a.or 10a.
Impact of Jets Impact of Jet on stationary and moving vanes
Impact of Jets
(flat and curved), Simple problems.
Essential elements of a hydroelectric power
plant
9b.or 10b.
Head and efficiencies of hydraulic turbines
Hydraulic Hydraulic Turbines
Classification of turbines, Working principles.
Turbines
Efficiency calculation and Design principles for
Pelton Wheel, Francis and for Kaplan turbines.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Explain the fundamental concepts of Thermodynamics and also apply the laws of
thermodynamics to cycles, cyclic devices. {Apply level, KL3}
CO2 Understand about the working of IC engines and gas turbine plants including its
performance evaluation. {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze the energy transfers and transformations while steam is flowing through the
blades of steam turbine. {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Understand about fluid properties and also apply the Bernoulli’s theorem for
flowing fluids. {Apply level, KL3}
CO5 Compute the performance of hydraulic turbines and also understand working of the
hydraulic pumps. {Apply level, KL3}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Thermal Engineering by Mahesh Rathore, McGraw- Hill,2010.
2. Hydraulics and Fluid mechanics including Hydraulic machinery by MODI and SETH,
Standard Book House Publications,2019.
Reference books
1. I.C. Engines by V. Ganesan, McGraw- Hill,4th edition.
2. Thermal Engineering by RK Rajput, Lakshmi Publications,2010.
3. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by R.K.Rajput, Lakshmi Publications, Sixth Edition
4. “Fluid Mechanics” by Victor. L. Streeter &E.Benjamin Wylie, McGraw- Hill, Indian edition.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 3 1 - - 2 - - - - - 1 2 2
CO2 3 3 1 - - 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2
CO3 3 3 1 - - 2 - - - - - 1 2 2
CO4 3 3 1 - - 2 - - - - - 1 2 2
CO5 3 3 1 - - 2 - - - - - 1 2 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-II Semester L T P C
POWER SYSTEMS-1
PC2201 3 0 0 3

1. study the principle of operation of hydro and thermal power stations.
2. study the principle of operation of nuclear, gas, diesel power stations and non-
conventional energy sources.
3. compute transmission line parameters and understand the concepts of GMD/GMR.
4. know the working of substation equipment and to calculate voltage and power loss in
distribution systems.
5. study different types of load curves and tariffs applicable to consumers.
Syllabus
No CO
Hydel and Thermal Power Plants
Hydro Electric Power Station: Principle of operation, Schematic arrangement
& its components, Selection of site, Advantages and Disadvantages. (05 hrs)
I CO1
Thermal Power Station (Steam): Principle of operation, Schematic
arrangement & its components, Selection of site, Efficiency, Advantages and
Disadvantages. (06 hrs)
Nuclear, Gas, Diesel Power Plants and Non-conventional Energy Sources
Nuclear Power Station: Principle of operation, Schematic arrangement & its
components, Selection of site, working of BWR, PWR, FBR. (07 hrs)
II Gas and Diesel Power Stations: Principle of operation and Equipment (Block CO2
diagram approach only). (02 hrs)
Non-conventional Energy Sources: Working principle of solar, wind, geo
thermal and tidal power stations (Elementary treatment only). (04 hrs)
Transmission Line Parameters
Types of conductors, calculation of resistance, inductance and capacitance of
III single phase and three phase lines with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing, CO3
transposition, bundled conductors, concept of GMD and GMR, effect of earth on
capacitance, skin and proximity effects, Numerical Problems. (12 hrs)
Substations and Distribution Systems
Substations: Classification, Equipment and its location, Layout of 33/11 kV
substation. (06 hrs)
IV CO4
Distribution Systems: Classification, Design features, Voltage drop and power
loss calculations, Comparison between DC and AC distribution systems,
Numerical Problems. (06 hrs)
Economics aspects of Power Generation and Tariff
V CO5
Economic aspects of Power Generation: Loadcurve, load duration, integrated
_____________________________________________________________________________________
load duration curves and mass curve, connected load, maximum demand,
demand factor, load factor, diversity factor, plant capacity factor, plant use
factor, utilization factor, base and peak load plants, Numerical problems. (06 hrs)
Tariff: Costs of generation and its division, objectives, characteristics,
classification, Numerical problems. (06 hrs)
Advanced topics in this course:
Powering A Generation: Generating Electricity using Fossil-fuelled plants, Cogeneration,
Combined-cycle and Biomass plants, Geothermal plants, and Decentralized generation.
(Elementary treatment only)
Advanced Transmission Technologies: High-temperature super conducting technology,
Advanced composite conductors. (Elementary treatment only)
New Technologies for Electric power Distribution Systems: Concept of Intelligent Substations
(Elementary treatment only).
Tariff structure design process: Identification of tariff structures, tariff constraints (Elementary
treatment only)
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the working of hydro and thermal power plants{Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain the working of nuclear, gas, diesel power plants and non-conventional energy
sources.{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze transmission lines parameters {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluate the performance of AC and DC distribution systems. {Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 Analyze the different load curves and tariff methods. {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. A text book on Power System Engineering by M.L. Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S. Bhatnagar and
A. Chakrabarti, Dhanpat Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd.
2. Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electric Energy by C.L.Wadhawa, New Age
International Private Limited.
Reference books
1. Electrical power systems by C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Ltd, Publishers,
1998.
2. Electrical Power Distribution Systems by V. Kamaraju, TMH.
3. Elements of Electrical Power Station Design by M.V. Deshpande, PHI.
4. Modern Power System Analysis by I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2ndEdition
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. https://www.classcentral.com/course/electric-power-systems-12053#
4. https://pdhonline.com/courses/e104a/e104a_new.htm
5. https://emp.lbl.gov/sites/all/files/advanced-transmission-technologies.pdf
6. https://www.hitachi.com/rev/pdf/2002/r2002_04_106.pdf
7. http://regulationbodyofknowledge.org/wp-
content/uploads/2013/03/NERA_Electricity_Tariff_Structure.pdf
Micro Syllabus
Unit – 1: Hydel and Thermal Power Plants
Hydro Electric Power Station: Principle of operation, Schematic arrangement & its
components, Selection of site, Advantages and Disadvantages. (05 hrs)
Thermal Power Station (Steam): Principle of operation, Schematic arrangement & its
components, Selection of site, Efficiency, Advantages and Disadvantages. (06 hrs)
Principle of operation (Working),
1a.. Schematic arrangement (Diagram),
Hydro Electric
Hydro Electric Factors to be considered for selection of site,
Power Station
Power Station Equipment used and its operation,
Schematic arrangement (Diagram),
1b..Thermal
Thermal Power Factors to be considered for selection of site,
Power Station
Station (Steam) Efficiency (Formula orientation),
(Steam)
Equipment used and its operation,
Unit-2:Nuclear, Gas, Diesel Power Plants and Non-conventional Energy Sources
Nuclear Power Station: Principle of operation, Schematic arrangement & its components,
Selection of site, working of BWR, PWR, FBR. (07 hrs)
Gas and Diesel Power Stations: Principle of operation and Equipment (Block diagram approach
only). (02 hrs)
Non-conventional Energy Sources: Working principle of solar, wind, geo thermal and tidal
power stations (Elementary treatment only). (04 hrs)
Schematic arrangement (Diagram),
2a. Nuclear Factors to be considered for selection of site,
Power Station Nuclear Power Station Equipment used and its operation,
Working of BWR (Diagram and its operation,
Advantages and Disadvantages)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Working of PWR (Diagram and its operation,

Working of FBR (Diagram and its operation,
2b. Principle of operation (Working),
Gas and Diesel Gas and Diesel Power
Stations Equipment used and its operation (Block diagram
Power Stations,
approach only).
Non-
conventional Non-conventional Working principle of solar, wind, geo thermal and
Energy Sources Energy Sources tidal power stations (Elementary treatment only).
Unit-3:Transmission Line Parameters

Types of conductors, calculation of resistance, inductance and capacitance of single phase and
three phase lines with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing, transposition, bundled
conductors, concept of GMD and GMR, effect of earth on capacitance, skin and proximity
effects, Numerical Problems. (12 hrs)
Types of conductors,
calculation of resistance,
Line Inductance& Capacitance
3a.
Magnetic Field Intensity due to a Long Current
Transmission Transmission Line
Carrying Conductor
Line Parameters Parameters (Theory &
Inductance of Two-Wire Transmission Line
(Theory & Derivation)
Flux Linkages of One Conductor in a Group of
Derivation)
Conductors
Inductance of 3-Φ Unsymmetrically Spaced
Transmission Line
Composite Conductors
Inductance of Composite Conductors
Inductance of Double Circuit 3-Φ Line
Concept of GMD & GMR
3b.
Transmission Line Bundled Conductors
Transmission
Parameters Skin and Proximity Effect
Line Parameters
(Calculations & Two Infinite Lines of Charge
(Calculations &
Problems) Capacitance of a 1-Φ Transmission Line
Problems)
Capacitance of a 3-phase, unsymmetrical spaced
transmission line
Capacitance of a Double Circuit Line
Effect of Earth on the Capacitance of Conductors
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-4:Substations and Distribution Systems

Substations: Classification, Equipment and its location, Layout of 33/11 kV substation. (06 hrs)
Distribution Systems: Classification, Design features, Voltage drop and power loss calculations,
Comparison between DC and AC distribution systems, Numerical Problems. (06 hrs)

Factors to be considered for selection of site,
Classification based on service requirement
 Transformer substations
 Switching substations
 Synchronous substations
 Frequency change substations
 Converting substations
Factors & Classification
 Industrial substations
Classification based on design
 Indoor substations
 Outdoor substations
 Underground substations
4a.  Pole mounted and plinth mounted
substations
Substations
Equipment used and its operation only
 Bus-bars
 Insulators
 Isolating switches
 Circuit breakers
 Power transformers
Equipment and Layout  Instrument transformers
 Protective relays
 Metering and indicating instruments
 Other auxiliary equipment
Layout of 33/11 kV substation (Diagram and
arrangement of equipment)
Classification based on type of current, type of
construction, type of service, number of wires,
4b. scheme of connection.
Distribution Distribution Systems Design features,
Systems AC distribution (i.e.primary and secondary
distribution systems)
DC distribution (Elementary treatment only)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Explanation about Radial, Ring main and

Interconnected systems (Layout, Working,
Advantages, Disadvantages)
Voltage drop and power loss calculations in a
distributor for the following cases (Derivation and
numerical problems for AC and DC systems)
 feeding from one end
 feeding from both ends (Equal and
Unequal voltages)
 feeding from center
 ring mains
Comparison between DC and AC distribution
systems.
Unit-5:Economics aspects of Power Generation and Tariff
Economic aspects of Power Generation: Loadcurve, load duration, integrated load duration
curves and mass curve, connected load, maximum demand, demand factor, load factor, diversity
factor, plant capacity factor, plant use factor, utilization factor, base and peak load plants,
Numerical problems. (06 hrs)
Tariff: Costs of generation and its division, objectives, characteristics, classification, Numerical
problems. (06 hrs)
Loadcurve,
Load duration curve,
Integrated load duration curves
Mass curve
Explanation and numerical problems on
5a.  connected load,
Economic Economic aspects of  maximum demand,
aspects of Power Power Generation  demand factor,
Generation  load factor,
 diversity factor,
 plant capacity factor,
 plant use factor,
 utilization factor,
 base and peak load plants
Costs of generation and its division (i.e. Fixed,
Semi-fixed and Variable costs)
5b. Objectives of tariff,
Tariff
Tariff Characteristics,
Classification
 Simple tariff
_____________________________________________________________________________________
 Flat rate tariff

 Block rate tariff
 Two part tariff
 Maximum demand tariff
 Power factor tariff
 KVA maximum demand tariff
 Sliding scale tariff
 KW and KVAr tariff
 Three part tariff
CO1 Understand the working of hydro and thermal power plants {Understand level, KL2}
Text books:
1. A text book on Power System Engineering by M.L. Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S. Bhatnagar and
A. Chakrabarti, Dhanpat Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd.
2. Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electric Energy by C.L.Wadhawa, New Age
International Private Limited.
Reference books
1. Electrical power systems by C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Ltd, Publishers,
1998.
2. Electrical Power Distribution Systems by V. Kamaraju, TMH.
3. Elements of Electrical Power Station Design by M.V. Deshpande, PHI.
4. Modern Power System Analysis by I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2ndEdition
CO-PO Mapping :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO- PSO-
1 2
CO1 3
CO2 3 1
CO3 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 1
CO5 3 1 1
****
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II
PC2202 3 1 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Electrical Machines-I

1. Understand the principle of operation and performance of 3-phase induction motor.
2. Quantify the starting and speed control of induction motor.
3. Study the mechanism of torque producing and starting methods of a single-phase
Induction Motor.
4. Understand the Principle, Voltage Regulation and Parallel operation of synchronous
generator.
5. Understand the operation, performance and starting methods of synchronous motor.
Syllabus
No CO
3-phase Induction Motors (14 hrs)
Constructional details of cage and wound rotor machines- production of rotating
magnetic field - principle of operation -rotor EMF and rotor frequency - rotor
I CO1
current and pf at standstill and during running conditions - rotor power input, rotor
copper loss and mechanical power developed and their interrelationship –
equivalent circuit – phasor diagram- Numerical Problems.
Characteristics of Induction Motors (06 hrs)
Torque equation -expressions for maximum torque and starting torque - torque
slip characteristics - crawling and cogging.
II Starting and testing methods of Induction Motors(08 hrs) CO2
No load and blocked rotor tests - circle diagram for predetermination of
performance–Numerical Problems-Methods of starting (Auto-Transformer and
DOL Starters)-Speed control using V/f method.
Single Phase Motors (08 hrs)
Single phase induction motors– Constructional features-Problem of starting–
III Double revolving field theory–Equivalent circuit. CO3
Starting methods of single phase Induction motor – shaded pole motors-A.C
Series Motor.
Synchronous generator (10 hrs)
Constructional features of non–salient and salient pole type–E.M.F equation––
Voltage regulation by synchronous impedance method(EMF)– MMF method and
IV Potier triangle method–phasor diagrams– Two reaction analysis of salient pole CO4
machines and phasor diagram.
Parallel operation of synchronous Generators (07 hrs)
Parallel operation with infinite bus and other alternators-Synchronizing power–
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Load sharing-Numerical problems.

Synchronous motor operation, starting and performance (10 hrs)
Principle operation– Phasor diagram –Variation of current and power factor with
V CO5
excitation –Methods of starting –Hunting and its suppression methods-
Synchronous condenser-Applications-Numerical problems.
1. Voltage regulation of synchronous generator by A.S.A Method (Modified MMF Method).
2. Brake test on Slip ring induction motor.
3. No load and Blocked rotor test on Single phase Induction Motor (Determination of
Equivalent Circuit parameters of Single Phase Induction Motor).
Course Outcomes
CO1 Explain the operation and performance of three phase induction motor.
{Knowledge level, KL1}
CO2 Analysethe torque-speed relation, starting and speed control of induction motor.
{ Analyze level, KL4}
CO3 Describe the torque production and starting methods of single-Phase induction motor.
CO4 Empathisethe Principle, Voltage Regulation and Parallel operation of synchronous
generator. {Understand level, KL2}
CO5 Realize the operation, performance and starting methods of synchronous motor.
Learning Resources
Text books:
Reference books:
2015.
7. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-machines-ii.html
Micro-Syllabus
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-1:3-phase Induction Motors (14 hrs)

Constructional details of cage and wound rotor machines- production of rotating magnetic field -
principle of operation -rotor emf and rotor frequency - rotor current and pf at standstill and during
running conditions - rotor power input, rotor copper loss and mechanical power developed and
their interrelationship – equivalent circuit – phasor diagram- Numerical Problems.
Construction of 3-
Constructional details of cage and wound rotor
phase induction
1.a .3-phase machines.
motor
Induction Motors
Production of rotating magnetic field -principle of
construction and
operation -rotor emf and rotor frequency- rotor
principle operation Principle operation
current and pf at standstill and during running
conditions.
Rotor power input, rotor copper loss and
1.b.Losses and Rotor power input
mechanical power developed and their
equivalent circuit of and losses
interrelationship.
3-phase Induction
Equivalent circuit – phasor diagram- Numerical
Motors Equivalent circuit
Problems.
Unit-2: Characteristics of Induction Motors (06 hrs)
Torque equation -expressions for maximum torque and starting torque - torque slip characteristics
- crawling and cogging.
Starting and Testing methods of Induction Motors (08 hrs)
No load and blocked rotor tests - circle diagram for predetermination of performance–Numerical
Problems-Methods of starting (Auto-Transformer and DOL Starters)-Speed control using V/f
method.
Torque equation -expressions for maximum
Torque equation
2.a.Characteristics torque and starting torque
of Induction Characteristics Torque slip characteristics
Motors Crawling and Cogging Crawling and Cogging
Tests No load and blocked rotor tests
2.b.Starting and
Testing methods Predetermination of Circle diagram for predetermination of
of Induction performance performance–Numerical Problems
Motors: Auto-Transformer and DOL Starters- Speed
Methods of starting
control using V/f method.
Unit-3:Single Phase Motors (08 hrs)
Single phase induction motors– Constructional features-Problem of starting–Double revolving
field theory–Equivalent circuit.
Starting methods of single phase Induction motor – shaded pole motors-A.C Series Motor.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Constructional features- Problem of starting–

3.a.Single phase Constructional features
Double revolving field theory–Equivalent
induction motors & Problem of starting
circuit.
3.b.Starting
Starting methods of
methods of single Starting methods of single phase Induction
single phase Induction
phase Induction motor – shaded pole motors-A.C Series Motor.
motor
motor
Unit-4:Synchronous generator (10 hrs)
Constructional features of non–salient and salient pole type–E.M.F equation––Voltage regulation
by synchronous impedance method– MMF method and Potier triangle method–phasor diagrams–
Two reaction analysis of salient pole machines and phasor diagram.
Parallel operation of synchronous Generators(07 hrs)
Parallel operation with infinite bus and other alternators-Synchronizing power– Load sharing-
Numerical problems.
Constructional Constructional features of non–salient and
features salient pole type– E.M.F equation
Voltage regulation by synchronous impedance

4.a.Synchronous Voltage regulation method– MMF method and Potier triangle
generator method-phasor diagrams
Two reaction analysis of salient pole machines

Two reaction analysis
and phasor diagram.
4.b.Parallel operation Parallel operation with infinite bus and other
Parallel operation&
of synchronous alternators -Synchronizing power – Load
Load sharing
Generators: sharing-Numerical problems.
Unit-5:Synchronous motor operation, starting and performance (10 hrs)
Principle operation– Phasor diagram –Variation of current and power factor with excitation –
Methods of starting –Hunting and its suppression methods-Synchronous condenser-Applications-
Numerical problems.
5.a.Synchronous Principle operation– Phasor diagram –Variation
Principle of operation
motor of current and power factor with excitation
5.b.Methods of Methods of starting –Hunting and its
starting Synchronous Methods of starting suppression methods - Synchronous condenser-
motor Applications-Numerical problems.
Course Outcomes
_____________________________________________________________________________________

CO1 Explain the operation and performance of three phase induction motor.
CO2 Analysethe torque-speed relation, starting and speed control of induction motor.
CO3 Describe the torque production and starting methods of single-Phase induction motor.
CO4 Empathisethe Principle, Voltage Regulation and Parallel operation of synchronous
generator. {Understand level, KL2}
CO5 Realize the operation, performance and starting methods of synchronous motor.
Learning Resources
Text books:
Reference books:
2015.
3. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-machines-ii.html
CO-PO Mapping :
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO-1 PSO-2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
CO1 2 2 - - 1 - - - - - - 1 2 2
CO2 2 3 - - 1 - - - - - - - 2 -
CO3 3 1 - - 1 - - - - - - 1 1 2
CO4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 2 1
CO5 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - - - 1 -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROL SYSTEMS
PC2203 3 1 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES: Laplace Transforms, Differential equations, Matrix Algebra,

Basic Circuit Analysis.

1. To learn the mathematical modelling of electrical and mechanical systems
2. To analyze the time response of first and second order systems
3. To investigate the stability using Routh’s stability criterion and Root locus
4. To investigate the stability using Bode plot and Nyquist plot
5. To formulate the state models and the concepts of Controllability and Observability
Syllabus
Uni Contents Mappe
t No d CO
Mathematical Modelling of Control Systems (12 hrs)
Introduction to control systems, Classifications - Open Loop and closed
loop, transfer function, Mathematical Modelling
I CO1
ofelectricalnetworks,TranslationalandRotationalsystems,analogoussyste
ms,Transfer Function of DC & AC Servo motor- Synchros, Block
diagram algebra–Signal flow graph-Mason’s gain formula
Time Response Analysis (12 hrs)
Standardtestsignals-Timeresponseoffirstandsecondordersystems-
II Timedomainspecifications - Steady state errors and error constants – CO2
Effects of Feedback-Dominant Closed loop poles- P-PD-PI-PID
controllers.
Stability and Root locus Technique:( 1 3 h r s )
The concept of stability -
II
Routh’sstabilitycriterionProcedureandproblems– CO3
I
limitationsofRouth’sstability–Rootlocusconcept-construction of root loci
–Effect of Adding open loop poles and Zeros on Root Loci
Frequency Response Analysis (16 hrs)
Introduction - Frequency domain specifications- Bode diagrams- transfer
I
function f r o m theBodeDiagram-PolarPlots,NyquistStabilitycriterion- CO4
V
relativestabilityanalysis-PhasemarginandGainmargin-
CharacteristicsofLag,LeadandLag-Leadcompensators.
State Space Analysis (12 hrs)
Concepts of state, state variables, state equation and state model, state
V CO5
space modeling of control systems, Solution of the state equation-State
Transition Matrix and its Properties-Transfer function from state model.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

 The principle of argument which is useful for applications where we want to know the
location of zeros and poles.
 Design procedure of Lead and Lag compensator
 MATLAB for control systems: Time domain analysis, stability analysis and state space
analysis
Course Outcomes
CO1 Derivethetransferfunctionusingblockdiagramalgebraandsignalflowgraph
(Remember, Understand, and Apply)
CO2 DeterminetimeresponsespecificationsofsecondordersystemsandErrorconstants
(Understand, Apply and Analyze)
CO3 AnalyzestabilityusingRouth’sstabilitycriterionandtherootlocusmethod (Apply,
Analyze)
CO4 Analyze the stability using Bode plot and Nyquist criterion (Understand, Apply,
and Analyze)
CO5 Obtain the state models and understanding the concepts of controllability and
observability (Understand, Apply)
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Control Systems Engineering” by I.J.Nagarath and M.Gopal, 5thEdition ,
New age International Publications.
2. “Automatic control systems” by Benjamin C.Kuo, 2ndEdition, Prentice Hall of
India.
Reference books:
1. “Control Systems principles and design” by M.Gopal,4thEdition ,
Tata McGraw Hill education PvtLtd.
2. “Modern Control Engineering” by Kotsuhiko Ogata, Prentice Hall of
India.
3. “Control Systems” b y Manik Dhanesh N, Cengage publications.
4. “Control Systems Engineering” by S.Palani, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publications.
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc20/SEM2/noc20-ee84/
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1: Mathematical Modelling of Control Systems

Introduction tocontrol systems, Classifications - Open Loop and closed
loop,transferfunction,EffectsofFeed-Back, MathematicalModelling
ofelectricalnetworks,TranslationalandRotationalsystems,analogoussystems,Transfer
Function of DC & AC Servo motor- Synchros, -Blockdiagramalgebra–
Signalflowgraph-Mason’sgainformula
Concept of system, control system

Introduction tocontrol
systems, classifications - Classification as Open loop and
Open Loop and closed loop closed loop
Different examples of control
systems
Effect of feedback on sensitivity,
EffectsofFeed-Back gain, band width, noise, time
constant and speed of response
1. Mathematica Differential equations of simple
l Modelling RLC electrical networks
MathematicalModelling
of Control Translational and Rotational
Systems mechanical systems – analogous
systems - problems
(armature controlled and field
Transfer Function of DC Servo
controlled DC Servo motor –AC
motor - AC Servo motor- Synchro
Servo motor – Synchros-
transmitter and Receiver
derivations
Block diagram reduction
Block diagram algebra
techniques and problems
Representation by Signal flow Representation by Signal flow
graph - Reduction using Mason’s graph - Reduction using Mason’s
gain formula gain formula - problems
Unit-2: TimeResponseAnalysis:
Standardtestsignals-Timeresponseoffirstandsecondordersystems-
Timedomainspecifications - Steady state errors and error constants –
DominantClosedlooppoles- P-PD-PI-PID controllers.
Impulse, step, ramp and
2. TimeResponseAnalysi Standardtestsignals
parabolic signals
s
Timeresponseoffirstandseco derivations
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ndordersystems
Rise time, peak time,
maximum over shoot,
Timedomainspecifications settling time -definitions
and derivations -
problems
Steady state errors and error Definitions – derivations
constants and problems
Explanation on location
DominantClosedlooppoles-
of closed loop poles
Effects of controllers on
P- PD -PI-PID controllers
time response
Unit-3: StabilityandRootlocusTechnique:
Theconceptofstability -Routh’sstabilitycriterionProcedureandproblems–
limitationsofRouth’sstability–Rootlocusconcept-construction of root loci –Effect of
Adding open loop poles andZerosonRootLoci.
Theconceptofstability Explanation of BIBO
stability
Procedureandproblems
Routh’sstabilitycriterion limitationsofRouth’ssta
bility
3. StabilityandRootlocus
concept-construction of
Technique
root loci – problems-
Effect of Adding open
Rootlocus
loop poles
andZerosonRootLoci
Unit-4: Frequency Response Analysis:

Introduction - Frequency domain specifications- Bode diagrams- transfer function from
theBodeDiagram-PolarPlots,NyquistStabilitycriterion-relativestabilityanalysis-
PhasemarginandGainmargin-CharacteristicsofLag,LeadandLag-Leadcompensators.
Introduction to
Introduction frequency varying
signals
4. Frequency Response Frequency domain Definitions and
Analysis specifications derivations - problems
Procedure - problems
Bode diagrams transfer functionfrom
theBodeDiagram
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PolarPlots Procedure - problems

Procedure – problems –
PhasemarginandGain
NyquistStabilitycriterion margin
Relativestabilityanalys
is
Lag,LeadandLag- Characteristics with
Leadcompensators. derivations of transfer
functions only
Unit-5: State Space Analysis:
Concepts of state, state variables,
stateequationandstatemodel,statespacemodelingofcontrolsystems,Solutionofthestatee
quation-StateTransitionMatrixandit’sProperties-Transferfunctionfromstatemodel
state, state variables,
Concepts, definitions
stateequationandstatemodel
Problems on finding
state model from
statespacemodelingofcontrolsy
the given transfer
stems
function and electrical
circuits
5. State Space Analysis Solutionofthestateequation Derivation - problems
Derivation – problems
StateTransitionMatrix
-properties
Transferfunctionfromstatemod
el Derivation - problems
ConceptsofControllabilityandO
Problems only
bservability
Course Outcomes: POs, K

Upon successful completion of the course PSOs L
CO1 Derivethetransferfunctionusingblockdiagramalgebraandsignalflo PO3,
1,3
wgraph (Remember, Understand, and Apply) PSO2
CO2 DeterminetimeresponsespecificationsofsecondordersystemsandE PO1,
2,3
rrorconstants (Understand, Apply and Analyze) PSO2
CO3 AnalyzestabilityusingRouth’sstabilitycriterionandtherootlocusm PO1,
1,2
ethod (Apply, Analyze) PSO2
CO4 AnalyzethestabilityusingBodeplotandNyquistcriterion (Understand, PO2, 2,3
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Apply, and Analyze) PSO2

CO5 Obtain the state models and understanding the concepts of controllability PO2,
1,2
and observability (Understand, Apply) PSO2
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Control Systems Engineering” by I.J.Nagarath and M.Gopal, 5thEdition ,
New ageInternationalPublications.
2. “Automatic control systems” by Benjamin C.Kuo, 2ndEdition , Prentice
Hall ofIndia.
Reference books:
1. “ControlSystemsprinciplesanddesign” by M.Gopal,4 thEdition ,
TataMcGrawHilleducationPvtLtd.
2. “ModernControlEngineering” byKotsuhikoOgata,PrenticeHallofIndia.
3. “ControlSystems” by ManikDhaneshN,Cengage publications.
4. “ControlSystemsEngineering” byS.Palani,TataMcGrawHillPublications.

CO-PO Mapping :
CO1 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 2 2 2 - 1 - - - - - 1
CO3 3 2 3 2 - 1 - - - - - 1
CO4 2 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1
CO5 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-II Semester THERMAL AND HYDRO PRIME L T P C

ES2201L MOVERS LAB 0 0 3 1.5
Prerequisite: -Nil-
COURSE OBJECTIVE: To impart practical knowledge on the performance evaluation methods
of various internal combustion engines, flow measuring equipment and hydraulic turbines and
pumps.
Note: To Conduct A Minimum Of 10 Experiments By Conducting A Minimum Of Five From

Each Section.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
SECTION A - THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB

1. I.C. Engines valve / port timing diagrams.
2. I.C. Engines performance test on 4 -stroke Diesel engine.
3. I.C. Engines performance test on 2-stroke petrol engine.
4. Evaluation of engine friction by conducting Morse test on 4-stroke multi cylinder
petrol engine
5. Determination of FHP by retardation and motoring test on IC engine.
6. I.C. Engines heat balance on petrol / Diesel engines.
7. Study of boilers.
SECTION B – HYDRAULIC MACHINES LAB
1. Calibration of Venturimeter.
2. Calibration of Orifice meter.
3. Impact of jets on Vanes.
4. Performance Test on Pelton Wheel.
5. Performance Test on Francis Turbine.
6. Performance Test on Centrifugal Pump.
7. Performance Test on Reciprocating Pump.
COURSE OUTCOMES: After completion of the course , students are able to:
CO1:Compute the performance of the IC Engines for a given conditions and also draw the valve
and port timing diagrams. (Apply Level)
CO2:Determine the frictional power by using the Morse test, retardation test and motoring test.
(Apply Level)
CO3: Calibrate discharge measuring devices and finding discharge through the venture meter
and the orifice meter. (Apply Level)
CO4:Analyze the performance of hydraulic machines. (Analyze Level)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO Mapping :
CO1 3 3 - 2 - 2 - - 3 - - - 2 1
CO2 3 3 - 2 - 2 - - 3 - - - 2 1
CO3 3 3 - 2 - 2 - - 3 - - - 2 1
CO4 3 3 - 2 - 2 - - 3 - - - 2 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II LAB
PC2202L 0 0 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Electrical Machines-1 Theory
Preamble:Electrical Machines-II Lab provides the essential facilities to the students to augment their
concepts about the fundamentals of rotating Asynchronous and Synchronous machines. The lab is
equipped with three phase induction motors, synchronous generators, synchronous motorandSingle
phase induction motor. The lab covers the determination of performance characteristics, speed
control method of induction motor, voltage regulation of synchronous generator and v and
inverted v curves of synchronous motor.

1. To control the speed of three phase induction motors.
2. To determine /predetermine the performance of three phase induction.
3. To determine /predetermine the performance of single phase induction.
4. To improve the power factor of single phase induction motor.
5. To predetermine the regulation of three–phase alternator by various methods, find Xd/
Xq ratio of alternator and asses the performance of three–phase synchronous motor.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: Any Ten of the following experiments are to be conducted:

1. Brake test on three phase Slip ring Induction Motor
2. No–load & Blocked rotor tests on three phase Slip ring Induction motor
3. Load test on single phase induction motor.
4. Equivalent circuit of single phase induction motor
5. Regulation of a three –phase alternator by synchronous impedance method
6. Regulation of a three –phase alternator by M.M.F method
7. Regulation of three–phase alternator by Potier triangle method
8. Determination of Xd and Xq of a salient pole synchronous machine
9. V and Inverted V curves of a three—phase synchronous motor.
10. Determination of efficiency of three phase alternator by loading with three phase
induction motor.
11. Determination of sub transient direct axis (Xd’’) and quadrature axis (Xq”) synchronous
reactance of an alternator.
12. To perform parallel operation of two alternators.

16. Brake test on three phase Squirrel cage Induction Motor.
17. Determination of the symmetrical impedances of a synchronous machine.
18. Speed control of induction motor by V/f method.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Course Outcomes
CO1 Able to assess the performance of three phase induction motor. (Analyze)
CO2 Able to control the speed of three phase induction motor. (Remember and Understand)
CO3 Able to assess the performance of single phase induction motor. (Analyze)
CO4 Able to predetermine the regulation of three–phase alternator by various methods.
(Evaluate)
CO5 Able to find the Xd / Xq ratio of alternator and asses the performance of three–phase
synchronous motor. (Understand, Apply and Analyze).
Learning Resources
Text books:
Reference books:
2015.
4.https://www.electrical4u.com/losses-in-dc-machine
CO-PO Mapping::
P01
Mapping P01 P02 P03 P04 P05 P06 P07 P08 P09 P010 P012 PS01 PSO2
1
C01 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 2 2
C02 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
C03 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 2
C04 2 3 - 1 - - - - - - - 1 2 2
C05 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB
PC2204L 0 0 3 1.5
Pre-Requisites: Control Systems, Electrical Machines

Preamble: Control Systems Lab consists of workstations equipped with an oscilloscope, digital
multi-meter, DC,AC servomotor, synchros, DC position control and PID trainers. This lab also
covers the computer tools such as MATLAB. The aim of this Control system laboratory is to
provide sound knowledge in the basic concepts of design of control system, adequate knowledge
in the time response and frequency responses of systems.
Course Objectives:
1. Toimparthandsonexperiencetounderstandtheperformanceofbasiccontrolsystem
componentssuchasmagneticamplifiers,D.Cservo motors and Synchros.
2. To understandtime responses of control system with and without controllers
3. Tounderstandfrequencyresponses ofcontrolsystemwithandwithout compensators.
List of Experiments: Any 10 of the following experiments are to be conducted
1. Time responseofSecondordersystem
2. Characteristics ofSynchros
3. EffectofP, PD,PI,PIDControlleronasecondordersystems
4. StudyofLagandleadcompensation–Magnitudeandphaseplot
5. Effect of feedback on DC servomotor
6. BodePlot, Root locus,Nyquist Plotsforthetransfer functions of systemsupto 5 thorder
using MATLAB
7. Potentiometer as error detector
8. TemperaturecontrollerusingPID
9. Characteristics ofmagneticamplifiers
10. Characteristics ofDC servomotor
11. State model using MATLAB
12. Transfer function of DC Motor
List of Additional Experiments: Any 2 of the following experiments are to be conducted
13. Programmable logic controller – verification of truth tables of logic gates
14.Characteristics of AC servomotor
15. Determination of steady state error
16. Test for controllability and Observability using MATLAB
CourseOutcomes:
After the completion of the course the student should be:
No Description POs, PSOs KL
CO1 Able to analyze the time response of a second order system PO1, PSO2 1,3
CO2 Able to analyze the effect of P, PI,PD, PID controllers and Lag,
PO1, PSO2 2,3
Lead compensators
CO3 Able to judge the stability in time and frequency domain PO1, PSO2 1,2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Text books:
1. “Control Systems Engineering” by I.J.Nagarath and M.Gopal, 5thEdition,
New ageInternationalPublications.
2. “Automatic control systems” by Benjamin C.Kuo, 2 nd Edition, Prentice Hall
ofIndia.
Reference books:
1. “ControlSystemsprinciplesanddesign” by M.Gopal,4 thEdition ,
TataMcGrawHilleducationPvtLtd.
2. “ModernControlEngineering” byKotsuhikoOgata,PrenticeHallofIndia.

CO-PO Mapping:
C01 2 1 - 1 1 - - - - - - 1 2 1
C02 2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 1 1
C03 1 - - - 1 - - - - - - 1 2 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-II Semester FUNDAMENTS OF MATLAB AND L T P C

SOC2201 PSPICE 1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES: Any computer programming (like C, C++ or Java)
Course Objectives: The objective of the course is to
1. Create an environment to work with different software technologies.
2. Build confidence in writing programmes.
3. Make familiar about logical operations.
4. Provide a platform to know about modeling of components.
5. Become aware about the analysis of DC & AC circuits.
Syllabus
No CO
Basics: (8 hrs)
Overview, Environment, Basic Syntax, variable, Input and Output commands,
I CO1
Basic Data Types, Relational and Logical operators, conditional statements, Loop
Types..
Matrices: (8 hrs)
II Vectors operations, Matrix operations, Multi dimensional and Cell arrays, Colon CO2
Notation, Conversion of Numbers, combining Strings into a cell array.
M–file Scripts:(8 hrs)
Creating saving and running an M–file, creating and running of a function, Data
III import, Data Output, Basic plots , subplots, Bar charts and 3D plots, Algebra:- CO3
Solving basic Equation-Expanding, factorization and simplification of algebraic
Equations.
PSpice for Circuit Analysis: (8 hrs)
Introduction to PSpice, Description of circuit elements, nodes and sources, input
IV CO4
and output variables, modeling of the above elements, DC analysis, AC analysis
and Transient Analysis.
PSpice for Electronic Devices and Circuits: (8 hrs)
V Diode model, BJT model, MOSFET model, IGBT model, SCR model, CO5
Subroutines, diode rectifiers.
List of Experiments: practice any 5 programs (10 hrs)
1. Write a script for adding two matrixes.
2. Plot the following cosine function, y = 2 cos(x) in the interval 0 ≤ x ≤ 2π.
3. Write a function file that converts temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (◦F) to degrees
Centigrade (◦C).
4. Write a Program on ‘for’ loop with simple example.
5. Write a Program on ‘While’ condition with simple example.
6. Write a Program on ‘If-else’ with simple example.
7. Single phase half wave Rectifier with R load
_____________________________________________________________________________________
8. Single phase half wave Rectifier with RL load

9. Single phase Full wave Rectifier with R load
10. Single phase Full wave Rectifier with RL load
Course Outcomes
CO1 Infer various logical operations.{Apply level, KL3}
CO2 Recite different matrix and vector operations.{Understand level, KL5}
CO3 Draw the graphs for analysis of data.{Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Model circuit elements by distinguishing them AC and DC. {Understand level, KL3}
CO5 Simulate the given circuit and validate by conventional means. {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. D Hanselmanand B little field, “Mastering MATLAB 7”, Pearson Education, 2005.
2. Y Kirani Singh and B BChaudhari,“MATLABProgramming”, Prentice Hall of
India,2007.
Reference books:
1. Muhammad H.Rashid,“Spice for Power Electronics and Electric Power”, CRC Press
3rdEdition,2012.
2. AGilat,“MATLAB: An Introduction with Applications ”,John Wiley and Sons,2004.
3. StevenTKarris,“Introduction to Simulink with Engineering Applications”, Orchard
Publication, 2ndEdition,2008.
5. https://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/answers/index
6. www.tutorialspoint.com
Micro-Syllabus
Unit–1: Basics: (8 hrs)
Overview, Environment, Basic Syntax, variable, Input and Output commands, Basic Data Types,
Relational and Logical operators, conditional statements, Loop Types.
Unit No Module Name Micro content
Introduction
Overview
Environment
1a.Basics Basic Syntax
Basic Syntax variable
Input and Output commands
Basic Data Types
Arithmetic operators
1.b. Operators Relational and Logical operators
Decision Making conditional statements
_____________________________________________________________________________________
statements Loop Types

Unit–2: Matrices: (8 hrs)
Vectors operations, Matrix operations, Multi dimensional and Cell arrays, Colon Notation,
Conversion of Numbers, combining Strings into a cell array.
Row and column vectors
2a. Vector & Vector operations Addition and subtraction of vectors
Matrix Dot product
operations Deleting and adding Rows
Matrix operations Addition and subtraction of matrix
Matrix multiplication
Array function
Array Multi dimensional and Cell arrays
2b.Arry& String Colon Notation Colon Notation
String Conversion of Numbers
combining Strings into a cell array
Unit–3: M–file Scripts:(8 hrs)
Creating saving and running an M–file, creating and running of a function, Data import, Data
Output, Basic plots , subplots, Bar charts and 3D plots, Algebra:-Solving basic Equation-
Expanding, factorization and simplification of algebraic Equations.
Creating saving and running an M–file
Functions creating and running of a function
3a.Functions
creating of a Sub-function
Data import and Data import
output Data Output
Basic plots- subplots
Plotting Bar charts
3D plots
3b.Algebra
Solving basic algebraic Equations
algebra Expanding algebraic Equations
simplification of algebraic Equations
Unit–4: PSpice for Circuit Analysis: (8 hrs)
Introduction to PSpice, Description of circuit elements, nodes and sources, input and output
variables, modeling of the above elements, DC analysis, AC analysis and Transient Analysis.
4a. Description of Description of circuit Introduction to PSpice
_____________________________________________________________________________________
circuit elements elements Description of circuit elements

nodes and sources
input and output variables
DC analysis
4b. Analysis Analysis AC analysis
Transient Analysis
Unit–5: PSpice for Electronic Devices and Circuits: (8 hrs)
Diode model, BJT model, MOSFET model, IGBT model, SCR model, Subroutines, diode
rectifiers.
Diode model
5a. Electronic BJT model
Electronic Devices
Devices MOSFET model
Models
IGBT model
SCR model
Subroutines
5b. Electronic Electronic Circuits
Half wave diode rectifiers with R and RL Loads
Circuits Simulation
Full wave diode rectifiers with R and RL Loads
Course Outcomes
CO1 Infer various logical operations.{Apply level, KL3}
CO2 Recite different matrix and vector operations.{Understand level, KL5}
CO3 Draw the graphs for analysis of data.{Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Model circuit elements by distinguishing them AC and DC. {Understand level, KL3}
CO5 Simulate the given circuit and validate by conventional means. {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. D Hanselmanand B little field, “Mastering MATLAB 7”, Pearson Education, 2005.
2. Y Kirani Singh and B BChaudhari,“MATLABProgramming”, Prentice Hall of India,2007.
Reference books:
1.Muhammad H.Rashid,“Spice for Power Electronics and Electric Power”, CRC Press
3rdEdition,2012.
2.AGilat,“MATLAB: An Introduction with Applications ”,John Wiley and Sons,2004.
3.StevenTKarris,“Introduction to Simulink with Engineering Applications”, Orchard
Publication, 2ndEdition,2008.
1. https://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/answers/index
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO–PO Mapping:
PSO
CO PO Number
Number
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 1 2
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 1 2
CO5 1 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLAR PANEL INSTALLATION
SOC2201 1 0 2 2

1. Study the Principle of solar energy conversion
2. Study various PV performance measure terminologies,
3. KNOW about manufacturing of PV cells & sizing aspects of PV systems.
4. Know about PV system components and apply them in installation practices,&
associated trouble shootings.
5. study PV system applications & associated safety measures
Syllabus
No CO
SOLAR CELL FUNDAMENTALS (11 hrs)
Principle of solar energy conversion, Photovoltaic effect, Semiconductor
I CO1
properties, energy levels, basic equations. Solar cell structure, parameters of solar
cell.
PV MODULE PERFORMANCE (13 hrs)
Solar PV modules & arrays, I-V &P-V characteristics, maximum power point
II CO2
,series parallel combination, cell efficiency, fill factor, role of bypass & blocking
diode, factors affecting output of a solar cell .
MANUFACTURING OF PV CELLS & DESIGN OF PV SYSTEMS
(12 hrs)
Commercial solar cells - Production process of single crystalline silicon cells,
III CO3
multi crystalline silicon cells, amorphous silicon, cadmium telluride, copper
indium gallium diselenide cells. Design of solar PV systems, cost estimation,
various aspects, system simulation tools.
SOLAR PV SYSTEMS INSTALLATIONS & TROUBLE SHOOTING
(12 hrs)
Classification - Central Power Station System, Distributed PV System, Stand alone
IV PV system, grid Interactive PV System, small system for consumer applications, CO4
hybrid solar PV system, concentrator solar photovoltaic. System components - PV
arrays, inverters, batteries, charge controllers, net metering, PV array installation,
operation, costs, reliability. Troubleshooting of PV system components.
PV SYSTEM APPLICATIONS & SAFETY (12
hrs)
V CO5
Building-integrated photovoltaic units, grid connected central power stations,
stand-alone devices for distributed power supply in remote and rural areas,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Outlook for the Indian PV industry& challenges, Applications: solar home system,
solar cars, Solar Charger, aircraft, space solar power satellites. Socio-economic
and environmental merits of photovoltaic systems safety in Installation of solar PV
systems.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the principle of direct solar energy conversion to power using PV
CO2 Contrast the performance measures of PV
CO3 Infer on various solar cells &design aspects of solar PV
CO4 Identify various PV components & construct few systems
CO5 Develop ideas for working on solar PV systems & associated safety practices
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Chetan Singh Solanki., Solar Photovoltaic: “Fundamentals, Technologies and
Application”, PHI Learning Pvt., Ltd., 2009.
2. Jha A.R., “Solar Cell Technology and Applications”, CRC Press,2010.
3. John R. Balfour, Michael L. Shaw, SharlaveJarosek., “Introduction to Photovoltaics”,
Jones & Bartlett Publishers, Burlington, 2011.
Reference books:
1. Chetan Singh Solanki “Solar PV technology and system”, PHI learning private limited,
2015.
2. Luque A. L. and Andreev V.M., “Concentrator Photovoltaic”,Springer, 2007.
3. Partain L.D., Fraas L.M., “Solar Cells and Their Applications”, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2010.
4. S.P. Sukhatme, J.K.Nayak., “Solar Energy”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private
Limited, New Delhi, 2010.
5. R.K Pachauri “From Sun light to Electricity” TERI, 15th Reprint , 2013.
https://www.nrel.gov
https://nise.res.in/
http://www.seriius.org/
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/108/117108141/#
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee57/preview
Micro-Syllabus
UNIT 1:SOLAR CELL FUNDAMENTALS (11 hrs)
Principle of solar energy conversion, Photovoltaic effect, Semiconductor properties, energy
levels, basic equations. Solar cell structure, parameters of solar cell.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Principle of solar energy conversion (Working),

1a. solar energy
solar energy Photovoltaic effect
conversion
conversion Semiconductor properties
energy levels
basic equations of solar
1.b. Solar cell Solar cell
Solar cell structure
structure, structure,
parameters of solar cell.
Unit-2:PV MODULE PERFORMANCE (13 hrs)
Solar PV modules & arrays, I-V &P-V characteristics, maximum power point ,series parallel
combination, cell efficiency, fill factor, role of bypass & blocking diode, factors affecting output
of a solar cell .
Solar PV modules & arrays (Working)
2a. Solar PV I-V &P-V characteristics, (Diagram)
Solar PV modules
modules maximum power point
Series parallel combination
cell efficiency, fill factor, role of bypass & blocking
2b.solar cell
solar cell efficiency diode (Working),
efficiency factors affecting output of a solar cell.
Unit-3:MANUFACTURING OF PV CELLS & DESIGN OF PV SYSTEMS (12 hrs)

Commercial solar cells - Production process of single crystalline silicon cells, multi crystalline
silicon cells, amorphous silicon, cadmium telluride, copper indium gallium diselenide cells.
Design of solar PV systems, cost estimation, various aspects, system simulation tools.
Production process of single crystalline silicon
cells
3a.Manufacturing Manufacturing Of Pv
multi crystalline silicon cells
of Pv Cells Cells
amorphous silicon, cadmium telluride,
copper indium gallium diselenide cells
Design of solar PV systems
3b.Design Of Pv
Design Of Pv Systems cost estimation
Systems
Various aspects, system simulation tools.
Unit-4:SOLAR PV SYSTEMS INSTALLATIONS & TROUBLE SHOOTING (12 hrs)
Classification - Central Power Station System, Distributed PV System, Stand alone PV system,
grid Interactive PV System, small system for consumer applications, hybrid solar PV system,
concentrator solar photovoltaic. System components - PV arrays, inverters, batteries, charge
controllers, net metering, PV array installation, operation, costs, reliability. Troubleshooting of
PV system components.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Classification
 Central Power Station System
4a. Solar PV  Distributed PV System
Systems Solar PV Systems  Stand alone PV system
Installations Installations  grid Interactive PV System
 small system for consumer applications,
 hybrid solar PV system, concentrator solar
photovoltaic.
System components - PV arrays, inverters,
batteries, charge controllers , net metering
4b.Trouble PV array installation, operation, costs, reliability.
Trouble Shooting
Shooting
Troubleshooting of PV system components
Unit-5:PV SYSTEM APPLICATIONS & SAFETY (12 hrs)
Building-integrated photovoltaic units, grid connected central power stations, stand-alone devices
for distributed power supply in remote and rural areas, Outlook for the Indian PV industry&
challenges,
Applications: solar home system, solar cars, Solar Charger, aircraft, space solar power satellites.
Socio-economic and environmental merits of photovoltaic systems safety in Installation of solar
PV systems.
Building-integrated photovoltaic units
grid connected central power stations
5a.PV System Pv System stand-alone devices for distributed power supply in
Applications Applications remote and rural areas,
 Outlook for the Indian PV industry&
challenges,
Socio-economic and environmental merits of
5b.Safety Safety photovoltaic systems
safety in Installation of solar PV systems
CO1 Understand the principle of direct solar energy conversion to power using PV
CO2 Contrast the performance measures of PV
CO3 Infer on various solar cells &design aspects of solar PV
CO4 Identify various PV components & construct few systems
CO5 Develop ideas for working on solar PV systems & associated safety practices
Text books:
1. Chetan Singh Solanki., Solar Photovoltaic: “Fundamentals, Technologies and Application”,
PHI Learning Pvt., Ltd., 2009.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. Jha A.R., “Solar Cell Technology and Applications”, CRC Press, 2010.
3. John R. Balfour, Michael L. Shaw, SharlaveJarosek., “Introduction to Photovoltaics”, Jones
& Bartlett Publishers, Burlington, 2011.
Reference books:
1. Chetan Singh Solanki “Solar PV technology and system”, PHI learning private limited,
2015.
2. Luque A. L. and Andreev V.M., “Concentrator Photovoltaic”,Springer, 2007.
3. Partain L.D., Fraas L.M., “Solar Cells and Their Applications”, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2010.
4. S.P. Sukhatme, J.K.Nayak., “Solar Energy”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2010.
5. R.K Pachauri “From Sun light to Electricity” TERI, 15th Reprint , 2013.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3
CO2 3 1
CO3 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 1
CO5 3 1 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-II Semester SENSORS AND ACTUATORS FOR L T P C

SOC2201 IOT 1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) IOT
1. Study the concept on IOT and phenomena on which operation of Sensor transformation
of energy is based
2. Know the depth knowledge in physical principles applied in sensing
3. Know the Characteristics, analysis and how measurement systems are designed,
calibrated
4. Impart a competence in the design, construction, and execution of mechanical
measurements in application point of view
Syllabus
No CO
Sensors: (3 hrs)
I CO1
Introduction of IOT, Transducers and definition of sensors.
Classification of Sensors (3 hrs)
Active, Analog, Digital, Scalar, Vector, - Inductive Sensors: Sensitivity and
Linearity of the Sensor, Types-Capacitive Sensors:– Electrostatic Transducer–
II Force/Stress Sensors Using Quartz Resonators – Ultrasonic Sensors,-PIR Motion CO2
Sensor - Rain Drop Sensor - Moisture Sensor. -Temperature Sensor - Touch
Sensor -Infrared Sensor - Servo Motor- RFID Sensor -- Bluetooth Module, Wi-Fi
Module.
Characteristics of Sensors (2hrs)
III CO3
Static -Accuracy, Range, Resolution, Error ;Dynamic
Actuators (1hr)
IV CO4
Classification – Electric, Fluid, Linear, Manual
Applications (6hrs)
Sensors and actuators,Processors,Transceivers (Mobile Phone Based Sensors.,
V Neural Sensors ,Environmental and Chemical Sensors, Medical Sensors., Radio CO5
Frequency Identification (RFID)-Applications on IOT- Arduino, Raspberry Pi.-
Smart home, health, logistics, transport, agriculture, social, environment.
List of Experiments
1. Interfacing DHT11 Temperature and Humidity Sensor with Raspberry Pi
2. LDR controlled blub by Arduino
3. Sun tracker using 4-LDR by Arduino
4. Moisture content of soil by Arduino
5. Rain water alarm by Arduino
_____________________________________________________________________________________
6. Raspberry Pi Motion Sensor Alarm using PIR Sensor

7. Smart Phone Controlled Home Automation by Raspberry Pi
8. Interfacing Hall Sensor with Raspberry Pi
9. Stepper Motor Control with Raspberry Pi
10. Servomotor control with Arduino
11. Fire alarm using Arduino
12. Real time intrusion detection for Smart home
13. LED Blinking by light sensor with Raspberry Pi and Python Program
14. Smart Blind-stick by Arduino
15. Remote controlled AC fan regulator by IR Sensor
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the concept of IOT
CO2 Explain thephysical parameter into an electrical quantity
CO3 Analyze the Characteristics and develop sensors using different methods with desired
properties
CO4 Evaluate the sensor and actuators as an application on industry and /or device type
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Internet of Things : Architecture, Design principles and applications, Rajkamal, McGraw Hill
Higher Education.
2. Jon. S. Wilson, “Sensor Technology Hand Book”, 2011, 1st edition, Elsevier, Netherland.
Reference books:
1. Dr. Guillaume Girardin , Antoine Bonnabel, Dr. Eric Mounier, 'Technologies & Sensors for
the Internet of Things Businesses & Market Trends 2014 - 2024',Yole Dévelopment Copyrights
,2014
2. Peter Waher, 'Learning Internet of Things', Packt Publishing, 2015
3. N. Ida, Sensors, Actuators and Their Interfaces, Scitech Publishers, 2014.
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1: Sensors: (3hrs)
Introduction of IOT, Transducers and Definition of sensors.
IOT Architecture
1a. IOT Physical, Network, Application
Introduction of IOT
Technoigical developments
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Introduction of Transducers
1b. Sensors Definition of Sensors Definition of Sensors
Working of Sensors
Unit-2:Classification of Sensors (3hrs)
Active, Analog, Digital, Scalar, Vector, Types : Inductive Sensors: Sensitivity and Linearity of
the Sensor, Types-Capacitive Sensors:– Electrostatic Transducer– Force/Stress Sensors Using
Quartz Resonators – Ultrasonic Sensors,-PIR Motion Sensor - Rain Drop Sensor - Moisture
Sensor. -Temperature Sensor - Touch Sensor -Infrared Sensor - Servo Motor- RFID Sensor --
Bluetooth Module, Wi-Fi Module.
Active, Analog, Digital, Scalar, Vector
Inductive Sensors - Sensitivity and Linearity of
the Sensor
Capacitive Sensors:– Electrostatic Transducer–
Force/Stress Sensors Using Quartz Resonators
2. Classification
Types of Sensors Ultrasonic Sensors
of Sensors
PIR Motion Sensor - Rain Drop Sensor -
Moisture Sensor. -Temperature Sensor - Touch
Sensor -Infrared Sensor - Servo Motor
RFID Sensor, Bluetooth Module, Wi-Fi
Module.
Unit-3: Characteristics of Sensors (2hrs)
Static -Accuracy, Range, Resolution, Error :Dynamic
Accuracy
3a.Characteristics Range
Static
of Sensors Resolution
Error
3b.Characteristics Dynamic
Dynamic
of Sensors
Unit-4 : Actuators (1hr)
Classification – Electric, Fluid, Linear, Manual
Classification based on Performance ,type
 Electric
Classification of
4. Actuators  Fluid
Actuators
 Linear
 Manual
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-5: Applications (6hrs)

Sensors and actuators, Processors, Transceivers (Mobile Phone Based Sensors., Neural Sensors
,Environmental and Chemical Sensors, Medical Sensors., Radio Frequency Identification
(RFID)-Applications on IOT- Arduino, Raspberry Pi.- Smart home, health, logistics, transport,
agriculture, social, environment
Mobile Phone Based Sensors
Neural Sensors
Environmental and Chemical Sensors
Medical Sensors
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID)
Applications of Sensors
5. Applications and actuators for IOT Based on requirement :
by Arduino ,  Smart home
Raspberry Pi  Health
 Logistics
 Transport
 Agriculture
 Social
 Environment.
Course Outcomes : Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1 Understand the concept of IOT {Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain thephysical parameter into an electrical quantity {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze the Characteristics and develop sensors using different methods with desired
properties {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluate the sensor and actuators as an application on industry and /or device
type{Evaluate level, KL5}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Internet of Things : Architecture, Design principles and applications, Rajkamal, McGraw Hill
Higher Education.
2. Jon. S. Wilson, “Sensor Technology Hand Book”, 2011, 1st edition, Elsevier, Netherland.
Reference books:
1. Dr. Guillaume Girardin , Antoine Bonnabel, Dr. Eric Mounier, 'Technologies & Sensors for
the Internet of Things Businesses & Market Trends 2014 - 2024',Yole Dévelopment Copyrights
,2014
2. Peter Waher, 'Learning Internet of Things', Packt Publishing, 2015
3. N. Ida, Sensors, Actuators and Their Interfaces, Scitech Publishers, 2014.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108147/
2.https://www.coursera.org/lecture/iot/lecture-2-3-sensors-and-actuators-in-the-lab-852CL
3.https://www.avsystem.com/blog/iot-sensors-iot-actuators/
4.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hIISiYs7lDo
5.https://www.mdpi.com/1424-8220/19/20/4567/pdf
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 2 1
CO2 1 2
CO3 2 1
CO4 2 3 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
AC DRIVES
SOC2201 1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) AC Drives

1. Study the fundamentals of AC Drives .
2. Study the Types of AC motors construction & working principle.
3. Study the Concept of AC Drive and construction & working principle.
4. Study the Applications of AC Drives.
5. Study the Design and protection for AC and MV Drives.
Syllabus
No CO
Basic principles of AC Drive (6 hrs)
Basic principles of AC Drive and its Application (02 hrs)
I CO1
Benefits of AC Drives (02 hrs)
Types of AC MOTOR (08 hrs)
Basic on AC motors-Types of AC motors (02 hrs)
II CO2
construction and working, principle, (02 hrs)
Concept of AC DRIVE (10 hrs)
Concept of AC Drive in details.(02hrs)
III construction & working principle (04 hrs) CO3
Selection of AC Drive (02 hrs)
Important features .(02 hrs)
Applications of AC Drives (06 hrs)
Applications of AC Drives (02 hrs)
IV CO4
AC Drive Harmonics (02 hrs)
Effects of Harmonics (02 hrs)
Features of SINAMIC G-120 AC Drive , MEDIUM VOLTAG (MV) DRIVE
(10 hrs)
V Introduction, parameterization, Wiring, Application (06 hrs) CO5
Introduction, features and application (02hrs)
Design and protection for AC and MV Drives (02hrs)
Induction motor drives: Volts/Hertz Control, Vector or Field oriented control.
Industrial application: Drive consideration for Textile mills, Steel rolling mills, Cement mills,
Paper mills, Machine tools. Cranes & hoist drives.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To obtain speed control of Switched Reluctance Motor using DSP controller TMS320F2812.
2. To obtain speed control of Permanent magnet synchronous Motor using SPARTAN 6 FPGA
controller.
3. To obtain speed control of three phase induction motor using dsPIC controller MICRO-4011.
4. To visualize the speed and position control of servo motor by various inputs of DSP
CONTROLLER kit.
5. To study the operation of speed control of dc motor fed from four quadrant chopper using
FPGA controller
6. To simulate the three phase voltage source inverter with resistive load using SPWM.
7. To simulate the chopper fed dc motor (matlab)
8. To study the simulation of Z source inverter using matlab - simulink.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of AC Drives {Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain the principle and working of AC motors.{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze the Concept of AC Drive {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluate the Applications of AC Drives.{Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 Analyze the Design and protection for AC and MV Drives.{Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
Veerlapati.
Hill.2001.
Reference books:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1 Basic principles of AC Drive (6 hrs)

Basic principles of AC Drive and its Application (02 hrs), Benefits of AC Drives (02 hrs)

Basic principles of AC Drive
1a.
Basic principles of Importance of AC Drive
Basic principles
AC Drive Applications
of AC Drive
Benefits of AC Drives
1b. Benefits of Benefits of AC
Classifications of Drives
AC Drives Drives
Unit-2: Types of AC MOTOR (08 hrs)
Basics on AC motors-Types of AC motors (02 hrs), construction and working, principle, (02
hrs)
Basic on AC motors
2a Basics on AC
Basics on AC motors, principle
motors, Types of
Types of AC motors types of DC motors
AC motors
2b. construction construction and working, principle
construction and
and working, Parameterization
working, principle
principle Advantages and Disadvantages.
Unit-3: Concept of AC DRIVE (10 hrs)
Concept of AC Drive in details.(02hrs), construction & working principle (04 hrs)
Selection of AC Drive (02 hrs), Important features .(02 hrs)
Concept of AC Drive
3a. Concept of construction & working principle
Concept of AC Drive
AC Drive Applications
3b. Selection of Selection of AC Drive
Selection of AC Drive
AC Drive Advantages
Unit-4: Applications of AC Drives (06 hrs)
Applications of AC Drives (02 hrs), AC Drive Harmonics (02 hrs), Effects of Harmonics (02 hrs)
4a. Applications Applications of AC Applications of AC Drives
_____________________________________________________________________________________
of AC Drives Drives construction & working principle

AC Drive Harmonics
Working principle
4b. AC Drive
AC Drive Harmonics Effects of Harmonics
Harmonics
Applications
Unit-5: Features of SINAMIC G-120 AC Drive , MEDIUM VOLTAG (MV) DRIVE (10
hrs)
Introduction, parameterization, Wiring, Application (06 hrs)
Introduction, features and application (02hrs)
Design and protection for AC and MV Drives (02hrs)
Introduction of of SINAMIC G-120 AC Drive
5a. Features of parameterization
Features of SINAMIC
SINAMIC G-120 Wiring
G-120 AC Drive
AC Drive Application
5b. Design of AC and MV Drives
Design and Design and protection Protection of AC and MV Drives
protection for AC for AC and MV Drives Applications
and MV Drives Advantages and Disadvantages
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of AC Drives. {Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain the principle and working of AC motors. {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze the Concept of AC Drive {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluate the Applications of AC Drives.{Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 Analyze Design and protection for AC and MV Drives.{Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
Veerlapati.
Hill.2001.
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Reference books:
CO-PO Mapping
P PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
O 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 -1 -2
1
CO1 3
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 3
CO4 3
CO5 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
MC2201 2 0 0 0
Pre-Requisites:
1. Basics of General Science
2. Basics of Social Studies
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to impart:
1. Overall understanding of the natural resources
2. Basic understanding of the ecosystem and its diversity.
3. Acquaintance on various environmental challenges induced due to unplanned
anthropogenic activities.
4. An understanding of the environmental impact of developmental activities.
5. Awareness on the social issues, environmental legislation and global treaties.
Syllabus
Unit Mapped
Contents
No CO
UNIT – I: MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL
STUDIES (12 Hrs)
Definition, Scope and Importance – Need for Public Awareness.
NATURAL RESOURCES : Renewable and non-renewable resources – Natural
resources and associated problems – Forest resources – Use and over –
exploitation, deforestation, case studies – Timber extraction – Mining, dams and
I other effects on forest and tribal people – Water resources – Use and over CO1
utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought, conflicts over water,
dams – benefits and problems – Mineral resources: Use and exploitation,
environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies –
Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and
overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water
logging, salinity, case studies. – Energy resources:
UNIT – II: Ecosystems, Biodiversity, and its Conservation (12 hrs)
ECOSYSTEMS: Concept of an ecosystem. – Structure and function of an
ecosystem – Producers, consumers and decomposers – Energy flow in the
ecosystem – Ecological succession – Food chains, food webs and ecological
pyramids – Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the
II
following ecosystem: CO2
a. Forest ecosystem.
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)
BIODIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION : Definition: genetic, species
_____________________________________________________________________________________
and ecosystem diversity – Bio-geographical classification of India – Value of

biodiversity: consumptive use, Productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option
values – Biodiversity at global, National and local levels – India as a mega-
diversity nation – Hot-sports of biodiversity – Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss,
poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – Endangered and endemic species of
India – Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of
biodiversity.
UNIT-III: Environmental Pollution and Solid Waste Management (10 hrs)
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION: Definition, Cause, effects and control
measures of :
a. Air Pollution.
b. Water pollution
c. Soil pollution
III d. Marine pollution
CO3
e. Noise pollution
f. Thermal pollution
g. Nuclear hazards
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT :Causes, effects and control measures of
urban and industrial wastes – Role of an individual in prevention of pollution –
Pollution case studies – Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and
landslides.
UNIT – IV: Social Issues and the Environment (12
hrs)
SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT: From Unsustainable to
Sustainable development – Urban problems related to energy – Water
conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management – Resettlement and
IV rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies – Environmental
CO4
ethics: Issues and possible solutions – Climate change, global warming, acid rain,
ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies – Wasteland
reclamation. – Consumerism and waste products. – Environment Protection Act. –
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. – Water (Prevention and control of
Pollution) Act – Wildlife Protection Act – Forest Conservation Act – Issues
involved in enforcement of environmental legislation – Public awareness.
UNIT – V: Human Population and the Environment (14 hrs)
HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT: Population growth,
variation among nations. Population explosion – Family Welfare Programmed. –
Environment and human health – Human Rights – Value Education – HIV/AIDS –
V CO5
Women and Child Welfare – Role of information Technology in Environment and
human health – Case studies.
FIELD WORK : Visit to a local area to document environmental assets
River/forest grassland/hill/mountain – Visit to a local polluted site-
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, and birds –

river, hill slopes, etc..
Unit-I: International Environmental Summit, Kyoto Protocol
Unit-III: Solid waste Disposal: Bio Medical Waste Management
Unit-V: Epidemiology
Course Outcomes
CO1 Able to Understand Natural resources and their importance
CO2 Able to UnderstandTheThe concepts of the ecosystem, learn biodiversity of India and
the threats to biodiversity and Apply conservation practices
CO3 Able to learn Various attributes of the pollution and their impacts.
CO4 Able to Understand Social issues both rural and urban environment and Environmental
Legislation.
CO5 Able to Understand Popultion Explosion and Apply Structure and Functions of
Ecosystem.
Text books:
1. Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by ErachBharucha
for University Grants Commission, Universities Press.
2. Environmental Studies by Palaniswamy – Pearson education
3. Environmental Studies by Dr.S.AzeemUnnisa, Academic Publishing Company.
Reference books
1. Textbook of Environmental Science by Deeksha Dave and E.Sai Baba Reddy, Cengage
Publications.
2. Text book of Environmental Sciences and Technology by M.Anji Reddy, BS Publication.
3. Comprehensive Environmental studies byJ.P.Sharma, Laxmi publications.
4. Environmental sciences and engineering – J. Glynn Henry and Gary W. Heinke – Prentice
hall of India Private limited.
5. A Text Book of Environmental Studies by G.R.Chatwal, Himalaya Publishing House
6. Introduction to Environmental engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and
Wendell P. Ela - Prentice hall of India Private limited.
2.https://cpcb.nic.in/
3.https://www.unep.org/
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1: MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (12 Hrs)

Definition, Scope and Importance – Need for Public Awareness.
NATURAL RESOURCES : Renewable and non-renewable resources – Natural resources and
associated problems – Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation, deforestation, case studies
– Timber extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal people – Water
resources – Use and over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought, conflicts over
water, dams – benefits and problems – Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental
effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies – Food resources: World food
problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture,
fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. – Energy resources:
1a. Scope of Environmental Studies
Multidisciplinary Importance of Environmental Studies
Nature Of Scope and Multidisciplinary nature Need for Public Awareness
Environmental Multidisciplinary nature of
Studies Environmental Studies
Renewable and Non–Renewable
Energy Resources
resources
1b. Natural
Deforestation causes and Effects,
Resources
Forest, Mining Dams Impacts, Effects of Modern
Agriculture
UNIT – II: Ecosystems, Biodiversity, and its Conservation (12 hrs)
ECOSYSTEMS: Concept of an ecosystem. – Structure and function of an ecosystem –
Producers, consumers and decomposers – Energy flow in the ecosystem – Ecological succession
– Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids – Introduction, types, characteristic features,
structure and function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem.
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)
BIODIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION : Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity – Bio-geographical classification of India – Value of biodiversity: consumptive use,
Productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values – Biodiversity at global, National and
local levels – India as a mega-diversity nation – Hot-sports of biodiversity – Threats to
biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – Endangered and endemic
species of India – Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
Structure and function of an Producers, consumers and
2a. Ecosystems
ecosystem decomposers – Energy flow in the
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ecosystem
Food chains, food webs and
ecological pyramids
Ecological succession
a.Forest ecosystem.
types, characteristic features of b.Grassland ecosystem
Ecosystems c.Desert ecosystem
d.Aquatic ecosytems
Values of biodiversity, Biodiversity at
global, National and local levels, Hot-
spots of biodiversity, – Threats to
2b. Bio diversity
Bio Diversity Levels, Values, biodiversity
and its
Threats, and Conservation Endangered and endemic species of
conservation.
India – Conservation of biodiversity:
In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of
biodiversity.
UNIT-III: Environmental Pollution and Solid Waste Management (10 hrs)
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of :
a. Air Pollution.
b. Water pollution
c. Soil pollution
d. Marine pollution
e. Noise pollution
f. Thermal pollution
g. Nuclear hazards
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes – Role of an individual in prevention of pollution – Pollution case studies –
Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Air Pollution.
3.a. Water pollution
Environmental Environmental Pollution Soil pollution, Marine Pollution
Pollution Noise Pollution, Thermal Pollution
Nuclear Hazards
urban and industrial wastes
3. b. Solid Waste Pollution case studies
Solid Waste Management
Management. Disaster management: floods,
earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNIT – IV: Social Issues and the Environment (12 hrs)

SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT: From Unsustainable to Sustainable
development – Urban problems related to energy – Water conservation, rain water harvesting,
watershed management – Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns.
Case studies – Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions – Climate change, global
warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies –
Wasteland reclamation. – Consumerism and waste products. – Environment Protection Act. – Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. – Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act –
Wildlife Protection Act – Forest Conservation Act – Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation – Public awareness
Sustainable development – Urban
problems related to energy – Water
conservation, rain water harvesting,
watershed management
4a. Social Issues Resettlement and rehabilitation of
and the Sustainable development people; its problems and concerns.
Environment Case studies
Environmental ethics, Climate
change, global warming, acid rain,
ozone layer depletion, nuclear
accidents and holocaust.
Air Act, Water Act, Environment
Protection Act
4b.Environmnetal Wildlife Protection Act – Forest
Environmental Acts
Legislation Conservation Act
– Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation
UNIT – V: Human Population and the Environment (14 hrs)
HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT: Population growth, variation among
nations. Population explosion – Family Welfare Programmes. – Environment and human health
– Human Rights – Value Education – HIV/AIDS – Women and Child Welfare – Role of
information Technology in Environment and human health –
FIELD WORK: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River/forest
grassland/hill/mountain – Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural Study
of common plants, insects, and birds – river, hill slopes, etc..
5 a. Human Population explosion – Family
Population and Population Characteristics Welfare Programmes.
Environment HIV/AIDS
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Role of IT in Environment and Role of information Technology in

Human Health Environment and human health
Value Education
Environment and human health
Value Education
Women and Child Welfare
Case studies.
Visit to a local area to document
environmental assets River
River/forest
Forest
grassland/hill/mountain
Grassland
Hill/Mountain
5.b. Field work Visit to a local polluted site
Urban/Industrial
local polluted site-
Rural Field Visit
Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural
Agricultural Study of common plants,
Study
insects, and birds – river, hill slopes,
etc..
Course Outcomes
CO1 Able to Understand Natural resources and their importance
CO2 Able to UnderstandTheThe concepts of the ecosystem, learn biodiversity of India and
the threats to biodiversity and Apply conservation practices
CO3 Able to learn Various attributes of the pollution and their impacts.
CO4 Able to Understand Social issues both rural and urban environment and Environmental
Legislation.
CO5 Able to Understand Popultion Explosion and Apply Structure and Functions of
Ecosystem.
Text books:
1. Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by ErachBharucha
for University Grants Commission, Universities Press.
2. Environmental Studies by Palaniswamy – Pearson education
3. Environmental Studies by Dr.S.AzeemUnnisa, Academic Publishing Company.
Reference books
1. Textbook of Environmental Science by Deeksha Dave and E.Sai Baba Reddy,
Cengage Publications.
2. Text book of Environmental Sciences and Technology by M.Anji Reddy, BS
Publication.
3. Comprehensive Environmental studies byJ.P.Sharma, Laxmi publications.
4. Environmental sciences and engineering – J. Glynn Henry and Gary W. Heinke –
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Prentice hall of India Private limited.

5. A Text Book of Environmental Studies by G.R.Chatwal, Himalaya Publishing House
6. Introduction to Environmental engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and
Wendell P. Ela - Prentice hall of India Private limited.
2.https://cpcb.nic.in/
3.https://www.unep.org/
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 - 3 3 -
CO2 2 - 3 2 -
CO3 2 - 3 2 -
CO4 2 3 3 3 2 -
CO5 3 - 3 3 -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ANALYSIS OF LINEAR SYSTEMS
HO2201 3 0 2 4
2) Electrical Circuit Analysis
3) Engineering Mathematics

1. Formulate state equations for Electrical networks.
2. Study Fourier series and Fourier transform of a periodic function.
3. Compute an Effective value and an average values of non-sinusoidal periodic waves
4. Analyze Response of RL, RC, and RLC Networks to Step, Ramp, and impulse
functions.
5. Study the Hurwitz polynomials and Positive Real Functions.
Syllabus
No CO
STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS (10 hrs)
Choice of state variables in Electrical networks-Formulation of state equations for
I Electrical networks-Equivalent source method. Network topological method - CO1
Solution of state equations-Analysis of simple networks with state variable
approach.
FOURIER SERIES &FOURIER TRANSFORM REPRESENTATION
(15hrs)
Introduction, Trigonometric form of Fourier series, Exponential form of Fourier
II series, Wave symmetry, Fourier integrals and transforms, Fourier transform of a CO2
periodic function , Properties of Fourier Transform , Parseval’s theorem , Fourier
transform of some common signals, Fourier transform relationship with Laplace
Transform.
APPLICATIONS OF FOURIER SERIES AND FOURIER TRANSFORM
REPRESENTATION (15hrs)
III Introduction, Effective value and average values of non-sinusoidal periodic CO3
waves, currents, Power Factor, Effects of harmonics, Application in Circuit
Analysis, Circuit Analysis using Fourier Series.
LAPLACE TRANSFORM APPLICATIONS (15hrs)
Application of Laplace transform Methods of Ananlysis – Response of RL, RC,
IV CO4
RLC Networks to Step,Ramp, and impulse functions, Shifting Theorem –
Convolution Integral – Applications
TESTING OF POLYNOMIALS (10hrs)
V Elements of reliability-Hurwitz polynomials, Properties of Hurwitz polynomials - CO5
positive real functions-Properties-Testing-Sturm’s Test, examples.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Response of RL network to sinusoidal signals

Response of RC network to sinusoidal signal
Response of RLC network to sinusoidal signal
Properties of LC Immittence
Transfer function of an electrical network
List of Experiments: practice any 5 programs(10 hrs)
1. Compute the response of RL Circuit with step input.
2. Compute the response of RC Circuit with step input.
3. Compute the response of RLC Circuit with step input.
4. Compute the response of RL Circuit with impulse input.
6. Compute the response of RC Circuit with impulse input.
8. Study the Effects of harmonics in a RLC Circuit.
9. Obtain the Response of RC network to Non-sinusoidal signal.
10. Obtain the solution of a network using state space analysis.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the Formulation of state equations for Electrical networks{Understand
level, KL2}
CO2 Analyze Fourier series and Fourier transform of a periodic function.{ Understand
Analyze level, KL2&KL4}
CO3 Analyze Effective value and average values of non-sinusoidal periodic waves{Analyze
level, KL4}
CO4 Analyze Response of RL, RC, RLC Networks to Step, Ramp, and impulse functions{
Analyze level, KL4}
CO5 Analyze Hurwitz polynomials and Positive Real Functions. {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Network Analysis and Synthesis – UmeshSinha- SatyaPrakashan Publications
2. Linear System Analysis – A N Tripathi, New Age International.
Reference books:
1. Network and Systems – D Roy Chowdhary, New Age International.
2. Engineering Network Analysis and Filter Desgin- Gopal G Bhisk&Umesh.
3. Linear system anlysis by A.Cheng, Oxford publishers.
4. Signals, Systems and Communications by B.P. Lathi, BS Publications 2003.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee15/preview
4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mechanical-engineering/2-017j-design-of-
electromechanical-robotic-systems-fall-2009/course-text/MIT2_017JF09_ch02.pdf
5. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/301078132_Linear_Systems_Analysis_in_the_
Time_Domain
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1: State Variable Analysis (10 hrs)
Choice of state variables in Electrical networks-Formulation of state equations for Electrical
networks-Equivalent source method. Network topological method - Solution of state equations-
Analysis of simple networks with state variable approach.
Choice of state variables in Electrical networks,
1a.State Variable Formulation of state Formulation of state equations for Electrical
Analysis equations networks,
Equivalent source method,
Network topological method,
Solution of state
1b. State Variable Solution of state equations,
equations-for simple
Analysis Analysis of simple networks with state variable
networks
approach,
Unit – 2: Fourier Series &Fourier Transform Representation (15hrs)
Introduction, Trigonometric form of Fourier series, Exponential form of Fourier series, Wave
symmetry, Fourier integrals and transforms, Fourier transform of a periodic function , Properties
of Fourier Transform , Parseval’s theorem , Fourier transform of some common signals, Fourier
transform relationship with Laplace Transform.
2a. Fourier Series Introduction Fourier series,
& Fourier Trigonometric form of Fourier series,
Fourier series
Transform Exponential form of Fourier series,
Representation Wave symmetry,
Fourier transform of a periodic function,
2b. Fourier Series Properties of Fourier Transform,
& Fourier
Fourier integrals and Parseval’s theorem
Transform
Transforms Fourier transform of some common signals,
Representation
Fourier transforms relationship with Laplace
Transform.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit – 3: Applications of Fourier Series And Fourier Transform Representation (15hrs)

Introduction, Effective value and average values of non-sinusoidal periodic waves, currents,
Power Factor, Effects of harmonics, Application in Circuit Analysis, Circuit Analysis using
Fourier Series.
Introduction applications of Fourier series,
Computation of Effective value of non-sinusoidal
periodic waves,
Computation of Average value of non-sinusoidal
3a. Applications periodic waves,
of Fourier Series Computation of Effective current value of non-
Applications of Fourier
And Fourier sinusoidal periodic waves,
Series
Transform Computation of Effective voltage value of non-
Representation sinusoidal periodic waves,
Computation of Effective current value of non-
sinusoidal periodic waves,
Computation of Power Factor value of non-
sinusoidal periodic waves,
3b.Applications Effects of harmonics,
of Fourier Series
Applications of Fourier Application in Circuit Analysis,
And Fourier
Transforms
Transform
Circuit Analysis using Fourier Series.
Representation
Unit-4:Laplace Transform Applications(15hrs)
Applications of Laplace transform Methods of Analysis – Response of RL, RC, RLC Networks
to Step, Ramp, and impulse functions, Shifting Theorem – Convolution Integral – Applications.
Application of Laplace transform Methods of
Analysis,
Response of RL Networks to Step, Ramp, and
4a. Laplace
Application of Laplace impulse functions,
Transform
transform Response of RC Networks to Step, Ramp, and
Applications
impulse functions,
Response of RLC Networks to Step, Ramp, and
impulse functions.
Shifting Theorem,
4b.Distribution Application of Laplace
Convolution Integral,
Systems transform
Applications of Convolution Integral.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-5:Testing of Polynomials (10hrs)

Elements of reliability-Hurwitz polynomials, Properties of Hurwitz polynomials -positive real
functions-Properties-Testing-Sturm’s Test, examples.
Elements of reliability,
5a.Testing of Introduction to Hurwitz polynomials,
Hurwitz polynomials
Polynomials Properties of Hurwitz polynomials
problems to check Hurwitz polynomials
Introduction to Positive Real Functions,
Properties of Positive Real Functions,
5b.Testing of Positive Real Functions
Testing-Sturm’s Test,
Polynomials
Simple Problems on Positive real Functions
CO1 Understand the Formulation of state equations for Electrical networks {Understand
level, KL2}
CO2 Analyze Fourier series and Fourier transform of a periodic function.{ Understand
&Analyze level, KL2&KL4}
CO3 Analyze Effective value and average values of non-sinusoidal periodic waves {Analyze
level, KL4}
CO4 Analyze Response of RL, RC, RLC Networks to Step, Ramp, and impulse functions{
Analyze level, KL4}
CO5 Analyze Hurwitz polynomials and Positive Real Functions. {Apply level, KL4}
Text books:
1. Network Analysis and Synthesis – Umesh Sinha- Satya Prakashan Publications.
2. Linear System Analysis – A N Tripathi, New Age International.
Reference books:
1. Network and Systems – D Roy Chowdhary, New Age International.
2. Engineering Network Analysis and Filter Desgin- Gopal G Bhisk&Umesh.
3. Linear system anlysis by A.Cheng, Oxford publishers.
4. Signals, Systems and Communications by B.P. Lathi, BS Publications 2003.
CO-PO Mapping:
1 2
CO1 3 2 1 1
CO2 2 2 1
CO3 2 1 1 1
CO4 3 2 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO5 2 1 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS
HO2201 3 0 2 4
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Chemistry
Course objectives:The student should be able to
1. Study the types of various energy storage systems.
2. Study the principle of electro chemical energy storage system and accumulators.
3. Understand flywheel mechanism and energy storage system.
4. Know the production of hydrogen gas, its storage and generation of electricity from
hydrogen
5. study the use of super capacitors, its charging and discharging phenomenon and
energy storage.
Syllabus
No CO
Generalities On Energy Storage: (10hrs)
Energy, Power, Capacity, Depth Of Discharge, State Of Discharge, Round Trip
I CO1
Efficiency, Charge And Discharge Losses, Types Of Energy Storage Systems:
Physical And Electrical Storage( Types Only)
Electro Chemical Energy Storage:(10hrs)
Introduction, System Structure, Elementary Principle, Different Types Of
Accumulators-Accumulators With Aqueous Electrolyte: Lead–Acid Accumulator,
II CO2
Alkaline Accumulators, The Nickel-Iron , Nickel–Cadmium Accumulator, Ni-MH
Accumulator, Accumulators With Non-aqueous Electrolyte: Lithium-Metal
Accumulator, Lithium-Ion Accumulator.
Flywheel storage System:(8hrs)
III Introduction, Rotor Dynamics, Moment Of Inertia, Specific Energy, Aerodynamic CO3
Drag Of A Flywheel, Efficiency, Design Of Flywheel.
Energy Storage Based On Hydrogen:(12hrs)
Introduction, Structure Of Energy storage system, Electrolysis Of Water, Alkaline
Electrolysis, High-Temperature Steam Electrolysis.
IV CO4
Storage Of Hydrogen: Liquid Hydrogen Storage, Storage Of Hydrogen By
Compression, Formic Acid For Hydrogen Storage, Conversion From Hydrogen To
Electricity, Efficiency.
Super Capacitors:(8hrs)
Introduction, types of super capacitors, Electrodes used for super capacitors,
V Electrical parameters, Life time, Applications of super capacitors, General CO5
Characteristics, Modelling, behaviour of super capacitors, charging and
discharging of super capacitors.
List of Experiments :
1. Performance characteristics of battery storage system
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. Determination of moment of inertia of wheel

3. Performance characteristics of hydrogen fuel cell
4. Determination of capacitance of a super capacitor
5. Determination of Equivalent series resistance of a super capacitor
6. Determination of leakage current of a super capacitor
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the various forms of energy and types of energy storage system
{Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Analyzethe working of electro chemical energy storage system and various
accumulators{Analyze level, KL3}
CO3 Explain the performance of flywheel storage mechanism {Explain level, KL4}
CO4 Understand the Generation phenomenon of electricity from hydrogen gas and storage
system{Understand level, KL2}
CO5 Analyze the working of super capacitors and its performance {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Energy storage systems and components by Alfred Rufer , CRC press.
2. Electro Chemical Energy Storage for Renewable sources and Grid balancing, by Patrick
T. Mosely, Jurgen Garche, Elsevier.
Reference books:
1. Energy storage: Fundamentals, materials and applications by RobbertA Huggins,
Springer, Second Edition.
2. Supercapacitors: Materials, Systems, and Applications by Max Lu, Francois
Beguin, ElzbietaFrackowiak, Wiley VCH.
3. Super capacitors Alternative Energy Storage System by Tripati SK, Jain Amrita, Lambert
Academic publishing.
4. Engineering Energy storage by OdnestokkeBurhiem, Elsevier Academic press.
1. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/108103009/download/M9.pdf
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EakRe6ICM-Q&t=54s
3. https://energystorage.org/why-energy-storage/technologies/flywheel-energy-storage-
systems-fess/
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Supercapacitor
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flywheel_energy_storage
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1: Generalities On Energy Storage: (10hrs)

Need of energy and energy storage, Energy, Power, Capacity, Depth Of Discharge, State Of
Discharge, Round Trip Efficiency, Charge And Discharge Losses, Types Of Energy Storage
Systems: Physical And Electrical Storage( Types Only)

Need of energy and energy storage
1a. Basic Energy, Power, Capacity
Basic definitions of
definitions of
energy storage Depth Of Discharge
energy storage
State Of Discharge,
1b. Performance Performance Round Trip Efficiency
parameters & parameters & types Charge And Discharge Losses
types of Energy of Energy storage Physical energy storage systems
storage systems systems Electrical energy storage systems
Unit-2: Electro Chemical Energy Storage:(10hrs)

Introduction, System Structure, Elementary Principle, Different Types Of Accumulators-
Accumulators With Aqueous Electrolyte: Lead–Acid Accumulator, Alkaline Accumulators,
Nickel-Iron , Nickel–Cadmium Accumulator, Ni-MH Accumulator, Accumulators With Non-
aqueous Electrolyte: Lithium-Metal Accumulator, Lithium-Ion Accumulator.

Electro Chemical Energy Storage introduction
2a. Electro Principle of electro chemical energy storage
chemical energy Accumulators with aqueous electrolyte: Lead–
Electro chemical energy Acid Accumulator
storage&
storage& Accumulators
Accumulators Alkaline Accumulators
with aqueous electrolyte
with aqueous Nickel-Iron Accumulators
electrolyte Ni-MH Accumulator
Ni-MH Accumulator
Non-aqueous Electrolyte: Lithium-Metal
2b. Non-aqueous
Non-aqueous Electrolyte Accumulator
Electrolyte Lithium-Ion Accumulator.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-3: Flywheel storage System:(8hrs)

Introduction, working of flywheel, Rotor Dynamics, Moment Of Inertia, Specific Energy,
Aerodynamic Drag Of A Flywheel, Efficiency, Design Of Flywheel.

Introduction
working of flywheel
3a. Basic terms of Flywheel basic terms
Rotor Dynamics
flywheel analysis
Moment Of Inertia
Specific Energy
3b. performance Aerodynamic Drag Of A Flywheel
Performance analysis of
analysis of Efficiency
flywheel
flywheel Design Of Flywheel
Unit-4: Energy Storage Based On Hydrogen:(12hrs)
Introduction, Structure Of Energy storage system, Electrolysis Of Water, Alkaline Electrolysis,
High-Temperature Steam Electrolysis.
Storage Of Hydrogen: Liquid Hydrogen Storage, Storage Of Hydrogen By Compression, Formic
Acid For Hydrogen Storage, Conversion From Hydrogen To Electricity, Efficiency.
Introduction
4a. Production of
Structure Of Energy storage system
Hydrogen gas Production of Hydrogen
Phenomenon of Electrolysis Of Water
through gas through Electrolysis
Electrolysis Alkaline Electrolysis
High-Temperature Steam Electrolysis
Liquid Hydrogen Storage
4b. Storage of Storage Of Hydrogen By Compression
Storage of Hydrogen
Hydrogen and Formic Acid For Hydrogen Storage
and electricity
electricity
generation Conversion From Hydrogen To Electricity
generation
Efficiency.
Unit-5: Super Capacitors:(8hrs)
Introduction, types of super capacitors, Electrodes used for super capacitors, Electrical
parameters, Life time, Applications of super capacitors, General Characteristics, Modelling,
behaviour of super capacitors, charging and discharging of super capacitors.
Introduction
5a. Physical
Physical properties of types of super capacitors
properties of
super capacitors, Electrodes used for super capacitors
super capacitors,
Applications Electrical parameters, Life time
Applications
Applications of super capacitors
_____________________________________________________________________________________
General Characteristics
5b. Analysis of Analysis of super Modelling of super capacitor
super capacitor capacitor behaviour of super capacitors
charging and discharging of super capacitors
CO1 Understand the various forms of energy and types of energy storage system
CO2 Analyzethe working of electro chemical energy storage system and various
accumulators{Analyze level, KL3}
CO3 Explain the performance of flywheel storage mechanism {Explain level, KL4}
CO4 Understand the Generation phenomenon of electricity from hydrogen gas and storage
system{Understand level, KL2}
CO5 Analyze the working of super capacitors and its performance {Apply level, KL4}
CO1 Understand the working of hydro and thermal power plants {Understand level, KL2}
Text books:
1.Energy storage systems and components by Alfred Rufer , CRC press.
2.Electro Chemical Energy Storage for Renewable sources and Grid balancing, by Patrick T.
Mosely, Jurgen Garche, Elsevier.
Reference books:
1. Energy storage: Fundamentals, materials and applications by RobbertA Huggins,
Springer, Second Edition.
2. Supercapacitors: Materials, Systems, and Applications by Max Lu, Francois
Beguin, ElzbietaFrackowiak, Wiley VCH.
3. Super capacitors Alternative Energy Storage System by Tripati SK, Jain Amrita, Lambert
Academic publishing.
4. Engineering Energy storage by OdnestokkeBurhiem, Elsevier Academic press.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO Mapping::
CO1 2 1 1
CO2 1
CO3 2 2
CO4 1 2 2
CO5 2 2 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
II-Year-II Semester SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES L T P C

HO2201 MODELLING 3 0 2 4
Pre-Requisites: knowledge of basic Devices

Course objectives: This subject gives knowledge of semiconductor devices
1. The main objectives are Study the principle of operation of basic devices and physics
2. Study the principle of operation of MOSFET and classification of MOSFET
3. Compute the performance factors of CMOS
4. Know the different types of Bipolar devices and its working
5. Design the different modes of Bipolar devices
Syllabus
Unit Mapped
Content
No CO
Unit–1: Basic Devices And Physics( 15hrs)
Electrons And Holes In Silicon And Germanium -P-N Junction Diode
I CO1
:Operation, &Its Working,-MOS –Capacitor: Structure And Principle Of
Operation-High Field Effects
Unit–2: MOSFET DEVICES(15hrs)
II Long-channel MOSFETs-Short-channel MOSFETs- CMOS Device Design : CO2
MOSFET Scaling-Threshold voltage-MOSFET channel length
Unit–3: CMOS PERFORMANCE FACTORS(15hrs)
III Basic CMOS circuit elements- Parasitic elements-Sensitivity of CMOS delay CO3
to device parameters-Performance factors of advanced CMOS devices
Unit–4: BIPOLAR DEVICES(15hrs)
n-p-n Transistors-Ideal current-voltage characteristics-Characteristics of a
IV CO4
typical n-p-n transistor-Bipolar device models for circuit and time-dependent
analyses- Breakdown voltages
Unit–5: BIPOLAR DEVICE DESIGN (15hrs)
V Design of the emitter design- Design of the base region-Design of the collector CO5
design- Modern bipolar transistor structures.
List of experiments:
1. V-I Characteristics Of P-N Junction Diode in both forward &reverse bias condition
2. Study Of Characteristics Of MOSFET
3. To Study Triggering Of MOSFET
4. To Study Operation Of MOSFET Chopper Circuit
5. To Study MOSFET Based Single-Phase Series-Resonant Inverter.
6. To Study MOSFET Based Single-Phase Bridge Inverter.
7. NPN BJT Common Emitter Characteristics
_____________________________________________________________________________________
8. NPN BJT Common Base Characteristics

9. NPN BJT Common Collector Characteristics
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Understand the working of basic devices and physics{Understand
PO1, PSO2 1,3
level, KL2}
CO2 Knowthe principle of operation of MOSFET and classification of
PO1, PSO2 2,3
MOSFET{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Compute the performance factors of CMOS{Analyze level, KL4} PO1, PSO2 1,2
CO4 Knowthe different types of Bipolar devices and its
PO1, PSO2 2,3
working{Understand Level,KL2}
CO5 Design the different modes of bipoardevices.{Apply level, KL4} PO1, PSO2 1,2
Text books:
1. “Solid State Electronic Devices “,B. G. Streetman and S. Banerjee, PHI.
2. “Physics of Semiconductor Devices” S. M. Sze, , John Wiley & Sons..
3. “Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology “S. M. Sze, , John Wiley & Sons.
4. “Physics of Semiconductor Devices” Michael Shur, PHI.
Reference books:
1. “Semiconductor Devices “NanditaDasGupta and AmitavaDasGupta, , PHI.
2. “Fundamentals of Solid State Electronics” C. T. Sah, World Scientific.
3. “Advanced Theory of Semiconductor Devices”,Karl Hess, , IEEE Press.
4. “Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices “.J.Lindmayer and C. Y. Wringley, ,
Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd
e-resource:
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/267261216_Semiconductor_Device_Modeling
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Semiconductor_device_modeling
4. https://iitk.ac.in/new/ee616a
Micro-Syllabus
Unit–1:Basic Devices And Physics ( 15hrs)

Electrons And Holes In Silicon And Germanium -P-N Junction Diode :Operation, &Its
Working,-MOS –Capacitor: Structure And Principle Of Operation-High Field Effects
Electrons and holes Semiconductors/Types OfSemi Conductors
1a.
concept in Ge& Si, Semiconductors/EM Field And Transport Equations
_____________________________________________________________________________________
P-N junction diode Semi Conductors/Drift, Diffusion, Transport Model

Semiconductors/Energy Band Diagram
p-n junction diode/construction working, Nine step
device modelling
MOS capacitor/types of devices
MOS capacitor/structure
1b. MOS-Capacitor
MOS Capacitor/Modes of operation
MOS Capacitor/C-V characteristics
Unit–2: MOSFET DEVICES(15hrs)
Long-channel MOSFETs-Short-channel MOSFETs- CMOS Device Design : MOSFET Scaling-
Threshold voltage-MOSFET channel length
MOSFET/device structure, characteristics
MOSFET /Types Of MOSFET,
2a. MOSFET
Long Channel MOSFET/DC model
DC Model of bulk MOSFET
MOSFET scaling
Threshold voltage
CMOS DEVICE
2b. MOSFET channel length
DESIGN
Static dissipation
Dynamic dissipation
Unit–3: CMOS PERFORMANCE FACTORS(15hrs)
Basic CMOS circuit elements- Parasitic elements-Sensitivity of CMOS delay to device
parameters-Performance factors of advanced CMOS devices
Basic circuit elements
3a. CMOS Parasitic elements
Types of CMOS
Sensitivity of CMOS delay to device parameters
3b. CMOS Devices
Performance factors of advanced CMOS devices
Unit–4: BIPOLAR DEVICES(15hrs)
n-p-n Transistors-Ideal current-voltage characteristics-Characteristics of a typical n-p-n
transistor-Bipolar device models for circuit and time-dependent analyses- Breakdown voltages

Bipolar devices/types
4a. Bipolar Devices n-p-n transistor/ideal c-v characteristics
n-p-n transistor/typical c-v characteristics
4b. Bipolar device models Bipolar device model /time dependent analysis
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Bipolar device model/breakdown voltages

Unit–5: BIPOLAR DEVICE DESIGN (15hrs)
Design of the emitter design- Design of the base region-Design of the collector design- Modern
bipolar transistor structures
Basic bipolar devices
Different modes of operation of transistor
5a. Bipolar device design Common emitter transistor circuit design
Common base transistor circuit design
Common collector transistor circuit design
Bipolar device designing Modern bipolar devices& its structures
5b
applications Advantages of modern bipolar devices
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Understand the working of basic devices and physics{Understand
PO1, PSO2 1,3
level, KL2}
CO2 Know the principle of operation of MOSFET and classification of
PO1, PSO2 2,3
MOSFET{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Compute the performance factors of CMOS{Analyze level, KL4} PO1, PSO2 1,2
CO4 Knowthe different types of Bipolar devices and its
PO1, PSO2 2,3
working{Understand Level,KL2}
CO5 Design the different modes of bipolar devices.{Apply level, KL4} PO1, PSO2 1,2
Text books:
1. “Solid State Electronic Devices “,B. G. Streetman and S. Banerjee, PHI.
2. “Physics of Semiconductor Devices” S. M. Sze, , John Wiley & Sons..
3. “Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology “S. M. Sze, , John Wiley &
Sons.
4. “Physics of Semiconductor Devices” Michael Shur, PHI.
Reference books:
1. “Semiconductor Devices “NanditaDasGupta and AmitavaDasGupta, , PHI.
2. “Fundamentals of Solid State Electronics” C. T. Sah, World Scientific.
3. “Advanced Theory of Semiconductor Devices”,Karl Hess, , IEEE Press.
4. “Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices “.J.Lindmayer and C. Y. Wringley, ,
Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd
e-resource:
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/267261216_Semiconductor_Device_Modeli
_____________________________________________________________________________________
ng
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Semiconductor_device_modeling
4. https://iitk.ac.in/new/ee616a
CO–POs& PSOs Mapping:

PSO
CO PO Number
Number
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES
HO2201 3 0 2 4
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Basics of Solar Energy
Preamble: This course gives a flavor of renewable sources and systems to the students. It
introduces solar energy its radiation, collection, storage and its applications. This covers
generation, design, efficiency and characteristics of various renewable energy sources including
solar, wind, hydro, and biomass. Fuel cells and geothermal systems.
1. To study the solar radiation data, extraterrestrial radiation. Radiation on earth’s

surface.
2. To study solar thermal collections.
3. To study solar photo voltaic systems.
4. To study maximum power point techniques in solar pv and wind energy
5. To study wind energy conversion systems Betz coefficient systems tip speed ratio.
6. To study basic principle and working of hydro, tidal, biomass, fuel cell and
geothermal systems
Syllabus
No CO
Fundamentals of Energy Systems And Solar Energy (11
hrs)
Fundamentals of Energy Systems: Energy conversion principle, Energy
Scenario, various forms of renewable energy, solar radiation, outside earth’s
I CO1
atmosphere, earth surface, analysis of solar radiation data. (05 hrs)
Solar Energy: Geometry – radiation of tilted surface, numerical problems. Liquid
plate plate collectors, performance analysis – Transmissivity – Absorptivity
product collector efficiency factor, collector heat remove factor. (06 hrs)
Solar Thermal Systems (13
hrs) Introduction to solar Air heaters, concentrating collectors, solar pond and
solar till, Solar thermal plant, numerical problems, solar photovoltaic systems,
photovoltaic cell, module, array – construction – efficiency of solar cells,
II CO2
developing technologies cells – I- V characteristics, equivalent circuit of solar
cells, series resistance, shunt resistance, applications and systems, balance of
system components, maximum power point techniques, pertube and observe
technique, hill climbing technique.
Wind Energy (12
III CO3
hrs) Sources of wind energy – wind patterns, types of turbines, horizontal axis
_____________________________________________________________________________________
and vertical axis machines, kinetic energy of wind, Betz coefficient, tip speed
ratio, Efficiency, power output of wind turbine, selection of generators
(synchronous, induction), maximum power point tracking, wind forms, power
generators for utility grids.
Hydro And Tidal Power Systems (12
hrs) HydroPower Systems: Basic working principle, Classification of hydro
systems, large, small, micro measurement of head and flow - energy equation -
IV types of turbines , numerical problems. (06 hrs) CO4
Tidal Power Systems: Tidal power, basics, kinetic energy equation- turbines for
tidal power, numerical problems, wave power basics, kinetic energy equation,
wave power devices, linear generators. (06 hrs)
Biomass, Fuel Cells And Geothermal Systems (10
V hrs) Energy, Fuel classification – Pyrolysis- direct combustion of heat, different CO5
digesters and sizing
Application of non-conventional and renewable energy sources, Estimation of solar radiation.
List of Experiments
1. To conduct the solar retardation test.
2. To conduct its performance and analysis of solar thermal systems.
3. To draw the I-V characteristics of solar photovoltaic system.
4. To draw the equivalent circuit of solar cell.
5. To find the tip – speed – ratio of wind energy and its efficiency.
6. To write the Kinetic Energy Equation for tidal power systems.
7. To write the Kinetic Energy Equation for Hydro power systems.
8. To draw the V-I characteristics of Fuel cell.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Analyze solar radiation data, extraterrestrial radiation. radiation on earth’s
surface.{Apply level, KL4}
CO2 Design solar thermal collectors, solar thermal plants. {Evaluate level, KL5}
CO3 Design solar photo voltaic systems. {Evaluate level, KL5}
CO4 Develop maximum power point techniques in solar PV and wind energy
systems.{Understand level, KL2}
CO5 Explain wind energy conversion systems, wind generators, power generations.{Explain
level, KL3}
Learning Resources
Text books:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. “Solar Energy” Principles of thermal collections and storage, S. P. Sukhatme, and J.K.
Nayak, TMH ,New Delhi, 3nd edition.
4. “Renewable Energy Resources” Johan Twidell and Tony Weir, Taylor and Fancies 2 rd
edition, 2013.
Reference books:
3. “Renewable Energy” Edited by Godfrey, Boyle-Oxford University press 3rd edition, 2013.
4. “Renewable Energy Technologies/Ramesh and Kumar Narosa
5. “Renewable Energy Technologies” A Practical Guide For Beginners
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105051
8. https://www.tatapower.com/bussiness/renewable-energy.aspx
9. https://www.cleanlineenergy.com/technology/wind-and-solar
10. https://www. youtube.com/watch?=xokHLFE96h8
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GZKKWz_tX1c
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1:Fundamentals of Energy Systems And Solar Energy (13hrs)

Fundamentals of Energy Systems And Solar Energy: Energy conversion principle, Energy
Scenario, various forms of renewable energy ,solar radiation, outside earth’s atmosphere, earth
surface, analysis of solar radiation data, Geometry – radiation of tilted surface, numerical
problems. Liquid plate plate collectors, performance analysis – transmissivity – absorptive
product collector efficiency factor, collector heat remove factor.
Energy conversion principle
Energy Scenario
Various forms of renewable energy
Fundamentals of Solar radiation, outside earth’s atmosphere
1.Fundamentals
Energy Systems Earth surface, analysis of solar radiation data
of Energy
And Solar Geometry – radiation of tilted surface
Systems And
Energy Liquid plate plate collectors, performance analysis
Solar Energy
Transmissivity – Absorptive product collector
Efficiency factor
Collector heat remove factor
Numerical problems.
Unit-2:Solar Thermal Systems (13 hrs)
Solar Thermal Systems: Introduction to solar Air heaters, concentrating collectors, solar pond
and solar till, Solar thermal plant, numerical problems, solar photovoltaic systems, photovoltaic
cell, module, array – construction – efficiency of solar cells, developing technologies cells - I- V
characteristics, equivalent circuit of solar cells, series resistance, shunt resistance, applications
and systems, balance of system components, maximum power point, techniques, pertube and
_____________________________________________________________________________________
observe technique, hill climbing technique.

Introduction to solar Air heaters
Concentrating collectors, solar pond and solar till
Solar thermal plant (Working)
Solar photovoltaic systems, photovoltaic cell, module
2. Solar Thermal Solar Thermal Array – construction – efficiency of solar cells
Systems Systems Series resistance, shunt resistance, applications
Balance of system components
Maximum power point, techniques
Pertube and observe technique, hill climbing
technique.
Numerical problems.
Unit-3:Wind Energy (15hrs)
Wind Energy: Sources of wind energy – wind patterns, types of turbines, horizontal axis and
vertical axis machines, kinetic energy of wind, Betz coefficient, tip speed ratio, Efficiency, power
output of wind turbine, selection of generators (synchronous, induction), maximum power point
tracking, wind forms, power generators for utility grids.
Sources of wind energy
Wind patterns - wind patterns
Types of turbines
Horizontal axis and vertical axis machines
Kinetic energy of wind
3.Wind Energy Wind Energy
Betz coefficient, tip speed ratio
Efficiency, power output of wind turbine
Selection of generators (synchronous, induction)
Maximum power point tracking, wind forms
Power generators for utility grids.
Unit-4: Hydro And Tidal Power Systems (13hrs)
Hydro And Tidal Power Systems: Basic working principle, Classification of hydro systems,
large, small, micro measurement of head and flow - energy equation - types of turbines ,
numerical problems, tidal power, basics, kinetic energy equation- turbines for tidal power, wave
power basics, kinetic energy equation, wave power devices, linear generators.
4. Hydro And Hydro And Tidal
Basic working principle
Tidal Power Power Systems
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Systems Substations Classification of hydro systems, large, small, micro

Substations measurement of head and flow
Energy equation, - types of turbines

Tidal power, basics
Basics, kinetic energy equation
Turbines for tidal power
Kinetic energy equation
Turbines for tidal power, wave power basics

Kinetic energy equation, wave power devices, linear
generators
Numerical problems.
Unit 5:Biomass, Fuel Cells And Geothermal Systems (12 hrs)
Biomass, Fuel Cells And Geothermal Systems: Biomass Energy, Fuel classification –
Pyrolysis - direct combustion of heat, different digesters and sizing.
Biomass, Fuel Biomass Energy
Cells And Biomass, Fuel Cells Fuel classification
Geothermal And Geothermal Pyrolysis
Systems Systems Direct combustion of heat
Different digesters and sizing.
CO1 Understand Wind energy conversion systems, wind generators, power generation.
CO2 Explain. Basic principle and working of hydro, tidal, biomass, fuel cell and geothermal
systems. {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze Solar photovoltaic systems {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluate Maximum power point technique in solar PV and wind energy systems.
{Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 Analyze solar radiation data extraterrestrial radiation and radiation on earth’s surface.
{Apply level, KL4}
Text books:
1. “Solar Energy” Principles of thermal collections and storage, S. P. Sukhatme, and J.K.
Nayak, TMH New Delhi, 3nd edition.
2. “Renewable Energy Resources” Johan Twidell and Tony Weir, Taylor and Francis 2 rd
edition, 2013.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Reference books:
1. “Renewable Energy” Edited by Godfrey, Boyle-Oxford University press 3rd edition, 2013.
2. “Renewable Energy Technologies/Ramesh and Kumar Narosa
3. “Renewable Energy Technologies” A Practical Guide For Beginners.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3
CO2 3 1
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 3 1
CO5 3 1 1
***************************
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-I Semester L T P C
Engineering Economics and Management
3 0 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Basic Sciences and Humanities

CO 1: To understand the concept and nature of Economics and Demand and to familiarize
about the Production function, Input Output relationship, Cost-Output relationship and Break
Even Analysis.
CO 2: To understand the nature of markets and the concepts of Money and RBI functions.
CO 3: To familiarize with the process of management, principles, and to provide conceptual
knowledge on functional management that is on Human resource management and Marketing
management.
CO 4: To learn different Accounting Systems, preparation of Financial Statement and to
familiarize with the tools of project Management.
CO 5: To understand the concept of Capital, Capital Budgeting and the techniques used to
evaluate Capital Budgeting proposals.
Syllabus
No CO
Introduction to Economics and Theory of Production 13 Hrs
Introduction to Economics; Definitions, Nature, Scope, Difference between
Microeconomics & Macroeconomics –Concept of Demand, Types of Demand,
Determinants of Demand-Law of Demand -Elasticity of Demand, Types of Elasticity of
I Demand. CO1
Theory of production; production function, Law of variable proportions & law of
returns to scale, Cost; meaning, short run & long run cost, fixed cost, variable cost, total
cost, average cost, marginal cost, opportunity cost. Break even analysis; meaning,
explanation, simple problems.
Introduction to Markets and Money 12 Hrs
Markets: meaning, types of markets & their characteristics (Perfect Competition,
Monopoly, Monopolistic Completion, Oligopoly). National Income, GNP, GDP, NNP,
II NDP, Personal income and GST (Goods & Service Tax). CO2
Money: meaning, functions, types, Monetary policy- meaning, objectives, tools, fiscal
policy-meaning, objectives, tools, Banking; meaning, types, functions, Central Bank-
RBI; its functions, concepts; CRR, bank rate, repo rate, reverse repo rate, SLR.
Introduction to Management 12 Hrs
Concept –nature and importance of Management Functions of Management, Principles
III of Management. CO3
Human Resource Management: Meaning and difference between Personnel
Management and Human Resource Management, Functions of Human Resource
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Management.
Marketing Management: Functions of Marketing - Marketing strategies based on
product Life Cycle, Channels of distributions.
Introduction to Accounting & Project Management 15 Hrs
Introduction to Double Entry System, Journal, Ledger, Trail Balance and Preparation of
Final Accounts with adjustments – Preparation of Financial Statements.
IV CO4
Project Management: (PERT/CPM): Development of Network – Difference between
PERT and CPM Identifying Critical Path (Simple Problems).
Capital and Capital Budgeting: 12 Hrs
Capital Budgeting: Meaning of Capital-Capitalization-Meaning of Capital Budgeting-
Time value of money- Methods of appraising Project profitability: Traditional Methods
V CO5
(payback period, accounting rate of return) and modern methods (Discounted cash flow
method, Net Present Value method, Internal Rate of Return Method and Profitability
Index).
Introduction to Managerial Economics and demand Analysis: Managerial Economics, Nature &
Scope, Demand forecasting for new products, Concept of supply.
Theory of Production and Cost Analysis: Production Process, Types of production, ISO- Quants,
ISO Costs.
Introduction to Markets and Money: Price Output determination, Pricing Methods and Stock Market
and inflation influence on industry.
Introduction to Management: Evolution of Management thought, theories of Motivation, Leadership
styles.
Project Management: Brief about Project crashing.
Course Outcomes
CO1 The Learner is equipped with the knowledge of estimating the Demand and demand
elasticity’s for a product and Input-Output-Cost relationships.
CO2 The Learner is also ready to understand the nature of different markets and also to have the
knowledge of Money & Banking.
CO3 The Learner will acquire the knowledge on management, HRM and Marketing.
CO4 The Learner will acquire the knowledge to prepare Financial Statements and the techniques of
project management.
CO5 The Learner can able to evaluate various investment project proposals with the help of capital
budgeting techniques for decision making.
Learning Resources
Text books:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Dr. A. R. Aryasri – Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, TMH 2018, 2e.
2. Dr. N. Appa Rao, Dr. P. Vijay Kumar: ‘Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis’,
Cengage Publications, New Delhi – 2012.
3. Management Science, Aryasri, Tata McGraw Hill, 2014.
4. Dr. P. Vijaya Kumar & Dr. N. Appa Rao, ‘Introduction to Management Science’ Cengage,
Delhi, 2012.
5. Engineering Economy and Management 1 Edition Pravin Kumar – Wiley Publication.
6. Engineering Economics & Management- Dr. Vilas Kulkarni & HardikBavishi - Vikas
Publishing.
Reference books:
1. R. L Varshney, K.L. Maheshwari : Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand&Sons 2014,22e.
2. Suma Damodaran : Managerial Economics, Oxford 2010,2e.
3. Ambrish Gupta: ‘Financial Accounting for Management’, Pearson 2015,5e.
4. Dr. S.N. Maheswari: Financial Accounting, Vikas Publications 2018.
5. S. A. Siddiqui & A. S. Siddiqui: Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, New Age
International Publishers, 2017.
6. Principles of Marketing: A South Asian Perspective, Kotler Philip, Gary Armstrong, Prafulla Y.
Agnihotri, and Eshan ul Haque , 17th Edition, Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India, 2018.
7. Human Resource Management: Gary Dessler, 14th Edition, pearson 2015.
8. Project Planning and Control with PERT and CPM: Dr. B. C. Punmia, K. K Khandelwal, Laxmi
Publication, 2017, 4th Edition.
1. www.managementstudyguide.com
3. www.lecturenotes.in
Micro-Syllabus: Engineering Economics and Management
UNIT – I Introduction to Economics and Theory of Production 13 Hrs
Introduction to Economics; Definitions, Nature, Scope, Difference between Microeconomics &
Macroeconomics –Concept of Demand, Types of Demand, Determinants of Demand-Law of Demand
-Elasticity of Demand, Types of Elasticity of Demand.
Theory of production; production function, Law of variable proportions & law of returns to scale,
Cost; meaning, short run & long run cost, fixed cost, variable cost, total cost, average cost, marginal
cost, opportunity cost. Break even analysis; meaning, explanation, simple problems.
Unit Module Micro Content
Economics, Definitions of Economics
Micro economics, Macro economics
Scope of Micro & Macro Economics
Concept of Economics
Unit I Difference Between Micro & Macro Economics
Meaning & Definitions of Managerial
Economics
Basic Economic tools of Managerial Opportunity cost Principle
_____________________________________________________________________________________
economics
What is Demand, Demand Analysis &
Concept of Demand
Objectives
Demand distinctions, Demand function
Types of Demand
Factors determining demand
Individual demand schedule, Market demand
Demand Schedule
schedule
Demand Curve Individual demand curve, Market demand curve
Assumption of law of demand, Change in
Law of Demand demand, Exceptions of law of demand, why
does demand curve slope downwards.
Meaning of elasticity of demand, types of Price
and income elasticity of demand, factors
Elasticity of Demand, Types of
effecting elasticity of demand, measurements of
Elasticity of Demand & Measurement
elasticity of demand, significance of elasticity
of demand
Production function, Production process,
Theory of Production
importance of production, assumptions
Laws of Returns to scale Schedule and graph
Types of costs, cost & output relationship in
Cost Analysis
short run and long run
Uses, limitations of Break even analysis, Key
terminology in Break analysis, Simple problems
Break even Analysis
on BEP, graphical representation of Break even
analysis.
UNIT - II Introduction to Markets and Money: 12 Hrs
Markets: meaning, types of markets & their characteristics (Perfect Competition, Monopoly,
Monopolistic Completion, Oligopoly).National Income, GNP, GDP, NNP, NDP, Personal income and
GST (Goods & Service Tax).
Money: meaning, functions, types, Monetary policy- meaning, objectives, tools, fiscal policy-
meaning, objectives, tools, Banking; meaning, types, functions, Central Bank- RBI; its functions,
concepts; CRR, bank rate, repo rate, reverse repo rate, SLR.
Market Structures Meaning, definitions, types of market
Perfect Competition Features
Monopoly Features
Monopolistic competition Features
Unit II Oligopoly features
National income, ,GNP, GDP, NNP, NDP,
Macro Economics
Personal Income and GST
Functions, types
Money
Monetary Policy
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Fiscal Policy
Banking Types, Functions
RBI Concept and functions
CRR, bank rate, repo rate, reverse repo rate,
Bank Rates
SLR
UNIT – III Introduction to Management: 12 Hrs
Concept –nature and importance of Management Functions of Management, Principles of
Management.
Human Resource Management: Meaning and difference between Personnel Management and Human
Resource Management, Functions of Human Resource Management.
Marketing Management: Functions of Marketing - Marketing strategies based on product Life Cycle,
Channels of distributions.
Management Concepts, functions, Principles
Concepts of HRM, Personnel Management
HRM Diff B/w HRM & PM
Function of HRM
Concepts of Marketing
Unit III
Functions of Marketing
Product Life Cycle
Marketing Management
Marketing strategies based on product Life
Cycle
Channels of distributions.
UNIT – IV Introduction to Accounting & Project Management 15 Hrs
Introduction to Double Entry System, Journal, Ledger, Trail Balance and Preparation of Final
Accounts with adjustments – Preparation of Financial Statements.
Project Management: (PERT/CPM): Development of Network – Difference between PERT and CPM
Identifying Critical Path (Simple Problems).
Meaning, definitions, objectives & significance,
Financial Accounting
users of accounting, accounting cycle, GAAP.
Single and double entry book keeping, types of
Book Keeping
Accounting
Features, Pro-forma, Advantages &
Journal Limitations, preparation of journal entries,
simple problems
Unit IV
ledger Limitations, preparation of ledger, simple
problems.
Trial Balance Limitations, preparation of Trial balance,
simple problems.
Final accounts Trading account- Pro-forma, Simple problems
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Profit & Loss account- Pro-forma, Simple

problems
Preparation of balance sheet with simple
adjustments
Net work Analysis –Simple Problems
PERT – Simple Problems
Project Management
CPM – Simple Problems
Diff B/w PERT & CPM
UNIT - V Capital and Capital Budgeting 12 Hrs
Capital Budgeting: Meaning of Capital-Capitalization-Meaning of Capital Budgeting-Time value of
money- Methods of appraising Project profitability: Traditional Methods (payback period, accounting
rate of return) and modern methods (Discounted cash flow method, Net Present Value method,
Internal Rate of Return Method and Profitability Index).
What is capital, need of capital types of capital
Capital
Types of fixed capital, types of working capital
Meaning, Nature & scope of capital budgeting
Capital Budgeting Capital budgeting procedure, capital budgeting
decisions, method of capital budgeting.
Meaning, formula, advantages & disadvantages,
Payback period
simple problems
Unit V Meaning, formula, advantages & disadvantages,
Accounting rate of return(ARR)
simple problems
Net present value (NPV)
simple problems
Profitability index (PI)
simple problems
Internal rate of return (IRR)
simple problems
CO-PO mapping Table
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO 1 1 1 - - - - 1 - 1 1 2 -
CO 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 - 1 - 2 -
CO 3 - - - - - 1 1 1 1 1 2 -
CO 4 1 2 - 3 - - 1 - 1 2 2 -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Power Systems-II
3 0 0 3
PRE-Requisites. Electrical circuit Analysis

ii. Power Systems-I
Course objectives: The students should be able to
1 To study the short, medium and long length transmission lines, their models and
performance.
2 To study the effect of travelling waves on transmission lines.
3 To study the factors affecting the performance of transmission lines and power factor
improvement methods.
4 To discuss sag and tension computation of transmission lines as well as to study the
performance of overhead insulators.
5 To discuss computation of Zbus and Ybus of power system
Syllabus
No CO
Performance of Transmission Lines
Classification of Transmission Lines – Short, medium, long line and their model
representations –Nominal-T–Nominal-Pie and A, B, C, D Constants for symmetrical and
Asymmetrical Networks– Numerical Problems– Mathematical Solutions to estimate
regulation and efficiency of all types of lines – Numerical Problems.
I CO1
Performance of Long Transmission Lines–Rigorous Solution – Evaluation of A,B,C,D
Constants– Interpretation of the Long Line Equations, regulation and efficiency–
Representation of Long Lines – Equivalent-T and Equivalent Pie network models
(Numerical Problems).
(10 hrs)
Travelling waves
Incident, Reflected and Refracted Waves –Surge Impedance and SIL of Long Lines–
Wavelength and Velocity of Propagation of Waves
Power system Transients
II CO2
Types of System Transients – Travelling or Propagation of Surges – Attenuation–
Distortion– Reflection and Refraction Coefficients – Termination of lines with different
types of conditions – Open Circuited Line–Short Circuited Line – T-Junction– Lumped
Reactive Junctions. (10 hrs)
Various Factors governing the Performance of Transmission line
Skin and Proximity effects – Description and effect on Resistance of Solid Conductors –
III Ferranti effect – Charging Current –Shunt Compensation –Corona – Description of the CO3
phenomenon–Factors affecting corona–Critical voltages and power loss – Radio
Interference. (12 hrs)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Sag and Tension Calculations and Overhead Line Insulators

Sag and Tension calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers–Effect of Wind
and Ice on weight of Conductor–Numerical Problems – Stringing chart and sag template
IV CO4
and its applications–Types of Insulators – String efficiency and Methods for
improvement– Numerical Problems – Voltage distribution–Calculation of string
efficiency–Capacitance grading and Static Shielding. (10 hrs)
Bus Admittance Matrix & Bus Impedance Matrix
Bus Admittance Matrix (Ybus ):
Per Unit systems, Single line diagram, Impedance diagram of a power system, Primitive
network representation, Formation of Ybus matrix by direct inspection
V CO5
method. Numerical Problems.
Bus Impedance Matrix (Zbus ):
Formation of Zbus matrix by building algorithm, Modification of Zbus for the changes in
network, Numerical Problems ( 3 bus system only). (12 hrs)
 Importance of Slack bus, PQ bus and PV bus.
 Transients in transmission lines
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand about the performance of various transmission systems{Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Understandabout Travelling waves and transients in power transmission systems {Understand
level, KL2}
CO3 Analyze various factors related to charged transmission lines {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Understandsag/tension of transmission lines and performance of line insulators{Understand
level, KL2}
CO5 Analyze about calculation of Ybus and Zbus matrices {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Textbooks:
1. Electrical power systems – by C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 1998.
2. Modern Power System Analysis by I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition.
Reference books:
1. Power system Analysis–by John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC Companies, 4thedition
2. Power System Analysis and Design by B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publishing.
3. A Text Book on Power System Engineering by M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta,
U.S.BhatnagarA.Chakrabarthy, DhanpatRai& Co Pvt. Ltd.
4. Electrical Power Systems by P.S.R. Murthy, B.S.Publications.
2. https://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1424265031.pdf
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. https://www.academia.edu/6923342/LECTURE_NOTES_COURSE_POWER_SYSTEMS_II
4. https://www.powertransmission.com/articles/1702
5. https://www.powertransmissionworld.com/
Micro-Syllabus- Power Systems-II
Unit – 1: Performance of Transmission Lines
Classification of Transmission Lines – Short, medium, long line and their model representations –
Nominal-T–Nominal-Pie and A, B, C, D Constants for symmetrical and Asymmetrical Networks–
Numerical Problems– Rigorous Solution (for long transmission lines) –Interpretation of the Long
Line Equations- Mathematical Solutions to estimate regulation and efficiency of all types of lines –
Numerical Problems. (12 Hrs)
Classification of transmission lines
Representation of transmission lines
Nominal-T, Nominal pie representations of medium
Performance of Short, Medium and
and long transmission lines
Transmission Long transmission
Regulation, efficiency and ABCD constants of short,
lines lines
medium and long transmission line
Rigorous solution for long transmission line
Numerical problems
Unit-2:
Travelling waves
Incident, Reflected and Refracted Waves –Surge Impedance and SIL of Long Lines–Wave Length
and Velocity of Propagation of Waves (5 Hrs)
Power system Transients
Types of System Transients – Travelling or Propagation of Surges – Attenuation–Distortion–
Reflection and Refraction Coefficients – Termination of lines with different types of conditions –
Open Circuited Line–Short Circuited Line – T-Junction– Lumped Reactive Junctions. (5 Hrs)
Incident, Reflected and Refracted voltage and
current waves coefficients
2 (a) Travelling Travelling waves
Surge Impedance Loading
waves
Wavelength and velocity of propagation of waves
Numerical problems
Types of system transients
Travelling or Propagation of surges
Attenuation–Distortion Reflection and Refraction
2(b) Power
Power System transients Coefficients (elementary treatment only)
System transients
Termination of lines with different types of
conditions
 Open circuit
_____________________________________________________________________________________
 Short circuit
 T junction
 Lumped reactive junctions
 Mathematical calculation
 Numerical problems
Unit-3: Various Factors governing the Performance of Transmission line
Skin and Proximity effects – Description and effect on Resistance of Solid Conductors – Ferranti
effect – Charging Current –Shunt Compensation –Corona – Description of the phenomenon–Factors
affecting corona–Critical voltages and power loss – Radio Interference. (12 hrs)
Skin and Proximity effect
 Description and effect on Resistance of
Solid Conductors
Ferranti effect
 Charging current
Various Factors Various Factors
 shunt compensation
governing the governing the
Performance of Performance of
Corona
Transmission line Transmission line
 Description of the phenomenon
 Factors affecting corona
 Critical voltages and power loss
 Radio Interference
Unit-4:Sag and Tension Calculations and Overhead Line Insulators
Sag and Tension calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers–Effect of Wind and Ice on
weight of Conductor–Numerical Problems – Stringing chart and sag template and its applications–
Types of Insulators – String efficiency and Methods for improvement– Numerical Problems –
Voltage distribution–Calculation of string efficiency–Capacitance grading and Static Shielding.
(12 Hrs)
Sag and tension calculations
 Definition of Sag and Tension of
transmission line
 Sag and Tension calculations with equal
4 (a) Sag and
Sag and Tension and unequal heights of towers
Tension
calculations  Effect of Wind and Ice on weight of
calculations
Conductor
 Numerical Problems
 Stringing chart and sag template and its
applications (Basic idea)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Insulators
 Definition and various types
 String efficiency
4 (b) Insulators Insulators  Voltage distributions
 Methods for improving string efficiency
 Capacitance grading and static shielding
Unit-5: Bus Admittance Matrix & Bus Impedance Matrix
Bus Admittance Matrix (Ybus ):
Per Unit quantities, Single line diagram, Impedance diagram of a power system, Primitive network
representation, Formation of Ybus matrix by direct inspection method. Numerical Problems.
Bus Impedance Matrix (Zbus ):
Formation of Zbus matrix by building algorithm, Modification of Zbus for the changes in
network, Numerical Problems ( 3 bus system)
Bus admittance matrix
 Per unit quantities
 Single line diagram
5(a) Bus
Bus Admittance Matrix  Impedance diagram of power system
Admittance
(Ybus )  Primitive network representation
matrix
 Formation of Ybus matrix by direct
inspection method.
 Numerical Problems.
Bus Impedance Matrix (Zbus )
 Formation of Zbus matrix by building
5(b) Bus
Bus Impedance Matrix algorithm
Impedance Matri
(Zbus )  Modification of Zbus for the changes in
x (Zbus )
network
 Numerical Problems ( upto 3 bus system)
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 2
CO2 2 1
CO3 2 1
CO4 2 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-I Semester ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS & L T P C

INSTRUMENTATION 3 0 0 3

1. Study the principle of operation and working of different types of instruments for
measurement of electrical quantities.
2. Study the working principle of operation of different types of instruments for
measurement of power and power factor, energy and frequency.
3. Understand the principle of operation and working of various types of bridges for
measurement of parameters –resistance, inductance, capacitance and frequency.
4. Know the principle of operation and working of transducers.
5. Study the principle of operation and working of DVMs, DMM and other digital
instruments
Syllabus
No CO
Measuring Instruments & Instrument Transformers: (12 hrs)Error analysis;
Classification – Deflecting, Controlling and Damping torques – PMMC, MI,
I Electrodynamometer type instruments – Expression for torque. Extension of ranges CO1
using Shunts and Multipliers-numerical problems. Instrument transformers: C.T & P.T:
Principle of operation and working.
Measurement of Power, Power factor & frequency: (15 hrs)
Single phase and three phase dynamometer wattmeter: LPF and UPF; Expression for
deflecting and control torques; Measurement of active and reactive powers in balanced and
unbalanced systems-Numerical problems. (09 hrs)
II CO2
Type of P.F. Meters – Single phase and three phase dynamometer and moving iron type
(Elementary treatment only) (02 hrs)
Electrical resonance type frequency meter and Weston typesynchroscope, Phase sequence
indicator (Elementary treatment only) (04 hrs)
Potentiometers & Bridges (12 hrs)
Potentiometers: Principle and operation of D.C. Crompton’s potentiometer –
Standardization – Measurement of unknown resistance – Current – Voltage. AC
Potentiometers: polar and coordinate types – Standardization (Elementary treatment
III only). (06 hrs) CO3
Bridges: Kelvin's double bridge, Wheat stone’s bridge, Measurement of high resistance
by loss of charge methods – Megger; Measurement of Inductance & Capacitance:
Maxwell' bridge, Anderson's bridge, Hays bridge, Wien's bridge, Schering's bridge,
Wagner’s earth device. (06 hrs)
IV Transducers (12 hrs) CO4
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Transducers: Q-meters, Definition and Classification of Resistive, Inductive and

Capacitive Transducer, LVDT, Strain Gauge,Thermistors, Thermocouples, Piezo electric
and Photo Diode Transducers, measurement of non-electrical quantities – Pressure-
Angular velocity- liquid level.
Digital Meters: (10 hrs)
Advantages of Digital meters, Principle of operation of Ramp, dual–Slope integration
V CO5
continuous balance type DVM’s - Successive approximation DVM’s, digital multi-
meters, digital phase & frequency meters and digital tachometer.
Content Beyond the syllabus: NIL
Course Outcomes
CO1 Choose suitable instrument for measurement of ac and dc Electrical quantities. {Understand level,
KL2}
CO2 Understand the concepts used in measurement of power, power factor, and frequency & know the
application of synchroscope and sequence indicators. {Understand level, KL2}
CO3 Select suitable bridge for measurement of electrical parameters. {Apply level, KL3}
CO4 Acquire proper knowledge to use various types of Transducers and able to measure various non-
electric quantities. {Apply level, KL3}
CO5 Acquire proper knowledge and working principle of various types of digital instruments.
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instruments by A.K.Sawhney, Dhanpat Rai & Co 17th
edition 2000.
2. Electronic Instrumentation by H S Kalsi, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2004.
3. Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments - by E.W. Golding and F.C. Widdis, 5th
Edition, Wheeler Publishing, 1999.
Reference books:
1. Electrical and Electronic Measurements and instrumentation by R.K.Rajput, S.Chand
2. Electrical Measurements by Harris John Wiley.
3. Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications – by Reissland, M.U, New Age
International (P) Limited, Publishers.
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM2/noc19-ee44
2. http://www.facstaff.bucknell.edu/mastascu/elessonshtml/Measurements/MeasIntro.htm
3. http://www.electrical4u.com/electrical-measuring-instruments-types-accuracy-precision-
resolutionspeed/
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Micro-Syllabus- ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION

Measuring Instruments & Instrument Transformers: (12 hrs)
Error analysis; Classification – Deflecting, Controlling and Damping torques – PMMC, MI,
Electrodynamometer type instruments – Expression for torque. Extension of ranges using Shunts
and Multipliers-numerical problems. Instrument transformers: C.T & P.T: Principle of operation
and working.
Error analysis: Definitions of true value, static error,
accuracy, precision, sensitivity, linearity, hysteresis,
Error analysis threshold, dead time, dead zone, limiting errors,
relative limiting errors, simple problems on limiting
(A) errors only
Measuring Classification of instruments
Classification, Torques
Instruments Deflecting, Controlling and damping torques
PMMC, MI, ED, ES type PMMC instruments: Torque equation, merits &
instruments, Expression demerits
for torque MI instruments: Torque equation, merits & demerits
ED instruments: torque equation, merits & demerits
Extension of ranges using Extension of range of PMMC and MI instruments
Shunts and Multipliers- Simple Numerical problems on extension of range of
numerical problems instruments
Use of Instrument transformers, ratios of instrument
(B)
transformers, burden
Range Instrument transformers: CT: Principle of operation and working, effect of CT
extension & C.T & P.T
secondary open circuit
Instrument
transformer PT: Principle of operation and working
Measurement of Power, Power factor & Frequency: (15 hrs)
Single phase and three phase dynamometer wattmeter: LPF and UPF; Expression fordeflecting and
control torques; Measurement of active and reactive powers in balanced and unbalancedsystems-
Numerical problems. (09 hrs)
Type of P.F. Meters – Single phase and three phase dynamometer and moving irontype (Elementary
treatment only) (02 hrs)
Electrical resonance type frequency meter and Weston typesynchroscope, Phase sequence indicator
(Elementary treatment only) (04 hrs)
Power in DC & AC circuits
(A) Electrodynamometer type wattmeter construction,
Measurement Measurement of Power and theory, shape of scale
of Power, Power factor Errors in ED type wattmeter’s and compensation
Power factor
LPF wattmeter
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Power measurement in polyphase circuits

Power in Polyphase circuits Measurement of Reactive power and simple
numerical problems on power measurement
Principle of operation of ED & MI power factor
Power factor meters
meter (Elementary treatment only)
(B) Frequency meters,
Measurement synchroscope, phase Electrical resonance type frequency meter
of Frequency sequence indicators Weston type synchroscope
& phase Applications Phase sequence indicators: static and rotating
sequence (elementary treatment only)
Potentiometers & Bridges (12 hrs)
Potentiometers: Principle and operation of D.C. Crompton’s potentiometer – Standardization –
Measurement of unknown resistance – Current – Voltage. AC Potentiometers: polar and coordinate
types – Standardization (Elementary treatment only). (06 hrs)
Bridges: Kelvin's double bridge, Wheat stone’s bridge,Measurement of high resistance by loss of
charge methods – Megger; Measurement of Inductance & Capacitance: Maxwell' bridge,
Anderson's bridge, Hays bridge, Wien's bridge, Schering's bridge, Wagner’s earth device. (06 hrs)
Basic potentiometer circuit, Laboratory type
DC Potentiometer Crompton’s potentiometer, multi range potentiometer,
(A) standardization procedure
Potentiometers
Applications of Measurement of resistance, Current, voltage, power
potentiometer using potentiometer, Volt ratio box
Polar type potentiometer (elementary treatment only)
AC potentiometers Coordinate type potentiometer (elementary treatment
only)
Low resistance: Kelvin’s double bridge
Measurement of Medium resistance: whetstones bridge
resistance High resistance: Loss of charge method, Megger and
simple problems on measurement of high resistance
(B)
General form & equation for bridge balance, detectors
Bridges
Measurement of for AC bridges
Inductance Maxwell’s bridge, Hays bridge, Andersons bridge and
simple problems
Measurement of De Sauty’s bridge, Schering bridge, Wien's bridge,
capacitance Wagner’s earth device and simple problems
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Transducers (12 hrs)

Transducers: Q-meters, Definition and Classification of Resistive, Inductive and Capacitive
Transducer, LVDT, Strain Gauge,Thermistors, Thermocouples, Piezo electric and Photo Diode
Transducers, measurement of non-electrical quantities – Pressure- Angular velocity- liquid level.
Q-meters Principle and operation of LCR Q-meters
Definitions, Transducers, electrical transducers, advantages
Classification of Classification based principle of transduction, primary
Transducers and secondary; Active & Passive
Construction, Resistance-Temperature characteristics
Thermistors
(A) & application to measurement of temperature
Transducers Construction, application to measurement of
Thermocouples
temperature, advantages and disadvantages
Construction, principle of operation, application to
LVDT measurement of displacement, advantages and
disadvantages
Theory, gauge factor, gauge sensitivity, strain
Strain gauge
measurement on cantilever beam
Piezo electric Theory, working, applications of Piezo electric
transducer & Photo materials
diode transducer Semi-conductor photo diode theory and applications
(B)
Transducers Pressure ((inductive, Capacitive methods),
Measurement of
angular velocity (AC and DC Tachometer),
non-electrical
Liquid level (Capacitive, Float type and ultrasonic
quantities
method)
Digital Meters: (10 hrs)
Advantages of Digital meters, Principle of operation of Ramp, dual–Slope integration continuous
balance type DVM’s - Successive approximation DVM’s, digital multi-meters, digital phase &
frequency meters and digital tachometer.
(A) Digital meters Block diagram, Merits & demerits
Voltmeters Principle and operation of Ramp type DVM
Principle and operation of Dual slope type DVM
Digital voltmeters
Principle and operation of integrating type DVM
Principle and operation of successive approximation
type DVM
(B) Digital Multimeters Principle and operation of DMM
DMM, DFM Digital phase & Principle and operation of digital phase meter
_____________________________________________________________________________________
frequency meter, Principle and operation of frequency meter

tachometer Principle and operation of tachometer
CO-PO mapping Table

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes & Strength of
correlations (High: 3, Medium: 2, Low: 1)
CO1 3 3 1
CO2 3 3 1
CO3 3 2
CO4 2 1
CO5 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Power Electronics
3 0 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES: 1. Basic Circuit Analysis

2. Basics of Electronics
3. Concepts of Integrations
Preamble: It is very common to use power converters in all the systems of engineering. So it is
compulsory for the students to imbibe the concepts of power electronics. This course covers
characteristics of semiconductor devices, AC-DC, DC-DC, AC-AC and DC-AC converters.
11. To study the characteristics of various power semiconductor devices and to design firing
circuits for SCR.
12. To understand the operation of single phase full–wave converters and analyse harmonics
in the input current.
13. To study the operation of three phase full–wave converters.
14. To understand the operation of choppers and AC-AC converters.
15. To understand the operation of inverters and application of PWM techniques for voltage
control and harmonic mitigation.
Syllabus
No CO
Power Semi-Conductor Devices (12 hrs)
Static Characteristics of power MOSFET and power IGBT, Silicon controlled
rectifier (SCR): Basic theory of operation of SCR–Static characteristics–Dynamic
I CO1
characteristics of SCR - Turn on and turn off methods– Firing circuits of SCR-
Snubber circuit design, Single phase diode bridge rectifier.
Single-Phase AC-DC Converters (12 hrs)

Half wave controlled converter, Full wave controlled converters: Half controlled
bridge converter with R and RL loads–continuous and discontinuous conduction,
II CO2
Fully controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads–continuous and
discontinuous conduction, Effect of source inductance in fully controlled bridge
rectifier with continuous conduction.
Three-Phase AC-DC Converters (12 hrs)
Three-phaseHalf controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads: continuous and
III discontinuous conduction, Three-phaseFully controlled bridge converter with R and CO3
RL loads: continuous and discontinuous conduction, 3-phase semi controlled
rectifier with R and RL load, Three-phase Dual converter.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DC–DC Converters (12 hrs)

Introduction to Choppers, Classifications of Choppers, Analysis of Buck, Boost and
Buck-Boost converters in Continuous Conduction Mode only. (05 hrs)
IV CO4
AC – AC Regulators.
Integral cycle control, Single phase-controlled AC voltage controller with R and RL
loads , Single phase bridge Cycloconverters with R-load only. (07 hrs)
DC–AC Converters (12 hrs)
Single- phase full bridge inverters with R and RL loads, Unipolar and Bipolar
V switching, 3-phase inverters: 1200 and 1800 conduction modes, PWM Inverters, CO5
Sinusoidal pulse width modulation method, Current Source Inverter (CSI).
Real time applications: UPS operation.
Power diode, Series and parallel operation of SCR’s, Three phase uncontrolled Rectifiers, Series
inverter.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Design firing circuits for SCR. {Apply level, KL4}
CO2 Evaluate the performance of converters and can suggest the converter required for DC
drives. {Evaluate level, KL5}
CO3 Analyze the source current harmonics. {Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Understand the operation of different types of DC-DC converters{Understand level,
KL2}
CO5 Explain the operation of inverters and application of PWM techniques for voltage control
and harmonic mitigation. {Explain level, KL3}
Learning Resources
Text books:
5. “Power Electronics” M.D.Singh, K B Khanchandani, 2 nd edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
publishers,2007.
6. “Power Electronics” P.S.Bhimbra, 3rd edition, Khanna Publishers, 2002.
7. “Power Electronics” Daniel W.Hart, 1st edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill publishers,2011.
Reference books:
6. “Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications” M. Harnur Rashid, 3rd edition,
Pearson, 2009.
7. “Power Electronics: converters, applications & design” Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, W.P.
Riobbins 3rd edition,Wiley India Pvt. Ltd,2009.
8. “Thyristorised Power Controllers” G. K. Dubey, S.R.Doradla, A.Joshi, R. M. K.Sinha, 1st
edition, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 1996
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/power-electronics
3. https://www.classcentral.com/course/powerelectronics-716
4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-334-power-
electronics-spring-2007/lecture-notes/
Micro-Syllabus: Power Electronics
Unit-1:Power Semi-Conductor Devices (12 hrs)
Static Characteristics of power MOSFET and power IGBT, Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR): Basic
theory of operation of SCR–Static characteristics–Dynamic characteristics of SCR - Turn on and
turn off methods– Firing circuits of SCR-Snubber circuit design, Single phase diode bridge rectifier.
Basics of converter topologies
1.a
Operation modes of Device symbols and I-V characteristics (Ideal)
static
Devices, Static V-I Power MOSFET operation
Characteristics of
Characteristics, SCR Power IGBT operation
MOSFET, IGBT
Operation Operation of SCR–Static characteristics, Dynamic
& SCR
characteristics of SCR, Two transistor analogy
1.b Turn on mechanisms of SCR
Turn ON and Turn R,RC& UJT firing circuits
SCR Switching
OFF methods,
Characteristics Class A,B,C.D,E & F commutation methods
Protection of SCR
and Protection Snubber circuit design
Unit-2: Single-Phase AC-DC Converters (12 hrs)

Half wave-controlled converter, Full wave controlled converters: Half controlled bridge converter
with R and RL loads–continuous and discontinuous conduction, Fully controlled bridge converter
with R and RL loads–continuous and discontinuous conduction, Effect of source inductance in fully
controlled bridge rectifier with continuous conduction.

Half wave controlled converter with R,RL loads
Freewheeling diode concept
3.a One quadrant Half wave controlled Centre tapped configuration
converters converter Bridge configuration
Discontinuous conduction mode and continuous
conduction modes
3.b Half controlled converter with R and RL loads

Full wave controlled
Two quadrant Difference between semi and full converters
converters,Effect of
converters
source inductance Concept overlap angle and it’s impact on rectifier
output voltage
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-3: Three-Phase AC-DC Converters (12 hrs)

Three-phaseHalf controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads: continuous and discontinuous
conduction, Three-phaseFully controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads: continuous and
discontinuous conduction, 3-phase semi controlled rectifier with R and RL load, Three-phase Dual
converter.
Half wave uncontrolled converter
5.a
Three pulse converter, Half wave-controlled converter
Three phase
six pulse converter Full bridge converter
rectifiers
Half bridge converters
5.b. Circulating current mode
Four quadrant 1-phase Dual converter
converter Non-Circulating current mode
Unit-4: DC–DC Converters (12 hrs)
Introduction to Choppers, Classifications of Choppers, Analysis of Buck, Boost and Buck-Boost
converters in Continuous Conduction Mode only. (05 hrs)
AC – AC Regulators.
Integral cycle control, Single phase-controlled AC voltage controller with R and RL loads , Single
phase bridge Cycloconverters with R-load only. (07 hrs)
Control strategies of chopper
7.a Choppers introduction & classifications
DC–DC Basic step down chopper Operation
Choppers Operation
Converters Buck converter analysis in CCM
Boost converter analysis in CCM
Buck-Boost converter analysis in CCM
7.b Integral cycle control Strategy
Operations of AC
AC – AC Phase angle control Strategy
Voltage controller,
Converters Single-Phase Cyclo converter operation with R-
Cyclo Converter
Load
Unit-5: DC–AC Converters (12 hrs)

Single- Phase full bridge inverters with R and RL loads, Unipolar and Bipolar switching, 3-phase
inverters: 1200 and 1800 conduction modes, Sinusoidal pulse width modulation method, Current
Source Inverter (CSI).Real time applications: UPS operation.

9.a Introduction and classification of inverters
Single phase VSI,
Operation of VSI full bridge inverter with R and RL loads
Three phase VSI
1800 conduction mode of operation
_____________________________________________________________________________________
1200 conduction mode of operation

Introduction to PWM
9.b Single Pulse PWM and Fourier series of Output
Pulse width modulation
Operation of voltage
methods, CSI operation
PWM & CSI Single- Phase Sinusoidal PWM Inverter operation
Operation of CSI
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-I Semester Object Oriented Programming through JAVA L T P C

(Open Elective ) 2 0 2 3
PRE-Requisites C language and object oriented concepts knowledge

Course objectives: The students should be able to
1. To understand object-oriented programming concepts, and apply them in
solving problems.
2. To make the students to learn the principles of inheritance and polymorphism;
and to demonstrate how they relate to the design of abstract classes; to
introduce the implementation of packages and interfaces.
3. To make the students to learn the concepts of exception handling.
4. To make the students to learn the concepts of multithreading.
5. To make the students to develop GUI applications.
Syllabus
No CO
Introduction to OOPS Concepts, Classes and Strings
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming, Java buzzwords, Java Programming
Basics, Sample programs, Data types and operators, Control statements.
I Classes: Classes, Objects, Methods, Constructors, this and static keywords, Method CO1
and Constructor Overloading, Access modifiers, arrays-One Dimensional and multi-
dimensional arrays, Searching, Sorting.
Strings-Exploring the String class, String buffer class, Command-line arguments.
Inheritance, Interfaces, Packages
II Inheritance : Need of inheritance, types, super keyword, abstract classes, interfaces, CO2
compile time and runtime polymorphism, Packages.
Exception Handling and I/O Streams10 Hrs
Exception Handling: Concepts of Exception handling, Built-in exceptions, creating
own exception sub classes, Assertions.
III Stream based I/O (java.io) – The Stream Classes-Byte streams and Character CO3
streams, reading console Input and Writing Console Output, File class, Reading and
writing Files, Random access file operations, Object Serialization, exploring
java.nio
Multithreading
Concepts of Multithreading, differences between process and thread, thread life
IV CO4
cycle, Thread class, Runnable interface, creating multiple threads, Synchronization,
threadpriorities, inter thread communication, daemon threads, thread groups.
GUI Programming with Swing: Introduction, limitations of AWT, Various swing
V components & hierarchy. CO5
Event Handling- event delegation model, sources of event, Event Listeners,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
adapter classes,inner classes.

Content Beyond the syllabus: java.util package and GUI using Applets.
List of Programs
1) Write a JAVA program to display default value of all primitive data types of JAVA
2) Write a JAVA program to display the Fibonacci sequence
3) Write a JAVA program give example for command line arguments.
4) Write a JAVA program to sort given list of numbers.
5) Write a JAVA program to search for an element in a given list of elements (linear search).
6) Write a JAVA program to search for an element in a given list of elements using binary
search mechanism.
7) Write a JAVA program to determine the addition of two matrices.
8) Write a JAVA program to determine multiplication of two matrices.
9) Write a JAVA program to sort an array of strings
10) Write a JAVA program to check whether given string is palindrome or not.
11) Write a JAVA program for the following
a. 1. Example for call by value. 2. Example for call by reference.
12) Write a JAVA program to give the example for ‘this’ operator. And also use the‘this’
keyword as return statement.
13) Write a JAVA program to demonstrate static variables, methods, and blocks.
14) Write a JAVA program to give the example for ‘super’ keyword.
15) Write a JAVA program that illustrates simple inheritance.
16) Write a JAVA program that illustrates multi-level inheritance
17) Write a JAVA program demonstrating the difference between method overloading and
method overriding.
18) Write a JAVA program demonstrating the difference between method overloading and
constructor overloading.
19) Write a JAVA program that describes exception handling mechanism.
20) Write a JAVA program for creation of user defined exception.
21) Write a JAVA program to illustrate creation of threads using runnable class.(start method
start each of the newly created thread. Inside the run method there is sleep() for suspend
the thread for 500 milliseconds).
22) Write a JAVA program to create a class MyThread in this class a constructor, call the base
class constructor, using super and starts the thread. The run method of the class starts after
this. It can be observed that both main thread and created child thread are executed
concurrently
23) Write a JAVA program illustrating multiple inheritance using interfaces.
24) Write a JAVA program to create a package named pl, and implement this package in ex1
class.
25) Write a JAVA program to create a package named mypack and import it in circle class.
26) Write a JAVA program to give a simple example for abstract class.
27) Write a JAVA program to create a simple calculator.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
28) Write a JAVA program that displays the x and y position of the cursor movement using
Mouse.
29) Write a JAVA program that displays number of characters, lines and words in a text file.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Comprehend object-oriented programming concepts for problem solving.
CO2 Build class hierarchy and packages for real world problems.
CO3 Develop thread safe Java programs with appropriate Exception handling.
CO4 Demonstrate multithreaded application programs through a language
CO5 Design GUI applications using swings and multithreading.
Learning Resources
Textbooks:
1. Java - The Complete Reference, Herbert Schildt, MC GRAW HILL Education, 9th
Edition, 2016.
Reference books:
1. Java – How to Program”, Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, PHI.
2. “Core Java”, Nageswar Rao, Wiley Publishers.
3. “Thinking in Java”, Bruce Eckel, Pearson Education
4. “A Programmers Guide to Java SCJP”, Third Edition, Mughal, Rasmussen, Pearson.
Micro-Syllabus- object oriented programming through JAVA
Unit – I: Introduction to OOPS Concepts, Classes and Strings 12 Hrs
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming, Java buzzwords, Java Programming Basics,
Sample programs, Data types and operators, Control statements.
Classes: Classes, Objects, Methods, Constructors, this and static keywords, Method and
Constructor Overloading, Access modifiers, arrays-One Dimensional and multi-dimensional
arrays, Searching, Sorting.
Strings-Exploring the String class, String buffer class, Command-line arguments.
Need of Java, JVM, JDK
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming
OOPs OOPS Vs structured programming
Java buzzwords, Sample programs
Data types & operators
Introduction to Control statements
OOPS Concepts, Classes, Objects, Methods
Classes and Classes Constructors, this and static keywords
Strings Method and Constructor Overloading,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Arrays, searching & sorting

String class & methods, problems related
Strings String buffer & String tokenizer
Command line arguments
Unit – II: Inheritance, Interfaces, Packages 12 Hrs
Inheritance: Need of inheritance, types, super keyword, abstract classes, interfaces,compile
time and runtime polymorphism, Packages.
Need for inheritance
Types of inheritance
Inheritance Super keyword
Abstract classes
Inheritance, Calling super class with sub class
Interface & Introduction
Packages Interface Dynamic method dispatch
Compile time & runtime polymorphism
Introduction, class path
Packages Built-in packages
User defined package,
Unit – III: Exception Handling and I/O Streams 12 Hrs Exception
Handling: Concepts of Exception handling, Built-in exceptions, creating ownexception sub
classes, Assertions.
Stream based I/O (java.io) – The Stream Classes-Byte streams and Character streams,
reading console Input and Writing Console Output, File class, Reading and writing Files,
Random access file operations, Object Serialization, exploring java.nio
Exception Introduction, Concepts of Exceptions - try, catch,throw
Exceptions & I/o Handling & throws, finally
Built-in exceptions
CO-PO mapping Table

Mappi P01 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P01 P01 P01 PSO PSO
ng 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
C01 - 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
C02 - 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - -
C03 - 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - -
C04 - 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - -
C05 - 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-I Semester Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation L T P C

Lab 0 0 3 1.5
Preamble:
This course introduces principle of operation of basic analog and digital measuring instruments
for measurement of current, voltage, power, energy etc. Measurement of resistance, inductance
and capacitance by using bridge circuits will be discussed in detail. It is expected that student will
be thorough with various measuring techniques that are required for an electrical engineer.
Course Objectives: The student should be able

1. To study the principle of operation and working of different types of instruments.
Measurement of voltage and current.
2. To study the working principle of operation of different types of instruments for measurement
of power and energy
3.To understand the principle of operation and working of dc and ac potentiometers.
4.To understand the principle of operation and working of various types of bridges for
measurement of parameters –resistance, inductance, capacitance and frequency.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Calibration and testing of single-phase energy meter.
2. Calibration of dynamo meter type power factor meter.
3. Calibration of PMMC voltmeter and ammeter by dc Crompton’s Potentiometer.
4. Measurement of resistance using Kelvin’s double bridge.
5. Transformer turns ratio measurement using A.C. bridge.
6. Measurement of capacitance by using Schering bridge.
7. Measurement of inductance by using Anderson’s bridge.
8. Measurement of 3 - phase reactive power by using single wattmeter.
9. Measurement of parameters of choke coil using three voltmeter and three ammeter
methods.
10. Calibration of LPF wattmeter by phantom testing.
11. Measurement of 3 - phase power by using 1 - phase wattmeter and two current
transformers.
12. C.T. testing using mutual inductor – measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of
given C.T. by null method.
13. LVDT and capacitance pickup-characteristics and calibration.

1. Resistance strain gauge- strain measurements and calibration.
2. Dielectric oil testing using h.t. testing kit.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given C.T by comparison.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Able to choose right type of instrument for measurement of voltage and current for ac and
dc. (Analyze)
CO2 Able to choose right type of instrument for measurement of power and energy – able to
calibrate energy meter by suitable method (Remember and Understand)
CO3 Able to calibrate ammeter, voltmeter and potentiometer. (Analyze)
CO4 Able to select suitable bridge for measurement of electrical parameters. (Evaluate)
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments – by E.W. Golding and F.C.Widdis, fifth
Edition, Wheeler Publishing.
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques – A.D. Helfrick and W.D.
Cooper, PHI, 5th Edition, 2002.
Reference books:
11. Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instruments by A.K.SawhneyDhanpatRai&
Co.Publications.
2. Electrical and Electronic Measurements and instrumentation by R.K.Rajput, S.Chand.
3. Electrical Measurements – by Buckingham and Price, Prentice – Hall
4. Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications – by Reissland, M.U, New
Age International (P) Limited, Publishers.
5. Electrical and Electronic Measurements by G.K.Banerjee,PHI Learning Private Ltd,New
Delhi–2012
3.www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical measurements and instrumentation.html
4.https://www.electrical4u.com/losses-in-dc-machine
CO-PO mapping Table
C01 3
C02 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
C03 2
C04 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
POWER ELECTRONICS LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Power Electronics Theory
Preamble: Introduction to power electronics, Various power electronics devices, Pulse width
modulation, AC to DC Converters, AC Voltage Regulator, Buck converter, Boost converter and
inverters
1.Study the characteristics of various power electronic devices and analyze firing circuits
and commutation circuits of SCR.
2. Analyze the performance of single–phase and three–phase full–wave bridge converters
with both resistive and inductive loads.
3. Understand the operation of AC voltage regulator with resistive and inductive loads.
4. Understand the working of Buck converter, Boost converter and inverters.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of Characteristics of Thyristor, MOSFET & IGBT, SCR.

2. Experimentally study of a firing circuit for Thyristor.
3. Experimentally study of gate drive circuits for IGBT.
4. Single -Phase Half controlled converter with R and RL load
5. Single -Phase fully controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads.
6. Single -Phase AC Voltage Regulator with R and RL Loads
7. Single -Phase square wave bridge inverter with R and RL Loads
8. Three- Phase fully controlled converter with RL–load.
9. Design and verification of voltages gain of Boost converter.
10. Design and verification of voltages gain of Buck-Boost converter.
11. Single -phase PWM inverter with sine PWM technique.
12. 3-phase AC-AC voltage regulator with R-load.

1. Study of Characteristics of NPN Transistor.
2. Design and verification of voltages gain of Buck converter.
3. Three -phase PWM inverter with sine PWM technique.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Course Outcomes
CO1 Study the characteristics of various power electronic devices and
analyze gate drive circuits of IGBT. (Analyze)
CO2 Analyze the performance of single phase and three phase full wave bridge converters with
both resistive and inductive loads. (Remember and Understand)
CO3 Understand the operation of single phase AC voltage regulator with
resistive and inductive loads. (Analyze)
CO4 Understand the working of Buck converter, Boost converter, single
phase square wave inverter and PWM inverter. (Evaluate)
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Elements of Power Electronics–Philip T.Krein.oxford.
2. Power Electronics – by P.S.Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers.
Reference books:
1. Power Electronics by M. D. Singh and K. B. Khanchandani – USA
 2. Power Electronics: Converters, Applications And Design, Media Enhanced (With CD) by Ned
Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, and William P. Robbins.
 3.Principles Of Power Electronics by John G. Kassakian, Martin F. Schlecht, and George C.
1. http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-dev/labs/mit_bootcamp/power_electronics/labs/index.php
2. https://www.vlab.co.in/broad-area-electrical-engineering
3. https://www.vlab.co.in/broad-area-electronics-and-communications
CO-PO mapping Table with Justification:

P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P01 PSO PS
Mapping P010 P012 PS01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 O3
C01 3 - - - - - - - 2 - - - 1 - -
C02 2 - - - - - - - 2 - - - 1 - -
C03 3 - - - - - - - 2 - - - 1 - -
C04 2 - - - - - - - 2 - - - 1 - -
VASIREDDY VENKATADRI INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY :: NAMBUR
Course : Soft Skills (Employability Skills –II)
Facilitators: Dr. Madhav U Sri. Eashwar Nath Rathod B Smt. K. Kiranmayi Dr. K Suresh Babu
YEAR OF
SOFT SKILLS CATEGORY L T P CREDIT
SAC3101 INTRODUCTION
(Employability Skills -II)
UG 1 0 2 2 2022
Soft Skills amount to talents for adaptive and optimistic behavior that alter humans to deal effectively
with the stress and challenges of life. This notion is additionally termed as psychosocial proficiency. The
subject varies greatly reckoning on social norms and community expectations however skills that
operate for well-being and aid people to change into active and productive members of their
communities’ square measure thought-about as Soft Skills.
They exemplify innovativeness, significant thinking, problem-solving, decision-making, the supremacy
to speak-up and team-up, in aggregation with personal and social responsibility that contribute to
sensible citizenship – all essential skills for achievement within the twenty first century, each for healthy
societies and for employable people.
The course of soft skills is introduced to boost the standard of learning and living by complementing
scholastic records with skill-based coaching. Realizing that the dual purpose of education i.e. is to foster
educational excellence among students and additionally guide them to transform themselves into
responsible people and professionals.
Soft Skills are a unit, a crucial facet of having the ability to fulfill the strain of daily & professional lives in
a very unendingly dynamical world. The big changes in international economies over the last 5 years
have coincided with technological transformations, all of that area unit leaving an impression on
education, the geographic point, and our personal lives. Students need dynamically guided soft skills and
hands on exposure, like the power to face / tackle stress and frustration, to address the growing pace
and alter recent life. Over the course of their careers, today's engineering aspirants can have various
new professions, each one with its own set of constraints and necessities, with flexibility & adaptability
in demand of learn ability.
Objectives:
By the end of the program students will be able to:
 communicate clearly, confidently, concisely, and persuasively both written as well as orally.
 rediscover and boost self-confidence, to the zenith, and solve issues with ease.
 recognize the results (change) of their behavior / conduct and teach them to take ownership of
their acts rather than blaming others.
 build confidence in their speaking / presentation skills and become industry-ready.
 develop a stronger sense of consciousness and appreciation for others by analyzing prospects, and
creating choices.
 manage self-competence and self-confidence.
Preamble: Soft skills are character traits and interpersonal skills that portray a person's relationships
with other people. In the workplace, soft skills are considered to be a balance to hard skills, which
refer to a person's knowledge and professional skills.
Prerequisite: None
Course Outcomes: After completion of the course the students will be able to:
master advanced nuances of both written and oral communication skills that are imperative
CO 1
for any professional to succeed coupled with being emphatic.
CO 2 confidently ace different competitive exams and develop writing skills.
gain awareness of the industry expectations and craft CV / Résumé in lieu with desired job
CO 3
profiles.
CO 4 crack behavioral (HR) interview confidently and exhibit professional persona.
make presentations effective and develop interview strategies while get rid of interview
CO 5
phobia.
Mapping of course outcomes with program outcomes
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10
CO 1
CO 2
CO 3
CO 4
CO 5
Award of marks
Total Marks CIE ESA ESA Duration
50 25 25 2 Hours
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) Total Marks: 25

Attendance & conduct of attire : 05 marks
Regular assessment (Lecture room demonstrations)
 Brain storming and group activities / case studies : 05 marks
 Presenting experiential learning insights : 05 marks
 Tech & Pep talks : 05 marks
 Simulations on Project(s) Presentation / Idea Garage : 05 marks
(A range of 4-5 discussions each being 20-25 min.)
End Semester Assessment /Examination (ESA) Total Marks: 25
I. Descriptive Questions - 10 marks Time: 30 Min.
The students will be given a set of descriptive questions where they can answer any 2 questions
carrying 5 marks each.
II. VIVA –Voce by external examiner (Demonstration oriented) - 15 Marks
Syllabus (III B. Tech - Soft Skills)
Module 1 Effective communication skills
 Start with self and connect with others.
 The art of narrating and storytelling.
 Enhance teamwork and influence change.
Module 2 Advanced verbal ability concepts – practice and Professional writing skills
 Nurture and enhance the verbal ability strength through practice.
 Conducting mock verbal (ability) tests and their timely review.
 List the steps of writing an email effectively & comprehend the importance of structuring an email.
 Overview of various elements related to accuracy, brevity and correctness in our everyday writing at
the workplace (Project proposals / covering letters / blogs / short essays).
Module 3 Industry sneak and résumé / CV building strategies
 Industry & aspirant career expectations and tailoring action learning plan aptly.
 Crafting winning résumé(s) suiting to different profiles.
 Framing responses to résumé based interview questions.
Module 4 Behavioral competency building – Part II and psychometric test (HR Round Preparation)
 Listing personal characteristics and preparing blueprint to inculcate them.
 Assess the students’ ability to fit into a specific work environment or with specific personality types.
 Determine basic characteristics of an individual.
Module 5 Presentation skills & Mock interviews
 Illustration of presentation structure via impromptu / free speech – and essential criteria for an
effective presentation
 Importance of non-verbal communication (signposting)
 Inciting the interview process by practicing a gamut of behavioral mock interviews.
Module 1 –Tasks
 Listening & comprehension skills – lessons from the corporate training videos / scenes in films.
 Role play – story telling & anchoring
 Extempore – students’ experience with college/program.
 Listening & comprehension skills – lessons from the corporate training videos / scenes in films
Module 2 -Tasks
 Story paraphrasing, peer introduction and monologue.
 Assignment on short essay and blog building/digital profile creation.
Module 3 -Tasks
 Overview & analysis of a Job Description(JD) and its reflection in resume / self introduction
 Crafting of resumes by mapping skills & competences to different profiles offered for engineering
graduates.
 An act on – one day in the life of an HR manager/ Project leader etc.
Module 4 -Tasks
 Case scenarios – to identify behavioral competencies and personality traits
 increase self-awareness and improve interactions with others
Module 5 -Tasks
 Pair & Group work – debating / demonstration of product promotion, etc.
 Peer mock interview practice on selected profiles.
Reference Books
1. The Ace of Soft Skills: Attitude, Communication and Etiquette for Success, Pearson Education; 1
edition, 2013.
2. Barun K. Mitra, “Personality Development & Soft Skills”, Oxford Publishers, Third impression,2017.
3. ICT Academy of Kerala, "Life Skills for Engineers", McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2016.
4. Caruso, D. R. and Salovey P, “The Emotionally Intelligent Manager: How to Develop and Use the Four
Key Emotional Skills of Leadership”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
5. Kalyana, “Soft Skill for Managers”; First Edition; Wiley Publishing Ltd, 2015.
6. Larry James, “The First Book of Life Skills”; First Edition, Embassy Books, 2016.
7. Shalini Verma, “Development of Life Skills and Professional Practice”; First Edition; Sultan Chand
(G/L) & Company, 2014.
8. Daniel Goleman, "Emotional Intelligence"; Bantam, 2006.
9. Remesh S., Vishnu R.G., "Life Skills for Engineers", Ridhima Publications, First Edition, 2016.
10. Butterfield Jeff, “Soft Skills for Everyone”, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd; 1 edition, 2011.
11. Training in Interpersonal Skills: Tips for Managing People at Work, Pearson Education, India; 6th
Edition, 2015.
Digital References
1. Infosys Springboard (https://infyspringboard.uk.onwingspan.com/web/en/login)
2. AICTE Digital Learning Portal (https://free.aicte-india.org/)
3. APSCHE LMS – Bringing Learning to People (https://apschelms.e-pragati.in/#/)
4. Dale Carnegie Academy (https://www.dalecarnegie.com/en)
5. TedX Program (https://www.ted.com/about/programs-initiatives/tedx-program)
6. Toast Masters International (https://www.toastmasters.org/)
7. NPTEL (https://nptel.ac.in/)
8. Coursera / Udemy / Unacademy / Wikipedia (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page)
***********************************************
Human Values in the AICTE Model Curriculum for Engineering 2018
In 2018, AICTE included UHV in the Model Curriculum. UHV-II (Understanding Harmony) is
to be offered as an essential 3-credit course (H-102) in 3rd/4th semester after an orientation
to values in UHV-I, which is a prominent module in the Student Induction Program.
UHV-I: Student Induction Program (mandatory)

Pages related to Induction Program "Guide to Induction Program" pages 31-38 of Volume I
(see https://www.aicte-india.org/sites/default/files/Vol.%20I_UG.pdf)
UHV-II: 3-credit Course (H-102) (mandatory)

LTPC 2-1-0-3
Pages related to Course H-102 "Universal Human Values 2: Understanding Harmony" pages
166-170 of Volume II (see https://www.aicte-
india.org/sites/default/files/Vol.%20II%20%20AICTE%20UG%20%20Curriculum.pdf)
Please see AICTE Web Page: https://www.aicte-india.org/

Model Curriculum (from Home Page > Education > Model Curriculum & Sugg. Books (UG
Engg.)
https://www.aicte-india.org/education/model-syllabus
I. Induction Program
(Please refer Appendix-A for guidelines. Details of Induction program also available in the
curriculum of Mandatory courses.)
Induction program (mandatory) 3 weeks duration
II. UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES 2: UNDERSTANDING HARMONY
Course code: HSMC (H-102)
Credits: 2-1-0-3
Curricular Structure
Semester L-T-P-C Course No. & Title
3 or 4 2-1-0-3 H-102 Universal Human Values 2: Understanding Harmony
Human Values Courses

This course also discusses their role in their family. It, very briefly, touches issues
related to their role in the society and the nature, which needs to be discussed at
length in one more semester for which the foundation course named as “H-102
Universal Human Values 2: “Understanding Harmony” is designed which may be
covered in their III or IV semester.
During the Induction Program, students would get an initial exposure to human
values through Universal Human Values – I. This exposure is to be augmented by
this compulsory full semester foundation course.
Universal Human Values 2: Understanding Harmony

Course code: HSMC (H-102)
Credits: L-T-P-C 2-1-0-3 or 2L:1T:0P 3 credits
Pre-requisites: None. Universal Human Values 1 (desirable)
1. OBJECTIVE:
The objective of the course is four fold:
1.Development of a holistic perspective based on self-exploration about
themselves (human being), family, society and nature/existence.
2. Understanding (or developing clarity) of the harmony in the human being,
family, society and nature/existence
3. Strengthening of self-reflection.
4. Development of commitment and courage to act.
2. COURSE TOPICS:
The course has 28 lectures and 14 practice sessions in 5 modules:
Module 1: Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value
Education
1. Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human
Values-I
2. Self-Exploration–what is it? - Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’
and Experiential Validation- as the process for self-exploration
3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations
4. Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility- the basic
requirements for fulfilment of aspirations of every human being with their correct
priority
5. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the
current scenario
6. Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in
harmony at various levels.
Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the

innate acceptance for living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony
and co-existence) rather than as arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking
Module 2: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself!

7. Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the
material ‘Body’
8. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical
facility
9. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and
enjoyer)
10. Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’
11. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct
appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail
12. Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.
Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making
material goods available to me. Identifying from one’s own life. Differentiate
between prosperity and accumulation. Discuss program for ensuring health vs
dealing with disease
Module 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human-

Human Relationship
13. Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine
universal values in relationships) and program for its fulfilment to ensure mutual
happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational values of relationship
14. Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and
competence
15. Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and
differentiation; the other salient values in relationship
16. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of
family): Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as
comprehensive Human Goals
17. Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society,
Universal Order- from family to world family.
Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute

as extended family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of
education etc. Gratitude as a universal value in relationships. Discuss with
scenarios. Elicit examples from students’ lives
Module 4: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as

Coexistence
18. Understanding the harmony in the Nature
19. Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment among the four orders of nature-
recyclability and selfregulation in nature
20. Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually interacting units in all-
pervasive space
21. Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.
Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in
nature (film “Home” can be used), pollution, depletion of resources and role of
technology etc.
Module 5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on

Professional Ethics
22. Natural acceptance of human values
23. Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
24. Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic
Universal Order
25. Competence in professional ethics: a. Ability to utilize the professional
competence for augmenting universal human order b. Ability to identify the scope
and characteristics of people friendly and eco-friendly production systems, c.
Ability to identify and develop appropriate technologies and management
patterns for above production systems.
26. Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and
production systems
27. Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order: a. At
the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers,
technologists and managers b. At the level of society: as mutually enriching
institutions and organizations
28. Sum up.
Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial)
Sessions eg. To discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.
3. READINGS:
3.1 Text Book
1. Human Values and Professional Ethics by R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria,
Excel Books,
New Delhi, 2010
3.2 Reference Books
1. Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak,
1999.
2. Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. The Story of My Experiments with Truth - by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi
5. Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6. Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7. Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8. Bharat Mein Angreji Raj - PanditSunderlal
9. Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10. Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)
13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)
4. MODE OF CONDUCT (L-T-P-C 2-1-0-3 or 2L:1T:0P 3 credits)

Lectures hours are to be used for interactive discussion, placing the proposals
about the topics at hand and motivating students to reflect, explore and verify
them.
Tutorial hours are to be used for practice sessions.
While analysing and discussing the topic, the faculty mentor’s role is in pointing
to essential elements to help in sorting them out from the surface elements. In
other words, help the students explore the important or critical elements.
In the discussions, particularly during practice sessions (tutorials), the mentor
encourages the student to connect with one’s own self and do self-observation,
self-reflection and self-exploration.
Scenarios may be used to initiate discussion. The student is encouraged to take
up ”ordinary” situations rather than” extra-ordinary” situations. Such
observations and their analyses are shared and discussed with other students
and faculty mentor, in a group sitting.
Tutorials (experiments or practical) are important for the course. The difference
is that the laboratory is everyday life, and practical are how you behave and work
in real life. Depending on the nature of topics, worksheets, home assignment
and/or activity are included. The practice sessions (tutorials) would also provide
support to a student in performing actions commensurate to his/her beliefs. It is
intended that this would lead to development of commitment, namely behaving
and working based on basic human values.
It is recommended that this content be placed before the student as it is, in the
form of a basic foundation course, without including anything else or excluding
any part of this content. Additional content may be offered in separate, higher
courses.
This course is to be taught by faculty from every teaching department,

including HSS faculty.
Teacher preparation with a minimum exposure to at least one 8-day FDP on

Universal Human Values is deemed essential.
5. ASSESSMENT:
This is a compulsory credit course. The assessment is to provide a fair state of
development of the student, so participation in classroom discussions, self-
assessment, peer assessment etc. will be used in evaluation.
Example:
Assessment by faculty mentor: 10 marks
Self-assessment: 10 marks
Assessment by peers: 10 marks
Socially relevant project/Group Activities/Assignments: 20 marks
Semester End Examination: 50 marks
The overall pass percentage is 40%. In case the student fails, he/she must repeat
the course.
6. OUTCOME OF THE COURSE:

By the end of the course, students are expected to become more aware of
themselves, and their surroundings (family, society, nature); they would become
more responsible in life, and in handling problems with sustainable solutions,
while keeping human relationships and human nature in mind.
They would have better critical ability. They would also become sensitive to their
commitment towards what they have understood (human values, human
relationship and human society). It is hoped that they would be able to apply
what they have learnt to their own self in different day-to-day settings in real life,
at least a beginning would be made in this direction.
This is only an introductory foundational input. It would be desirable to follow it
up by
a) faculty-student or mentor-mentee programs throughout their time with the
institution
b) Higher level courses on human values in every aspect of living. E.g. as a
professional
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-II Semester MICROPROCESSORS AND L T P C

MICROCONTROLLERS 3 0 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES: The Purpose of the course is to provide students with the Knowledge of
Microprocessors and Microcontroller. To solve real world problems in an efficient manner, this
course also emphasis on architecture, Programming and system design used in various day to day
gadgets.
To understand the organization and architecture of Micro Processor
2. To understand addressing modes to access memory and modes of operation
3. To interface different devices to 8086.
4. To understand 8051 micro controller architecture
5. To understand the basics of PIC18 architecture and develop programs using C.
Syllabus
No CO
Introduction to Microprocessor Architecture(13h )
Introduction and evolution of Microprocessors,8086 Pin diagram- Architecture of
I 8086, Register Organization of 8086, Memory organization of 8086– General bus CO1
operation of 8086–Introduction to 80286–80386 and 80486 and Pentium
[Elementary treatment only]
Minimum and Maximum Mode Operations (10h)
II Instruction set- Addressing modes, Minimum and Maximum mode operations of CO2
8086- Read and write cycle timing diagrams, 8086 Control signal interfacing
I/O Interface(20h)
8255 PPI– Architecture of 8255–Modes of operation–Interfacing A to D converters–
Interfacing D to A converters– Stepper motor interfacing, DMA controller (8257)–
III CO3
Architecture– Modes of operations, Programmable Interrupt Controller (8259)–
Modes of Operation- Command words of 8259,Keyboard/display controller (8279)–
Architecture–Modes of operation[Elementary treatment only]
Introduction to 8051 Micro Controller (12h)
IV Introduction to 8051 Micro Controller– Architecture– Register set, I/O ports, CO4
Memory Organization– Interrupts, Timers and Counters–Serial Communication.
Introduction to PIC Micro Controller (10h)
V Block diagram of basic PIC 18 micro controller, registers I/O ports, Data types, I/O CO5
programming, logical operations, data conversion., Numerical problems. (06 hrs)
Powering A Generation: Generating Electricity using Fossil-fuelled plants, Cogeneration,
Combined-cycle and Biomass plants, Geothermal plants, and Decentralized generation. (Elementary
treatment only)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Advanced Transmission Technologies: High-temperature super conducting technology, Advanced

composite conductors.(Elementary treatment only)
New Technologies for Electric power Distribution Systems: Concept of Intelligent Substations
(Elementary treatment only).
Tariff structure design process: Identification of tariff structures, tariff constraints (Elementary
treatment only)
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the concepts of 8086 architecture, register and memory
organization{Knowledge level, KL1}
CO2 Understand and apply the concepts of the modes of operations and instruction set to develop
the Assembly level language programs. {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Classify the types of interfacing devices and implement to interface with 8086 {Knowledge
level, KL1}
CO4 Explain the 8051 architecture and its features. {Knowledge level kL1}
CO5 Understand the PIC18 architecture and Develop the programs using C {Apply level, KL3}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Advanced Micro Processors and Interfacing”, Ray and Burchandi, Tata McGraw– Hill
2. “The 8051 Micro Controller Architecture, Programming and Applications”, Kenneth J
Ayala, Thomson Publishers, 2nd Edition.
3. “PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using Assembly and C for PIC 18”,
Muhammad Ali Mazidi, RolindD.Mckinay, Danny causey, Pearson Publisher 21st
Impression..
Reference books:
1. “A Text book of Microprocessors and Micro Controllers”, R.S. Kaler, I.K. International
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
2. “Microcontrollers – Theory and Applications”, Ajay V. Deshmukh, Tata McGraw– Hill
Companies –2005
4. “Microcontrollers – Principles and Applications”, Ajit Pal, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, 2011.
5. “Microprocessors and Interfacing”, Douglas V Hall, Mc–Graw Hill, 2nd Edition.
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108107029
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Micro-Syllabus
Unit 1: Introduction to Microprocessor Architecture (13h)

Introduction and evolution of Microprocessors– 8086 Pin diagram- Architecture of 8086– Register
Organization of 8086–Memory organization of 8086– General bus operation of 8086–
Introduction to 80286–80386 and 80486 and Pentium [Elementary treatment only

Evolution and Applications of Microprocessors
Introduction and Differences between 8085 and 8086.
1.a evolution of 8086 common pins, minimum mode and maximum
Microprocessors– mode pins.
Detailed architecture(BIU and EU)
General purpose registers, segment registers,
Pointer and Index registers, flag register.
Register Organization
Physical Memory organization (odd bank and
of 8086
evenbank) [Elementary treatment only
Factors to be considered for selection of site,
Memory organization Efficiency (Formula orientation),
1b.
of 8086
General bus operation General 8086 system bus structure and operation
of 8086 with timing diagram. [Elementary treatment only]
Introduction to Features of 80286, 80386, 80486 and Pentium.
80286–80386 and [Elementary treatment only]
80486 and Pentium
Unit 2 Minimum and Maximum Mode Operations:(10h)
Instruction set- Addressing modes– Minimum and Maximum mode operations of 8086–8086
Control signal interfacing–Read and write cycle timing diagrams
Arithmetic Instructions- Data Transfer Instructions-
Logical Instructions - Branch and loop instructions
- String Instructions - Process Control Instructions
Instruction set-
Immediate, Register, Direct, Indirect, Based,
2a Addressing modes,
Indexed, Based Indexed, Based Relative, Indexed
Control signal
Relative, Based Indexed Relative and I/O port
interfacing
addressing modes
Control signal (ALE, BHE, M/IO’, DT/R’, RD’,
WR’, DEN, READY) interfacing
Minimum and Block diagram of Minimum mode-Operation
2b Maximum mode Read and write cycle timing diagrams
operations- Read and Block diagram of Maximum mode-Operation
_____________________________________________________________________________________
write cycle timing Read and write cycle timing diagrams

diagrams
Unit 3 I/O Interface: (20h)
8255 PPI– Architecture of 8255–Modes of operation–Interfacing A to D converters– Interfacing D
to A converters– Stepper motor interfacing–DMA controller (8257)– Architecture– Modes of
operations– Programmable Interrupt Controller (8259)– Modes of Operation-Command words of
8259.Keyboard/display controller (8279)–Architecture -Modes of operations of 8279 [Elementary
treatment only]
Features, Pin diagram and Block diagram of
8255 Architecture
8255
DMA controller (8257)– Features, Pin diagram and Block diagram of
Architecture 8257
3a Programmable Interrupt Features, Pin diagram and Block diagram of
Controller (8259) 8259
Keyboard/display Features, Pin diagram and Block diagram of
controller (8279)– 8279.
Architecture
Modes of operation of BSR mode and I/O mode (Mode 0 ,Mode1 and
8255 Mode 2)
Interfacing A to D Interfacing of 0808/0809 ADC with 8086
converters– Interfacing D Interfacing of 0800 DAC with 8086 ALP to
to A converters– Stepper rotate 4 phase stepper motor in clockwise and
motor interfacing anti-clock wise direction
3b. Rotating priority mode, Fixed priority mode,
Modes of operations of
Extended write mode, TC stop mode and Auto
8257
Load mode
Fully nested mode, Specially Fully nested
Modes of Operation of
mode, Rotating priority mode, Special Masked
8259
mode, Polled Mode
Modes of operations of Keyboard modes: Scanned keyboard, scanned
8279 sensor matrix and strobed input modes.
Unit 4 Introduction to 8051 Micro Controller (12h)

Introduction to 8051 Micro Controller– Architecture– Register set–I/O ports and Memory
Organization– Interrupts–Timers and Counters–Serial Communication.
Introduction to 8051 Features, Pin diagram and block diagram and
4
Micro Controller– applications of 8051
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Architecture– Register Registers of 8051

set–I/O ports
Program memory and Internal memory
Memory Organization– interrupts (IE0, IE1, TF0, TF1 and serial port) –
Interrupts–Timers and IE register, IP register
4b. Timers/counters: TMOD register, TCON
Counters–Serial
Communication. register and modes of Timers
Serial Communication: SBUF register, SCON
register and PCON register
Unit 5 Introduction to PIC Micro Controller (10h)
PIC Architecture: Block diagram of basic PIC 18 micro controller, registers I/O ports.
Programming in C for PIC: Data types, I/O programming, logical operations, data conversion
Difference between 8051MC and PIC18, Types
Block diagram of basic
of PIC microcontrollers. Features and block
PIC 18 micro controller
5a. diagram of PIC18
Working Register, File register, Special
Registers, I/O ports Function registers, General purpose registers
and CCP registers
Data types, I/O C-Programs related to Data types, I/O
programming, logical programming, logical operations, data
5b.
operations, data conversion. [Elementary treatment only].
conversion
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 2
CO2 2 1
CO3 2
CO4 2
CO5 2 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-II Semester L T P C
POWER SYSTEMS-III
3 0 0 3
Pre-Requisites: Power Systems-I and Power Systems-II

Preamble:
The course is designed to give the required knowledge for the calculation of power flow in a
power system network using various techniques, short circuit analysis, power system analysis for
steady state and transient stability. It also deals with economic operation of power systems,
modelling of speed governing system, turbines and generators including single area and two area
load frequency control.
Course Objectives:
 To study the Gauss Seidel, Newton Raphson, Decoupled and Fast Decoupled load flow
methods.
 To understand the short circuit calculations for symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults.
 To study the stability analysis of power systems.
 To understand optimal dispatch of generation with and without losses.
 To study the load frequency control for single and two area system.
Syllabus
Unit Map
No Contents ped
CO
Power Flow Studies (13hrs)
Necessity of power flow studies, Derivation of static power flow equations, Load
flow solutions using Gauss Seidel Method, Newton Raphson Method, Decoupled CO1
I
and Fast Decoupled Methods, Numerical problems (3 bus system up to one iteration
only).
Short Circuit Analysis
Symmetrical Fault Analysis: (6hrs)
Symmetrical fault analysis-Short circuit current and MVA calculations, Series
reactors-Selection and Advantages of reactors, Numerical problems.
II CO2
Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis: (7hrs)
Symmetrical component theory-Positive, Negative and Zero sequence components,
Sequence impedances and networks, Various types of faults-LG, LL and LLG on
unloaded alternator, Numerical problems.
Stability Analysis
Steady State Stability: (7hrs)
Classification of power system stability,Transfer Reactance, Synchronizing Power
Coefficient ,Power Angle Curve , Determination of Steady State Stability, Methods
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III to improve steady state stability, Numerical Problems. CO3

Transient Stability: (6hrs)
Swing Equation, Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area Criterion,
Application of Equal Area Criterion-Critical Clearing Angle and time,Methods to
improve transient stability, Numerical Problems.
Economical Operation of Power Systems:
Different Curves: (6hrs)
Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal power stations, Input–output
IV characteristics, Cost Curve, Heat rate curve, Incremental fuel and Production costs. CO4
Mathematical Analysis: (6hrs)
Optimum generation allocation with and without transmission line losses, Loss
Coefficients, General transmission line loss formula, Numerical Problems.
Load Frequency Control
Single Area Control: (7hrs)
Modeling of speed governing system, steam turbine and generator, Control area
concept, Single area control-Transfer function and Block diagram representation of
an isolated power system, Steady state analysis, Dynamic response, Proportional
V plus Integral control of single area and its block diagram representation, Numerical CO5
Problems.
Two Area Control: (6hrs)
Transfer function and Block diagram representation, Tie-line bias control, Steady
state analysis, real time applications of load frequency control and economic load
dispatch.
Power flow solution including convergence characteristics, Case studies of different faults, Swing
Equation solution using point by point method, Economic load dispatch including all constraints.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Find out the load flow solution of a power system network using different load flow
methods.
CO2 Evaluate the fault current for different types of faults with a view to
provide data for the design of protective devices.
CO3 Analyze the steady state and transient stability concepts of a power system.
CO4 Calculate optimal scheduling for generators with and without losses.
CO5 Acquire the knowledge of load frequency control for various systems.
Learning Resources
Textbooks:
1. Modern Power System Analysis- I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company, 2nd edition.
2. Electrical Power Systems- C.L. Wadhwa, New Age International Publishers, 7th Edition.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Reference books:
1. Power System Analysis–Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Power Systems Operation and Control –Chakravarthi, Prentice Hall, Inc.
3. Power System Analysis -Hadi Saadat, TMH Edition .
4. Power System Stability & Control -PrabhaKundur, TMH.
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105140/
6. https://www.edx.org/ power-systems
7. https://www.classcentral.com/course/electric-power-systems
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1 Power Flow Studies (13hrs)
Necessity of power flow studies, Derivation of static power flow equations, Load flow solutions
using Gauss Seidel Method, Newton Raphson Method, Decoupled and Fast Decoupled Methods,
Numerical problems.
Introduction and Necessity of power flow studies
Power Flow Studies
1a. Classification of buses
Introduction andStatic
Power Flow Equations Data for power flow studies
Derivation of static power flow equations
Load flow solutions using iterative methods( in polar
coordinates only )
Gauss Seidel Method with and without PV buses,
concept of acceleration factor.
Iterative Methods and Newton Raphson Method
1b. Decoupled and Fast Decoupled Methods
Problems
Line flows and line losses equations
Algorithm and flow chart of all iterative methods
Comparison of iterative methods
Numerical problems (3 bus system up to one iteration
only)
Unit-2 Short Circuit Analysis
Symmetrical Fault Analysis: (6hrs)
Symmetrical fault analysis-Short circuit current and MVA calculations, Series reactors-Selection
and Advantages of reactors, Numerical problems.
Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis: (7hrs)
Symmetrical component theory-Positive, Negative and Zero sequence components, Sequence
impedances and networks, Various types of faults-LG, LL and LLG on unloaded alternator,
Numerical problems.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Introduction and Reasons for faults

Classification of faults
Concept of synchronous reactance
Symmetrical fault analysis using Thevenin’s
theorem
2a. Symmetrical Fault Symmetrical fault analysis using bus impedance
Analysis matrix and its advantages
Concept of Series reactors
Selection and Advantages of reactors
Numerical problems-Short circuit current and
MVA calculations.
Symmetrical component theory
Relation between unbalanced vectors(voltage and
current) and symmetrical component
2b. Unsymmetrical Fault Sequence impedances and networks
Analysis Sequence networks for power system components
Fault current expression for LG, LL and LLG
fault on unloaded alternator
Numerical problems.
Unit-3 Stability Analysis
Steady State Stability: (7hrs)
Classification of power system stability,Transfer Reactance, Synchronizing Power Coefficient
,Power Angle Curve , Determination of Steady State Stability, Methods to improve steady state
stability, Numerical Problems.
Transient Stability: (6hrs)
Swing Equation, Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area Criterion, Application of Equal
Area Criterion-Critical Clearing Angle and time,Methods to improve transient stability, Numerical
Problems.
Introduction to stability studies
Classification of power system stability
Concept of steady state stability limit & Transfer
Reactance
Power angle equation derivation
Power angle curve
3a. Steady State Stability
Concept of synchronizing power coefficient
Determination of Steady State Stability
Methods to improve steady state stability
Steady state stability limit in terms of ABCD
parameters
Numerical Problems
Swing equation derivation
3b.
Transient Stability Concept of Equal Area Criterion
Application of Equal Area Criterion
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Expressions of Critical Clearing Angle and time for

single circuit and double circuit transmission line
Methods to improve transient stability
Numerical Problems
Unit-4 Economical Operation of Power Systems:
Different Curves: (6hrs)
Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal power stations, Input–output characteristics, Cost
Curve, Heat rate curve, Incremental fuel and Production costs.
Mathematical Analysis: (6hrs)
Optimum generation allocation with and without transmission line losses, Loss Coefficients, General
transmission line loss formula, Numerical Problems.
Introduction and over view of thermal plant operation
Input–output characteristics
Cost Curve and equation
Incremental Cost Curve and equation
4a. Different Curves
Incremental efficiency
Heat rate curve
Incremental fuel and Production costs
Equality and inequality constraints
Optimum generation allocation without transmission
line losses expression
Optimum generation allocation with transmission line
losses expression
4b. Mathematical
Concept of exact and approximate penalty factors
Analysis
General transmission line loss formula
Incremental transmission line loss formula
Loss Coefficients
Numerical Problems
Unit-5 Load Frequency Control
Single Area Control: (7hrs)
Modelling of speed governing system, steam turbine and generator, Control area concept, Single
area control-Transfer function and Block diagram representation of an isolated power system,
Steady state analysis, Dynamic response, Proportional plus Integral control of single area and its
block diagram representation, Numerical Problems.
Two Area Control: (6hrs)
Transfer function and Block diagram representation, Tie-line bias control, Steady state analysis, real
time applications of load frequency control and economic load dispatch.
Introduction and Concept of load frequency
5a. Single Area Control
control
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Necessity of constant frequency

Control area concept
Operation of speed governing system
Modelling of speed governing system(Transfer
function and Block diagram representation)
Modelling of steam turbine (Transfer function and
Block diagram representation)
Modelling of generator(Transfer function and
Block diagram representation)
Transfer function and Block diagram
representation of an isolated power system
(Single area control)
Steady state analysis-Controlled and Uncontrolled
case
Dynamic response
Proportional plus Integral control of single area-
steady state frequency error derivation
Numerical Problems
Transfer function and Block diagram
representation of two area control
Concept of Tie-line bias control
5b.
Two Area Control Steady state analysis-Controlled and Uncontrolled
case
Real time applications of load frequency and
economic dispatch control
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 3 2 1 1 2 1
CO2 2 2 1 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 2 1 2 1
CO5 3 2 1 2 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Digital Electronics
3 0 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES: NIL

1. To understand common forms of number representation in digital circuits and Boolean
algebra.
2. To learn basic techniques for the design of digital circuits and fundamental concepts used in
the design of digital systems and simplify logic expressions using basic theorems, K-map
and Tabular methods.
3. To understand the concept of Combinational logic design and realize logic expressions using
MUX and Decoder
4. Illustrate the concept of sequential logic design; analyze the operation of flip-flop and
conversion from one flip-flop to another, and application of flip-flop.
5. To impart to student the concepts of sequential machines of digital system.
Syllabus
No CO
Number Systems and Boolean Algebra 14 Hours
Number systems:Introduction to different number system and their
conversions,Complement of number system and subtraction using complement
I method, Weighted and Non-weighted codes and its Properties, Error detection and CO1
correction codes,
Boolean Algebra:Boolean algebra and logic gates, Basic theorems and properties of
Boolean Algebra, Boolean functions, canonical and standard forms, Universal Gates.
Minimization Methods of Boolean functions 11 Hours
Minimization of logic expressions by algebraic method, Sum of Products (SOP),
II CO2
Product of Sums (POS), K-Map Method, Don’t Care Combinations, Prime and
essential Prime Implicants, Tabular Method.
Combinational Circuits 14 Hours
Design procedure,Half/full adders, Half / full subtractors,Carry look ahead adder,
III Multiplexer/De-Multiplexer, Encoder/Decoder, Priority encoders, Implementation of CO3
Higher-Order Device Using Lower Order devices,Implementation of combinational
logic using MUX/Decoder, Magnitude Comparator.
Sequential Circuits 12 Hours
Sequential Circuits Fundamentals: Basic Architectural Distinctions between
IV Combinational and Sequential circuits, SR Latch, Flip Flops: SR, JK, JK Master CO4
Slave, D and T Type Flip Flops, Excitation Table of all Flip Flops, Timing and
Triggering Consideration, Conversion from one type of Flip-Flop to another.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Registers and Counters: Shift Registers Left, Right and Bidirectional Shift
Registers, Applications of Shift Registers, Design and Operation of Ring and Twisted
Ring Counter, Operation of Asynchronous and Synchronous Counters.
Sequential Machines 8 Hours

Finite State Machines, Synthesis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits, Mealy and
V CO5
Moore models, Serial Binary Adder, Sequence Detector, Parity-bit Generator
Synchronous Modulo N – Counters, Finite state machine capabilities and limitations.
Programmable Logic Devices,BCD adder
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Verify the truth tables of Basic Logic gates.
2. Verify the truth tables of universal gates.
3. Realize the half adder and full adders and verify it’s function.
4. Realize the half subtractor and full subtractor and verify it’s function.
5. Verify the functioning of 2-bit comparator IC.
6. Realize 3-variable function using (8:1MUX) 74151 IC.
7. Realize Mod-N counter using IC7490
8. Realize ring and Johnson counters using IC 7476
Course Outcomes
CO1 Distinguish the analog and digital systems, apply positional notations, number systems,
computer codes in digital systems. (Remember, Understand, and Apply)
CO2 Uunderstand the Boolean Algebra theorems, simplify and design logic circuits. (Understand,
Apply, Analyze and valuate)
CO3 Implement combinational logic circuit design and modular combinational circuits using
encoders, decoders, multiplexers and demultiplexers. (Apply, Analyze, valuate, and create)
CO4 Understand the basic elements of sequential logic circuits. (Understand, Apply, Analyze)
CO5 Design and analyze sequential circuits. (Apply, Analyze and create)
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Digital Design by Mano, PHI
2. Modern Digital Electronics by RP Jain, TMH
3. Switching Theory and Logic Design by A. Anand Kumar, PHI.
4. Switching and Finite Automata Theory- ZviKohavi& Niraj K. Jha, Cambridge.
Reference books:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Switching Theory and Logic Design by Hill and Peterson Mc-Graw Hill TMH edition
2. Fundamentals of Logic Design by Charles H. Roth Jr, Jaico Publishers
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/digital-systems
3. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ee70/preview
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1
Number Systems and Boolean Algebra 14 Hours
Number systems: Introduction to different number system and their conversions, Complement of
number system and subtraction using complement method, Weighted and Non-weighted codes and its
Properties, Error detection and correction codes,
Boolean Algebra: Boolean algebra and logic gates, Basic theorems and properties of Boolean Algebra,
Boolean functions, canonical and standard forms, Universal Gates.
different number Importance of radix or base and numerical
system and their Different number systems: binary, decimal, octal&hexa
1a.or 2a. conversions decimal.
Number systems Binary addition, subtraction, multiplication
Signed numbers & 2’s complement arithmetic & 1’s complement
Binary arithmetic arithmetic.
Classification of Weighted and Non-weighted codes and self
Binary codes complementing, cyclic codes
1b.or 2b. binary
Error detection and correction codes
codes & Boolean
Axioms and laws of
algebra Basic theorems and properties of Boolean Algebra,
Boolean algebra
Boolean functions, canonical and standard forms
Logic Gates
Unit-2: Minimization Methods of Boolean functions 11 Hours
Minimization of logic expressions by algebraic method, Sum of Products (SOP), Product of Sums
(POS), K-Map Method, Don’t Care Combinations, Prime and essential Prime Implicants, Tabular
Method.
3a.or 4a. Sum of Products (SOP) ), Product of Sums (POS)
Minimization of Minimization of logic 2-variable,3- variable & 4- variable K-maps
logic expressions expressions by algebraic Don’t cares
by algebraic method
method & K-Map K-Map Method 5-variable K-map
Method
3b.or 4b. prime Quine McCluskey Prime implicants and Essential prime implicants
_____________________________________________________________________________________
implicant chart method

prime implicant chart
Unit-3:Combinational Circuits 14 Hours

Design procedure, Half/full adders, Half / full subtractors, Carry look ahead adder, Multiplexer/De-
Multiplexer, Encoder/Decoder, Priority encoders, Implementation of Higher-Order Device Using
Lower Order devices, Implementation of combinational logic using MUX/Decoder, Magnitude
Comparator.
5a.or 6a. Half/full adders, Half / full subtractors, Carry look
Combinational ahead adder
Adders/subtractors
Circuits
Magnitude Comparator.
fundamentals
5b.or 6b. Multiplexer/De-Multiplexers & Encoder/Decoders
Implementation of Mux/Demux
combinational Applications of Implementation of Higher Order Device Using
logic using Mux/Demux Lower Order devices.
MUX/Decoder
Unit-4:Sequential Circuits 12 Hours
Sequential Circuits Fundamentals: Basic Architectural Distinctions between Combinational and
Sequential circuits, SR Latch, Flip Flops: SR, JK, JK Master Slave, D and T Type Flip Flops,
Excitation Table of all Flip Flops, Timing and Triggering Consideration, Conversion from one type of
Flip-Flop to another.
Registers and Counters: Shift Registers Left, Right and Bidirectional Shift Registers, Applications of
Shift Registers, Design and Operation of Ring and Twisted Ring Counter, Operation of Asynchronous
and Synchronous Counters.
Distinctions between Combinational and Sequential
7a.or 8a.
circuits; types of triggering, types of flip flops,
Sequential Circuits Flip Flops
Excitation Table of all Flip Flops; Conversion from
Fundamentals
one type of Flip-Flop to another.
Synchronous and asynchronous counters and also
their design
7b. or 8b. Registers
Registers and Counters Operation of Ring and Twisted Ring Counter
and Counters
Shift Registers Left, Right and Bidirectional Shift
Registers, Applications of Shift Registers
Unit-5: Sequential Machines 8 Hours
Finite State Machines, Synthesis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits, Mealy and Moore models, Serial
Binary Adder, Sequence Detector, Parity-bit Generator Synchronous Modulo N – Counters, Finite
state machine capabilities and limitations.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
9a.or 10a. Finite State Machines, Synthesis of Synchronous

Fundamentals of Sequential Circuits, Mealy and Moore models
Fundamentals of FSM
FSM
Finite state machine capabilities and limitations.
9b.or 10b. State Models and Serial Binary Adder, Sequence Detector, Parity-bit
State Models diagrams Generator Synchronous Modulo N – Counters.
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 3 2 2 1 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 3
CO3 3 2 2 1 3
CO4 3 2 2 1 3
CO5 3 2 2 1 3
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Special Electrical Machines
3 0 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES:1) Electrical Machines-I &II

1. To explain theory of different permanent magnetic material and applications.
2. To explain the performance and control of stepper motors, and their applications.
3. To describe the operation and characteristics of switched reluctance motor.
4. To explain the operation permanent magnet brushless square wave and sine wave motors
5. To explain the theory of travelling magnetic field and applications of linear motors
Syllabus
No CO
Permanent magnet materials and PMDC motors(15hrs)
Introduction-classification of permanent magnet materials used in electrical machines-
minor hysteresis loop and recoil line-Stator frames of conventional dc machines-
Development of electronically commutated dc motor from conventional dc motor.
I CO1
(07hrs)
Permanent-magnet materials and characteristics-B-H loop and demagnetization
characteristics-Temperature effects: high temperature effects-reversible losses
Irreversible losses -Application of permanent magnets in motors. (08hrs)
Stepper Motors (14 hrs)
Classification of stepper motors – Hybrid and Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) -
Construction and principle of hybrid type synchronous stepper motor – Different
configuration for switching the phase windings control circuits for stepper motors –
II CO2
Open loop and closed loop control of 2-phase hybrid stepping motor. (08hrs)
Construction and principle of operation of Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) – Single
stack and multiple stack – Open loop control of 3- phase VR Stepper Motor-
Applications(06hrs)
Switched Reluctance Motors (10hrs)
Construction – Comparison of conventional and switched reluctance motors – Design
of stator and rotor pole arcs – Torque producing principle and torque expression
III CO3
(5 hrs)
Different converter configurations for SRM – Drive and power circuits for SRM –
Position sensing of rotor – Applications of SRM(5 hrs)
Square and Sine Wave Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motor (15hrs)
Types of constructions – Surface mounted and interior type permanent magnet –
IV Principle of operation of BLDC motor. Torque and EMF equations – Torque speed CO4
characteristics – Performance and efficiency- Square wave brushless motors with 1200
and 1800 magnetic areas commutation. (8 hrs)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Sine wave Permanent Magnet Brushless Motor Torque and EMF equations –
Torque/speed characteristics – Comparison between square wave and sine wave
permanent magnet motors - Applications. (7 hrs)
Linear Induction Motors (10hrs)
Construction– principle of operation–Double sided LIM from rotating type Induction
V Motor (5 hrs) CO5
Schematic of LIM drive for traction – Development of one sided LIM with back iron
equivalent circuit of LIM. (5 hrs)
Powering A Generation: Reactive Power Requirements in steady state-Conventional control
strategies-Alternate control strategies sources of reactive power-AC Filters – shunt capacitors-
synchronous condensers. (Elementary treatment only)
Course Outcomes
CO1 To understand theory of different permanent magnetic material and applications.{Understand
level, KL2}
CO2 To explain the performance and control of stepper motors, and their applications.{Understand
level, KL2}
CO3 To describe the operation and characteristics of switched reluctance motor
{ Understand level, KL2}
CO4 To explain the operation permanent magnet brushless square wave and sine wave motors
.{Understand level, KL2}
CO5 To explain the theory of travelling magnetic field and applications of linear motors
. {Understand level, KL2}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Brushless Permanent magnet and reluctance motor drives, Clarenden press, T.J.E. Miller, 1989,
Oxford.
2. Special electrical Machines, K.VenkataRatnam, University press, 2009, New Delhi.
Reference books:
1. Special Electrical Machines ,G.Janradhana, PHI Publishers
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Micro-Syllabus
UNIT-I: Permanent magnet materials and PMDC motors (15 hrs)
Introduction-classification of permanent magnet materials used in electrical machines-minor
hysteresis loop and recoil line-Stator frames of conventional dc machines-Development of
electronically commutated dc motor from conventional dc motor. (07 hrs
Permanent-magnet materials and characteristics-B-H loop and demagnetization characteristics-
Temperature effects: high temperature effects-reversible losses Irreversible losses -Application of
permanent magnets in motors. (08hrs)
Introduction of Magnetic Materials
1.a or classification of permanent magnet materials used in
2.aIPemanent electrical machines
magnet Permanent Magnetic minor hysteresis loop
materials and Materials introduction recoil line
PMDC motors Stator frames of conventional dc machines
Development of electronically commutated dc motor
from conventional dc motor
Permanent-magnet materials and characteristics
Permanent-magnet materials and characteristics-B-H
1.b or 2.b loop
I Permanent
demagnetization characteristics
magnet Permanent Magnetic
materials and Materials
Temperature effects: high temperature effects
PMDC motors characteristics
reversible losses Irreversible losses
Application of permanent magnets in motors
UNIT-II: Stepper Motors (14 hrs)
Classification of stepper motors – Hybrid and Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) - Construction and
principle of hybrid type synchronous stepper motor – Different configuration for switching the phase
windings control circuits for stepper motors – Open loop and closed loop control of 2-phase hybrid
stepping motor. (08hrs)
Construction and principle of operation of Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM) – Single stack and
multiple stack – Open loop control of 3- phase VR Stepper Motor- Applications(06hrs)
Classification of stepper motors
Construction of Hybrid Stepper Motor
3.aor 4.a
Hybrid Stepper Motor principle of hybrid type synchronous stepper
Stepper Motors
motor
Different configuration for switching the phase
_____________________________________________________________________________________
windings control circuits for stepper motors

Open loop control of 2-phase hybrid stepping
motor
closed loop control of 2-phase hybrid stepping
motor
Construction of Variable Reluctance Motor
(VRM)
principle of operation of Variable Reluctance
3.b or 4.b Vriable Reluctance Motor Motor (VRM)
Stepper Motors (VRM) Single stack and multiple stackoperation of
Variable Reluctance Motor (VRM)
Open loop control of 3- phase VR Stepper Motor
Applications of stepper motor

Unit III Switched Reluctance Motors (10 hrs)
Construction – Comparison of conventional and switched reluctance motors – Design of stator and
rotor pole arcs – Torque producing principle and torque expression
(5 hrs)
Different converter configurations for SRM – Drive and power circuits for SRM – Position sensing
of rotor – Applications of SRM(5 hrs).
Construction of switched reluctance motor

Comparison of conventional and switched
5.aor 6.aSwitched reluctance motors
Construction of Operation
Reluctance Design of stator and rotor pole arcs
VR Motors
Motors Torque producing principle of switched reluctance
motor
torque expression of switched reluctance motor
Different converter configurations for SRM

5.b o 6.b
Switched Drive and power circuits for SRM
Control of VR Motors
Reluctance Position sensing of rotor
Motors
Applications of SRM
Unit IV Square and Sine Wave Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motor (15 hrs)
Types of constructions – Surface mounted and interior type permanent magnet – Principle of
operation of BLDC motor. Torque and EMF equations – Torque speed characteristics – Performance
_____________________________________________________________________________________
and efficiency- Square wave brushless motors with 1200 and 1800 magnetic areas commutation.
(8 hrs)Sine wave Permanent Magnet Brushless Motor Torque and EMF equations –Torque/speed
characteristics – Comparison between square wave and sine wave permanent magnet motors -
Applications. (7 hrs)
Types of constructions – Surface mounted and
interior type permanent magnet,
7.a or 8.a Principle of operation of BLDC motor
Square and Sine Square Wave
Wave Permanent Permanent Magnet Torque and EMF equations
Magnet Brushless Brushless DC Motor Torque speed characteristics – Performance and
DC Motor efficiency-
Square wave brushless motors with 1200 and 1800
magnetic areas commutation
Construction of Sine wave Permanent Magnet
Brushless Motor
7.b or .b
Torque and EMF equations
Square and Sine Sine Wave Permanent
Wave Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Torque/speed characteristics
Magnet Brushless Motor Comparison between square wave and sine wave
DC Motor permanent magnet motors
Applications
Unit V Linear Induction Motors (10 hrs)
Construction– principle of operation–Double sided LIM from rotating type Induction Motor (5 hrs)
Schematic of LIM drive for traction – Development of one sided LIM with back iron equivalent
circuit of LIM. (5 hrs)
Construction of Linear Induction motor

9.a or 10.a
Construction of Linear principle of operation Linear Induction motor
Linear Induction
Induction motor
Motors Double sided LIM from rotating type Induction
Motor
Schematic of LIM drive for traction
9.b or 10.b
Applications of Linear
Linear Induction Development of one sided LIM with back iron
Induction motor
Motors
equivalent circuit of LIM
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO PO MAPPING:
CO1 2 2 3 1 1
CO2 2 2 3 1 1
CO3 2 2 3 1 1
CO4 2 2 3 1 1
CO5 2 2 3 1 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Advance Control Systems
3 0 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Control System

2) Analog Circuits -1
3) Engineering Mathematics -1
1) To study the basic theory required for solving complex control problems.
2) To do analysis and modeling of systems and signals.
Syllabus
No CO
Concept of state space-state space representation of system, solution of time
I invariant state equation- state transition matrix. Linear time varying CO1
System. Discrete system state space representation and solution (7hrs)
Non-linear system, types of non-linearity, singular point, non-linear system
II stability analysis- phase plane technique, construction of phase trajectories, CO2
isocline method. (8Hrs)
Describing function analysis : Basic concepts, derivation of describing
functions for common non-linearities
III CO3
Describing function analysis of non-linear systems – Conditions for
stability – Stability of oscillations. (9Hrs)
Lyapunov stability analysis- definition of stability, instability and asymptotic
IV stability. Lyapunov stability theorems. Stability analysis of CO4
simple linear systems. (9Hrs)
MIMO systems-controllability- Observability- Effect of pole-zero cancellation,
Practical examples-controllable and uncontrollable systems- observable and
V unobservable systems. Optimal control system-definition- design using state CO5
variable feedback and error squared performance
indices. (9Hrs)
Z-transfer function- block diagram- signal flow graph- discrete root locus.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Graduates will be able to understand different state model of a system, and have the
knowledge to find its solution. {Knowledge & Understand (1 & 2) }
CO2 Graduates will be able to understand nonlinear system models, and analyse its stability.
{Understand & Analyze (2 & 4)}
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO3 Graduates will be able to analyse the describing function analysis of various nonlinear
systems. {Analyze (4)}
CO4 Graduates will be able design different systems and analyse its stability using Lyapunov
stability analysis.{ Analyze & Design (4 & 6)}
CO5 Graduates will be industry ready by analysis of controllability and observability of the
dissimilar system. {Analyze (4)}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Discrete Time Control Systems”, K. Ogata, PHI, 1996.
2. “Modern Control Engineering”, K. Ogata, PHI, 1996.
3. Modern Control Systems, R. C. Dorf and R. H. Bishop, 8th ed., Pearson Education, Delhi,
2004.
Reference books:
1. Process Control Instrumentation Technology, C. D. Johnson, 7th ed., Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2003.
2. “Modern Control System Theory”, M. Gopal, New Age International Publishers, 2nd
edition,1996.
3. “Digital control and state variables methods”, Madangopal, PHI, 1997.
4. Modern control engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata, Pearson Edn.
1. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/108101037/
2. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=108102043
3. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-
Delhi/Control%20system%20design%20n%20principles/index.htm
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1: Concept of state space - state space representation of system, solution of time
invariant state equation- state transition matrix. Linear time varying system. Discrete system state
space representation and solution (7hrs)
State space representation of system
Solution oftime invariant state equation
Concept of state Concept of state State transition matrix
space space Linear time varying system
Discrete system state space representation and
solution
Unit-2: Non-linear system, types of non-linearity, singular point, non-linearsystem stability
analysis- phase plane technique, construction of phase trajectories, isocline method. (8Hrs)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Types of non-linearity
Singular point
Non-linear Non-linearsystem stability analysis
system Non-linear system
Phase plane technique
Construction of Phase Trajectories
Isoline Method.
Unit-3: Describing function analysis: Basic concepts, derivation of describingfunctions for
common non-linearities Describing function analysis of non-linear systems – Conditions for
stability – Stability of oscillations. (9Hrs).
Basic concepts
Derivation of describingfunctions for common
Describing Describing function non-linearities
function analysis analysis Describing function analysis of non-linear systems
Conditions for stability
Stability of oscillations
Unit-4: Lyapunov stability analysis- definition of stability, instability andasymptotic
stability. Lyapunov stability theorems. Stability analysis of simple linear systems. (9Hrs)
Definition of stability
Lyapunov Lyapunov stability Instability andasymptotic stability
stability analysis analysis Lyapunov stability theorems.
Stability analysis of simple linear systems.
Unit-5: MIMO systems-controllability- Observability- Effect of pole-zero cancellation,
Practical examples-controllable and uncontrollable systems- observable and unobservable
systems. Optimal control system-definition- design using state variable feedback and error
squared performance indices. (9Hrs)
Observability
Effect of pole-zero cancellation
Practical examples
MIMO systems- MIMO systems- Controllable and uncontrollable systems
controllability controllability Observable and unobservable systems
Optimal control system-definition
Design using state variable feedback
Error squared performance indices.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO mapping Table

Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes & Strength of correlations (High: 3,
Medium: 2, Low: 1)
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO- PSO- PSO-
1 2 3
CO1 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - - - 2 2
CO2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - 3
CO3 - 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO4 - 2 3 - - - - - - - - - - - 2
CO5 - - - - 3 - - - - - - 2 - 2 -
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-II Semester Solar and Wind Energy Conversion Systems

L T P C
3 0 0 3
PRE-REQUISITES:
1) Power Electronics

1. Understand the principles and to study the control of Solar PV system.
2. Model and design the components of Solar PV energy system.
3. Study the principles and the mechanisms of wind energy conversion systems.
4. Obtain the mathematical models for DFIG, PMSG, stand alone and Grid Connected WECS
system control.
5. Implement the control principles for PV & wind energy integration.
Syllabus
No CO
Solar PV energy conversion(12 hrs)
Generic Photovoltaic Cell, Equivalent Circuits, Cells to Modules to Arrays, I –V
I CO1
Curve, Impacts of Temperature and Insolation, Shading impacts on I–V curves, I–V
Curves for different loads, MPPT, System sizing, System Performance, Economics
Solar PV System control (12 hrs)
II Mathematical models -PV cell, PV Array, Battery pack, dc-dc converter, P&O CO2
MPPT technique, DC bus voltage regulation
Wind Energy Conversion components (12 hrs)
Basics of wind energy systems: Components of WECS, Power obtained from the
wind, Power Regulation, yaw control, Pitch control, stall control, Schemes for
III Maximum Power Extraction. CO3
Wind Turbines & Generators: Fixed-speed Induction Generator (FSIG) based
Wind Turbines, Doubly Fed Induction Generator (DFIG) based Wind Turbines,
Fully Rated Converter-based (FRC) Wind Turbines
Control of Wind Power Conversion (12 hrs)
IV Mathematical models for DFIG, PMSG, stand alone and Grid Connected WECS CO4
system control, Models for MPPT
Grid Connection of Solar PV and Wind Power (12 hrs)
PV integration technology:PV inverter topologies- configurations and control
strategies of solar PV integration.
V CO5
Wind power integration technology: Wind power and voltage control for
synchronous and induction generators-based integration; active and reactive power
control.
1. Grid codes and technical regulations of Solar PV integration
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. Grid codes and technical regulations of Wind power integration

3. Integrating multiple renewable energy sources
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Modelling of PV system
2. Modelling of DFIG based wind power system
3. Simulation of Grid connected PV MPPT (P&O) single stage
4. Simulation of Grid connected PV MPPT (P&O) double stage.
5. Virtual inertia emulation using PV Battery systems and its studies under varying loads
6. Grid connected DFIG wind generation analysis under varying wind, and grid conditions.
7. PV+BESS+Diesel generator simulation with virtual inertia in autonomous mode.
8. Use of ultra-capacitors to improve dynamic performance of PV+BESS+Diesel generator
autonomous system
9. Fuel Cell grid integration studies and analysis.
10. Improving dynamic response with Fuel cell and Microturbine combination
11. Forecasting of wind and solar energy for techno-economic analysis
1. Simulation study on Solar PV Energy System.
2. Modelling and simulation of electric vehicle charging system
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the principles and control of Solar PV Energy system {Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Model and Select Solar PV energy system components {Create level, KL6}
CO3 Interpretthe principles and control of Wind Energy Conversion {Apply level, KL3}
CO4 Model and Select Solar Wind energy conversion system components{Create level, KL6}
CO5 Apply the control principles for PV & wind power - grid integration control{Apply level,
KL3}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. H.P. Garg & J. Prakash, "Solar Energy - Fundamentals and Applications", Indian Edition - First
Revised Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education.
2. G. D. Rai, “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers, First edition.
Reference books:
1. Solar Photovoltaics, Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, Second Edition, Chetan Singh
Solanki, PHI Learning Private Limited (2012).
2. Ali Keyhani Mohammad Marwali and Min Dai, Integration and Control of Renewable Energy in
Electric Power System, John Wiley publishing company, 2nd Edition, 2010.
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/solar-energy-system-design
_____________________________________________________________________________________
3. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/solar-energy-and-electrical-system-design/inverters-and-solar-
panels-cgwIm
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ge04/preview
5. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-14941-7
Micro-Syllabus
Unit I: Solar PV energy conversion (12 hrs)
Generic Photovoltaic Cell, Equivalent Circuits, Cells to Modules to Arrays, I –V Curve, Impacts of
Temperature and Insolation, Shading impacts on I–V curves, I–V Curves for different loads, MPPT,
System sizing, System Performance, Economics.
Generic Photovoltaic Cell
Equivalent Circuits
Cells to Modules to Arrays
I –V Curve
1. Solar PV Solar PV energy Impacts of Temperature and Insolation
energy conversion conversion Shading impacts on I–V curves
I–V Curves for different loads
Maximum power point tracking (MPPT)
System sizing and Performance
Economics
Unit-II: Solar PV System control (12 hrs)
Mathematical models -PV cell, PV Array, Battery pack, dc-dc converter, P&O MPPT technique, DC
bus voltage regulation.
Introduction to mathematical models
Model of PV cell
PV Array
2.Solar PV
Battery pack
System control
Solar PV System control Design of dc-dc converter
Various MPPT techniques for solar PV systems
P&O MPPT technique
DC bus voltage regulation.
Unit-III:Wind Energy Conversion components (12 hrs)
Basics of wind energy systems:Components of WECS, Power obtained from the wind, Power
Regulation, yaw control, Pitch control, stall control, Schemes for Maximum Power Extraction,
Wind Turbines & Generators: Fixed-speed Induction Generator (FSIG) based Wind Turbines, Doubly
Fed Induction Generator (DFIG) based Wind Turbines, Fully Rated Converter-based (FRC) Wind
Turbines
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Components of WECS
Power obtained from the wind
Power Regulation
Basics of wind energy
yaw control
systems
Pitch control
9. Wind Energy
stall control
Conversion
Schemes for Maximum Power Extraction
components
Fixed-speed Induction Generator (FSIG) based Wind
Turbines
Wind Turbines &
Doubly Fed Induction Generator (DFIG) based Wind
Generators
Turbines
Fully Rated Converter-based (FRC) Wind Turbines
Unit-IV Control of Wind Power Conversion (12 hrs)
Mathematical models for DFIG, PMSG, stand alone and Grid Connected WECS system control, Models
for MPPT.
Mathematical models for DFIG
4.Control of Wind Mathematical models forPMSG
Control of Wind Power Stand-alone and Grid Connected WECS system
Power
Conversion control.
Conversion
Models for MPPT
Unit-V Grid Connection of Solar PV and Wind Power (12 hrs)

PV integration technology:PV inverter topologies- configurations and control strategies of solar PV
integration.
Wind power integration technology:Wind power and voltage control for synchronous and induction
generators-based integration; active and reactive power control.
PV inverter topologies
PV integration
PV inverter configurations
technology
control strategies of solar PV integration
5.Grid
Wind power and voltage control for synchronous
Connection of
generators-based integration
Solar PV and
Wind power integration Wind power and voltage control for induction-
Wind Power
technology generators based integration
active power control
Reactive power control
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 3 3
CO2 3 3
CO3 3 3
CO4 3 3
CO5 2 3 3
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-II MICROPROCESSORS AND

L T P C
Semester MICROCONTROLERS LAB
0 0 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLERS Theory
Preamble: Microprocessors and Microcontrollers laboratory course helps the students to

develop their knowledge on processor architecture and the programming skills. This laboratory
course provides hands-on experience to interface I/O devices, perform stepper motor rotation
and writing assembly level language programs etc. The skills acquired through the experiments
help the students to dotheir projects and enhance their knowledge on the latest trends and
technologies.
Course objectives:
1. To perform arithmetic, logical, string and port operations using 8086 emulator software.
2. To implement timer and serial data operations using 8051microcontroller.
3. To interface 8255 and 8279 using8086Objective.
List of Experiments: Any 10 of the following experiments are to be conducted

1. ARITHMETICOPERATIONS
a. Multi byte addition and subtraction, multiplication and division
b. ASCII – addition and subtraction, multiplication and division.
2. LOGICOPERATIONS
a. Packed BCD to UnpackedBCD
b. BCD toASCII
c. Find the number of elements in the array having “1” in their 5thposition.
3. STRINGOPERATIONS
a. Change position of word in a given string
b. Reverse the given string
c. Insert a word into given string
d. Remove a word from given string
e. Find length of the string.
4. PORTOPERATIONS
a. Read data from port 1 and increment it by 1 and transfer it to port2.
b. Transfer 1 to 10 continuously port1.
5. TIMER IN DIFFERENT MODES USING8051
a. Produce 1khz square wave with 50% duty cycle using timer 0 in mode0.
b. Produce 1khz square wave with 50% duty cycle using timer 0 in mode1
c. Produce 1khz triangular wave with 50% duty cycle using timer 0 in mode1
6. SERIAL DATACOMMUNICATION
a. Receive data serially.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
b. Transfer “HELLO” serially at 9600 band, 8 bit data and 1 stopbit.
7. Addition & Subtraction using 8086Kit

8. Interfacing 8279 – Key board Display.
9. Interfacing8255–PPI.
10. Stepper motor control using8253/8255
List of Additional Experiments: Any 2 of the following experiments are to be
conducted
1. Interfacing of 8259- Programmable Interrupt Controller.
2. Traffic light control using 8051 micro controller.
3. A/D and D/A converter using8255.
Software(s)/ Hardware(s) used: EMU8086, 8255, 8259 and 8279 interfacing boards.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand and apply the fundamentals of assembly level programming of
microprocessor.{Knowledge level, KL1, KL3}
CO2 Design and implement 8051 microcontroller based systems
{Knowledge level, KL1, KL2}
CO3 Design interfacing circuits with 8086. {Knowledge level, KL1, KL2}
CO–POs& PSOs Mapping:
Contribution of Course Outcomes towards achievement of Program Outcomes & Strength

of
1 2
CO1 3 1 1 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-II L T P C
Semester Power Systems Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES:
1. Power generation, Transmission and Protection
2. Power System Analysis
Preamble: To impart the practical knowledge of functioning of various power system

components and determination of various parameters and simulation of load
flows, transient stability, LFC and Economic dispatch.
1. To control the speed of three phase induction motors.
2. To determine /predetermine the performance of three phase induction.
3. To determine /predetermine the performance of single-phase induction.
4. To improve the power factor of single-phase induction motor.
5. To predetermine the regulation of three–phase alternator by various methods, find
Xd/ Xq ratio of alternator and asses the performance of three–phase synchronous
motor.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Sequence impedances of 3-phase transformer
2. Sequence impedances of 3-phase alternator by fault analysis
3. Calibration of Tong tester
4. ABCD parameters of transmission network
5. Load flow study using Gauss-Seidel method
6. Load flow study using Newton-Raphson method
7. Economic load dispatch without transmission losses
8. Economic load dispatch with transmission losses
9. Load frequency control of single area system without controller
10. Load frequency control of single area system with controller
11. Load frequency control of two area system without controller
12. Load frequency control of two area system without controller
CO1 Able to understand affect of various faults in various power system components.
CO2 Students can execute energy management systems functions at load
CO3 Able to determine the parameters of various power system components
CO4 Able to understand the power flows and stability in power system.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Learning Resources
Textbooks:
1. Nagrath I J and Kothari D P , “Modern Power System analysis” Tata McGraw Hill
2. Wadhwa C L “Electrical Power Systems” New Age International
3. Badri Ram and Vishwakarma D N “Power System Protection and Switch Gear” Tata McGraw
Hill. 4. Ned Mohan, First Course in Power Systems, Wiley.
Reference books:
1.Power System by V. K. Mehta.
2.“Power systems and analysis” by Hadisaadat, Tata McGraw Hill
3.www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-power systems-i.html
4.https://www.electrical4u.com/power systems
CO-PO mapping Table with Justification:

P0 P0 P P01
Mapping P01 P02 P03 P04 P08 P09 P010 P012 PS01 PSO2
5 6 07 1
C01 1 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 - - - - 2
C02 1 2 - - - 1 - - - - 2
C03 2 2 2 2 - - - - 1 - - - - 1
C04 2 2 2 2 - - - - 1 - - - - 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Electrical Simulation Laboratory
0 0 3 1.5
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Electrical circuit analysis 2) Electrical Power systems Theory
Preamble: Electrical Simulation lab provides the essential facilities to the students to augment
their concepts about the fundamentals of basic circuits and simulate integrator circuit,
differentiator circuit, Boost converter, Buck converter, full convertor and PWM inverter. To
perform transient analysis of RLC circuit. The lab covers the determination stability analysis of
linear time invariant system using matlab of 8056 microprocessor, 8051 microcontroller.

1. To study programming based on 8086 microprocessor and 8051 Microcontroller
2. To study 8056 microprocessor based ALP using arithmetic, logical and shift operations
3. To study modular and Dos/Bios programming using 8086 microprocessor
4. To study to interface 8086 with I/O and other devices. parallel and serial communication
using 8051 microcontroller
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Transient response of rlc circuits.
2. Analysis of three-phase circuit representing the generator, transmission line and load
3. Modeling of transformer.
4. Integrator & differentiator
5. Single-phase full converter.
6. Single-phase ac voltage converter.
7. Buck & boost converter
8. Single-phase inverter with pwm control.
9. Three-phase full converter.
10. Stability analysis (bode, root locus, nyquist) of linear time invariant system using
matlab.
1. Simulation of three phase full converter using MOSFET and IGBTS.
2. Pspice simulation of Reasonant Pulse Communication Circuit..
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Course Outcomes
CO1 Able to write assembly language program using 8086 micro
based on arithmetic, logical, and shift operations. (Analyze)
CO2 Able to Will be able to do modular and Dos/Bios programming using 8086 micro
processor. (Remember and Understand)
CO3 Able to interface 8086 with I/O and other devices (Analyze)
CO4 Able to do parallel and serial communication using 8051 micro controllers. (Evaluate)
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Simulation of Power Electronic Circuit“, by M.B. Patil, V.Ramanarayan, V.T.
Ranganathan. Narosha, 2009.
2. Pspice for circuits and electronics using PSPICE – by M.H.Rashid, M/s PHI Publications.
3. Pspice A/D user`s manual – Microsim, USA.
Reference books:
1. The Art of Simulation using PSPICE- Taylor &Francis
2. A Guide to Circuit Simulation and Analysis using PSPICE- Paul.W.Tuinenga
3. PSpice Simulation of Power Electronics Circuits - E. Ramshaw,D.C. Schuurman
1.https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108166/
2.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ml6_bxXrBGs
3. www.ee.tttb.ac.in/-sequel
4.https://www.eeweb.com/tools/online-spice-simulator/
O-PO mapping Table with Justification:

C01 2 2 2
C02 2 1
C03 1 2
C04 1 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-II Semester Low Voltage Switchgear(SOC) L T P C

1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES: 1) Power Systems and Electric Machines
Course objectives: The student should be able to study

6. The fundamentals of Switch gear.
7. The principle of operation of relays and classification
8. The Contactors working and circuit connections.
9. The applications of contactors.
10. The working of MPCB, MCCB, RCCB.
Syllabus
No CO
Fundamentals of Switchgear(6 hrs)
Need for switchgear and protection systems (02 hrs)
I CO1
Basics of relays and switchgear (02 hrs)
Basics of fuse, HRC fuse and HRC fuse (02 hrs)
Fundamentals of relays (08 hrs)
Relay connection, Principle and operation of electromagnetic relays (02 hrs)
II CO2
Classification of relays, I-T characteristics (02 hrs)
Relay Applications, (04 hrs)
Contactors and circuit connections (8hrs)
Construction of contactor.(02hrs)
III Circuit connection, working and characteristics (02 hrs) CO3
Types and applications (02 hrs)
Control wiring of contactor .(02 hrs)
Applications of Contactors (08 hrs)
Protection of motors,
IV Power wiring of contactors (02 hrs) CO4
DOL, RDOL starters using contactors (03 hrs)
Star-Delta starter using contactors (03 hrs)
MPCB, MCCB, RCCB (10 hrs)
Introduction, Principle and Operation of MPCB (06 hrs)
V CO5
Introduction, Principle and Operation of MCCB (02hrs)
Introduction, Principle and Operation of RCCB (02hrs)
Advanced Protection devices: Super switch, over load relay
Software: Interfacing of protective devices through online.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To make control wiring and power wiring of contactor for induction motor.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2. To make control wiring for contactor to work as RDOL starter

3. To make control wiring for contactor to work as STAR-DELTA starter
4. To make control wiring for contactor to work as reverse STAR-DELTA starter
5. To make control wiring for contactor to work as MPCB
6. To simulate the DOL starter through online using SIMOCODE.
7. To simulate the three RDOL starter through online suing SIMOCODE
8. To simulate overload protection through online using SIMOCODE
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the need for protection systems {Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain the principle and operation of various relays.{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Explain the working of contactors { Apply level, KL3}
CO4 Perform the connections of different types of starters.{ Apply level, KL3}
CO5 Analyze the need for MPCB, MCCB and RCCB.{Analyze level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. A text book on Power System Engineering by M.L. Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S. Bhatnagar and A.
Chakrabarti, Dhanpat Rai& Co Pvt. Ltd.
2. Electrical power systems by C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Ltd, Publishers, 1998..
3. Switchgear and protection by Sunil S. Rao Khanna Publications.
Reference books:
1. Fundamentals of Power System Protection by Paithankar Y.G and Bhide S.R. PHI, 2007
2. Handbook of Switchgears by BHEL, TMH, 2005.
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – Fundamentals of Switchgear(6 hrs)
Need for switchgear and protection systems (02 hrs)
Basics of relays and switchgear (02 hrs)
Basics fuse and HRC fuse (02 hrs)
Requirement of protection system
Fundamentals of Protection system Characteristics of protection systems
Switchgear Basic circuit of protection system
Fuses Fuse and fuse element
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Principle of operation of fuse and characteristics

HV voltage fuses: HRC fuse and characteristics
Unit-2: Fundamentals of relays (08 hrs)
relay construction and operation (02 hrs)
Various types of relays (02 hrs)
Relay applications (04 hrs
Construction and working of relays
Classification of relays: Electromagnetic, static and
numerical relays
Fundamentals of
Relays Application of relays different protection schemes
relays
OC protection, Under voltage protection
Differential protection using relays
Distance relays
Unit-3: Contactors and circuit connections (8hrs)
Construction of contactor.(02hrs)
Circuit connection, working and characteristics (02 hrs)
Types and applications (02 hrs)
Control wiring of contactor .(02 hrs)
Switching devices in industries
Contactors Contactors and its construction
Contactors and
Terminals Working of contactors
circuit
Control wiring of contactors
connections Circuit connections
Power wiring of contactors
Unit-4:Applications of Contactors (08 hrs)
Power wiring of contactors (02 hrs)
DOL, RDOL starters using contactors (03 hrs)
Star-Delta starter using contactors (03 hrs)
Single line diagrams of wiring circuits
Wiring of contactors
Control wiring with push buttons
DOL starter connection using contactors for 3 phase
Applications of induction motor
Contactors RDOL starter connection using contactors for 3 phase
Applications
induction motor
STAR-DELTA starter connection using contactors for 3
phase induction motor
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-5: MPCB, MCCB, RCCB (10 hrs)

Introduction, Principle and Operation of MPCB (06 hrs)
Introduction, Principle and Operation of MCCB (02hrs)
Introduction, Principle and Operation of RCCB (02hrs)
Introduction to MPCB
MPCB Construction and working of MPCB
Applications of MPCB
Introduction to MCCB
MPCB, MCCB,
MCCB Construction and working of MCCB
RCCB
Applications of MCCB
Introduction to RCCB
RCCB Construction and working of RCCB
Applications of RCCB
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 2
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 1 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-II Semester PLC and SCADA (SOC) L T P C

1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES:
1. Study the fundamentals of PLC.
2. Study the PLC Hardware modules and implementation of PLC.
3. Study the Conceptsof PLC programmingand its applications.
4. Study the fundamentals of SCADA.
5. Study the Design and development of SCADA for various applications.
Syllabus
No CO
Introduction to PLC(8hrs)
Identify the specified parts of thegiven PLC along with its function. ldentify
I different Programmingdevices types. Differentiate different types of PLCs.Explain CO1
with sketches the redundancy concept for the given PLC.
PLC Hardware(08 hrs)
Identify and describe the given module of PLC. Describe the given addressing of PLC
II Use instruction set to perform the given operation.Develop ladder logic programs for CO2
the given application.Describe with sketches the steps to interface appropriate Input
module with the given input device.
PLC programmingand applications (10 hrs)
Specify the proper I/O addressing format for PLC.Describe the format of different
relay type instructions.Describe the format of different Timer and counter
Instructions.Describe the format of different Logical and Comparison type
III instruction. CO3
Describe the format of different data handling instructions. Describe the elements of
different programming languages used to program PLC Develop PLC ladder program
for the given simple example. Develop a PLC ladder program for the given industrial
application.
Introduction to SCADA (06 hrs)
IV Describe applications of SCADA. Describe the function of the given element of CO4
SCADA Describe SCADA configuration. Differentiate SCADA and PLC.
SCADA interfacing and Applications -(8hrs)
Interface the given PLC with the SCADA system using OPC. Describe the steps to
V CO5
develop SCADA system for given industrial application.Describe the steps to screen
for a given application. develop a simple SCADA.
Content Beyond the syllabus: Digital electronics and Logic gates
SCADA software: I ike Ellipse/FTVSE/Wonder ware etc.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
LIST OF SUGGESTEDEXPERIMENTS
1. Develop/Execute a ladder program to Verify functions of Logic gates.
2. Develop/Execute a ladder program to test the START STOP logic using two inputs and one output.
3. Develop/Execute a ladder program for sequential ON-OFF control of lamps.
4. Develop/ Execute ladder program for sequential control of DC motor.(Conditionl)and Develop/
Execute ladder program for sequential control of DC motor (use T OFF instruction).
5. Develop/ Execute ladder program for temperature ON-OFF control.
6. Develop /test ladder program for air conditioner system.
7. Develop/ Execute ladder program for temperature ON-OFF control.
8. Develop/ Execute ladder program for Traffic light control system.
9. Use various functions of SCADA simulation editors to develop simple project.
10. Develop a SCADA mimic diagram and tag database for conveyor system.
11. Develop a SCADA mimic diagram and tag database for On-Off control of lamp.
12. Develop a SCADA mimic diagram and tag database for Traffic light control system.
Course Outcomes
CO1 Identify different components of PLC. {Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Select appropriate PLC modules for given application. {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Develop PLC ladder program for a given application{Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Test a simple SCADA application. {Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 Test a simple PLC-SCADA application. {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. “Introduction to Programmable logic controllers’’. Dunning, G. Thomson /Delmar learning,
2005, ISBN 13 : 9781401884260
2. ‘’Programmable Logic Controller’’. Jadhav, V. R. Khanna publishers, 2017 ISBN:
9788174092281
3. “Supervisory control and Data acquisition’’. Boyar, S. A, ISA Publication (4th edition) ISBN:
978-1936007
4. ’Practical SCADA for industry’’. Bailey David ; Wright Edwin.Newnes (an imprint of
Elsevier), 2003 ISBN:0750658053.
Reference books:
1. ‘’Programmable logic controllers (Fourth edition)’’, Petruzella, F.D, Tata — McGraw Hill
India, 201 (),ISBN: 9740071067386.
2. ‘’Programmable logic controllers and Industrial automation An introduction’’, Mitra,
Madhuchandra; Sengupta, Samarjit. Penram International Publication, 2015, Fifth reprint,
ISBN: 9788187972174
_____________________________________________________________________________________

Software:- www.fossee.com
www.logixpro.com
www.instrumentationengineers.org
www.ellipse.com
Micro-Syllabus
Unit – 1Introduction to PLC (8hrs)

Identify the specified parts of thegiven PLC along with its function. ldentify different
Programming devices types. Differentiate different types of PLCs. Explain with sketches the
redundancy concept for the given PLC.

1.1 Need and benefits of Automation.
1.2 Tools of Automation: PLC,SCADA, HMI, DCS,
Describe applications
Drives.
of SCADA. Describe
1.3 PLC Architecture: Block diagram, workingCPU:
the function of the
function, scanning cycle, speed of executionMemory:
1. given element of
organization and function.Input- output modules:
Introduction to SCADA Describe
discrete and analog, Specialty I/O Modules.Power
PLC(8hrs) SCADA
supply: Block diagram, Working.
configuration.
1.4 PLC Type: Fixed PLC, Modular PLC.
Differentiate
1.5 Redundancy in PLC system
SCADA and PLC
1 .6 Advantages and Disadvantages of P L C
Unit-2: Introduction to PLC(8hrs)

Identify and describe the given module of PLC. Describe the given addressing of PLC Use instruction
set to perform the given operation.Develop ladder logic programs for the given application.Describe
with sketches the steps to interface appropriate Input module with the given input device.
Identify and describe the 2.1 Discrete input modules: AC input modules –
given module of PLC. blockdiagram, description, wiring details, and
Describe the given specifications.
addressing of PLC Use DC input modules - block diagram, description,
2. instruction set to perform wiring details, sinking and sourcing concept &
Introduction to the given operation. specifications
PLC(8hrs) 2.2Analog input modules- blockdiagram,
Develop ladder logic description, interfacing ofinput devices &
programs for the given specifications.
application.Describe with 2.3Discrete output modules: AC output modules -
sketches the steps to block diagram, description, wiring, and
interface appropriate specifications.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Input module with the DC output modules - block diagram, description,

given input device. wiring details, sinking and sourcing concept &
specifications. Relay and Isolated o/p modules
2.4 Analog output modules- block diagram,
description, wiring details& specifications
2.5. I/O module selection criterion.
Unit-3:PLC programmingand applications(12 hrs)
Specify the proper I/O addressing format for PLC.Describe the format of different relay type
instructions.Describe the format of different Timer and counter Instructions.Describe the format of
different Logical and Comparison type instruction.
Describe the format of different data handling instructions. Describe the elements of different
programming languages used to program PLC Develop PLC ladder program for the given
simple example. Develop a PLC ladder program for the given industrial application

Specify the proper I/O
addressing format for 3.1 PLC I/O addressing
PLC.Describe the format 3.2 PLC programming Instructions: Relay type
of different relay type instructions, timer instructions.
3. PLC
instructions.Describe the On delay, off delay, retentive, Counter instructions:
programmingan
format of different Timer Up, Down, I ugh speed, Logical instructions.
d applications(10
and counter ComparisonInstructions, Data handling
hrs)
Instructions.Describe the Instructions, Arithmetic instructions, Sequencer
format of different instruction, PID
Logical and Comparison
type instruction
3.3 PLC programming language—Functional
Describe the format of
Block Diagram (FBD), Instruction List.
different data handling
Structured text, Sequential Function Chart
instructions. Describe the
SFC), Ladder Programming.
elements of different
3.4 Simple Programming examples using ladder
programming languages
logic: Based on relay, timer, counter, logical,
used to program PLC
3b. comparison, arithmetic and datahandling
Develop PLC ladder
instructions, PID, Sequencer instruction.
program for the given
3.5 PLC Based Applications: Motor sequence
simple example. Develop
control, Traffic light control, elevator control,
a PLC ladder program for
Tank Level control, conveyor system, Stepper
the given industrial
motor control, Reactor Control
application.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-4:Introduction to SCADA (06 hrs)

Describe applications of SCADA. Describe the function of the given element of SCADA Describe
SCADA configuration. Differentiate SCADA and PLC.
Describe applications of 4.1 Introduction to SCADA, Application area of
SCADA. Describe the SCADA
function of the given 4.2 SCADA architecture/block diagram, Benefits
12. Introduction of SCADA
element of SCADA
to SCADA 4.3 Types of SCADA:
Describe SCADA
(06 hrs)  Single Master Single Remote
configuration.
Differentiate SCADA  Single Master Multiple Remote
and PLC  Multiple Master Multiple Remote
4.4 SCADA System Hardware,
 Remote Terminal Units (RTUs),
 Master Terminal
Units(MTUs)
 Communication system
4.5Differentiate SCADA and PLC
Unit-5: SCADA interfacing and Applications -(8hrs)

Interface the given PLC with the SCADA system using OPC. Describe the steps to develop
SCADA system for given industrial application.Describe the steps to screen for a given application.
develop a simple SCADA.
5.1 Interfacing SCADA system with PLC:
Connection diagram, object linking and
Interface the given PLC embedding for Process Control (OPC)
with the SCADA system architecture,
using OPC. Describe the 5.2 Steps in Creating SCADA Screen for simple
5.SCADA steps to develop SCADA object, Steps for Linking SCA DA object (defining
interfacing and system for given Tags and it ms) with PLC ladder program using
Applications - industrial OPC,
(8hrs) application.Describe the 5.3 Concept of Tag.
steps to screen for a given types of Tagsaddressing of Tags
application. develop a 5.4 Alarm generation, trend types.
simple SCADA 5.5 Applications of SCADA: On-Off control of
lamp, Traffic light control, level control system,
water distribution system, elevator system,
conveyor system.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 1 1 2
CO2 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 2
CO4 1 1 2
CO5 1 1 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-II Semester PSCAD (SOC) L T P C

1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES: Not specific

1. Study the fundamentals of PSCAD.
2. Study Basic components and Their specifications in PSCAD.
3. Study Various controls used in PSCAD.
4. Study the Modelling of Transformers in PSCAD.
5. Study DC converter configuration in PSCAD.
Syllabus
No CO
Introduction to PSCAD(4 hrs)
What is PSCAD, some common models found in PSCAD, who uses PSCAD and for
I CO1
what(02 hrs)
Classical example to Demonstrate PSCAD (02 hrs)
Basic components and Their Specifications in PSCAD Library (08 hrs)
Sources, Transmission line, Transformer, Circuit Breakers, Surge Arresters (02hrs)
II Setting load flow with a generator(02 hrs) CO2
Fast front study data (Station Layout, Busbar dimensions, Transformer winding
capacitance)(04 hrs)
Controls (10 hrs)
III CSMF components. Use of slider, switch, button and dial (04hrs) CO3
Applications of CSMF components(06 hrs)
Modelling of Transformers (06 hrs)
Core configuration, Ungrounded windings, saturation (02hrs.)
IV CO4
Harmonic measurement(02 hrs)
Load tap changer, phase shifting transformer (02 hrs)
DC Transmission(10 hrs)
V Why use DC Transmission, DC converter configuration(06 hrs) CO5
Twelve pulse converter modelling (04hrs)
Modelling of FACTS: STATCOM control strategy.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Transient response of RLC circuit using PSCAD.
2. Transformer inrush current using PSCAD.
3. power quality analysis using PSCAD.
4. Analyze symmetrical faults and short circuit studies in a given synchronous machine using
PSCAD.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5. Development of PSCAD model to study the distance protection scheme in long transmission line.
6.Obtain the frequency response of single area power system using PSCAD
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of PSCAD Software{Understand level, KL2}
CO2 Explain the principle and working of Different components in PSCAD. {Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Understand different controls in PSCAD.{Understand level, KL2}
CO4 Model Transformer in PSCAD. {
CO5 Analyze twelve pulse converters in PSCAD. {Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1.Atousa Yazdani “Modern Distribution system with PSCAD Analysis”, CRC Press.
Reference books:
1. Application Guide 2008 for PSCAD
1. https://www.pscad.com/training-events/courses
2. https://elec-engg.com/pscad-training-for-protection-engineers/
3.https://www.powersystemdynamics.com/index.php/cad
Micro-Syllabus
Unit-1: Introduction to PSCAD(4 hrs)
What is PSCAD, some common models found in PSCAD, who uses PSCAD and for what (02 hrs)
Classical example to Demonstrate PSCAD (02 hrs)
1a. What is PSCAD
Introduction to
Introduction to some common models found in PSCAD
PSCAD
PSCAD who uses PSCAD and for what
1b. Classical Network containing 3-phase voltage source, line
example to Classical example to impedance, and Load.
Demonstrate Demonstrate PSCAD Network containing 3-phase voltage source,
PSCAD Transmission line, and Load.
Unit-2: Basic components and Their Specifications in PSCAD Library (08 hrs)
Sources, Transmission line, Transformer, Circuit Breakers, Surge Arresters (02hrs)
Setting load flow with a generator(02 hrs)
Fast front study data (Station Layout, Busbar dimensions, Transformer winding capacitance)(04 hrs)
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Sources
2aBasic
Basic components and Transformers
components and
Their Specifications in Transmission lines
TheirSpecifications
PSCAD Library Circuit Breakers,
in PSCAD Library
Surge Arresters
2b.Setting load Station Layout
flow with a Fast front study data Busbar dimensions
generator Transformer winding capacitance
Unit-3:Controls (10 hrs)
CSMF components. Use of slider, switch, button and dial (04hrs)
Applications of CSMF components(06hrs)
Use of slider
3a.CSMF
CSMF components switch
components
button and dial
3b.Applications of Applications of CSMF Filtering with a second order function
CSMF components components Controlling an Source
Unit-4:Modelling of Transformers (06 hrs)
Core configuration, Ungrounded windings, saturation (02 hrs.)
Harmonic measurement (02hrs)
Load tap changer, phase shifting transformer (02hrs)
Core configuration
Ungrounded windings
saturation
4.Modelling of Modelling of
Harmonic measurement
Transformers Transformers
Load tap changer
phase shifting transformer
Unit-5: DC Transmission (10 hrs)
Why use DC Transmission, DC converter configuration(06 hrs)
Twelve pulse converter modelling (04hrs)
Why use DC Transmission
5.DC Transmission DC Transmission DC converter configuration
Twelve pulse converter modelling
_____________________________________________________________________________________
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3
_____________________________________________________________________________________
III-Year-II Semester Process Instrumentation (SOC) L T P C

1 0 2 2
PRE-REQUISITES:

1. Selects measurement method for a process parameter by process instruments for
temperature level, vibration, force and torque in a process plant.
2. Specify instrumentation for temperature level, vibration, force and torque application.
3. Identify, describe and Calibrate major instruments for temperature, level, vibration,
force and torque in a process plant..
Syllabus
No CO
Introduction: Heat, Temperature, Temperature scales, Expansionthermometer,Solid
I Expansion Thermometer Bimetallic thermometer, Spiral Bimetal element, Helix CO1
Bimetal element.
Liquid Expansion Thermometer- Mercury in Glasstype, Filled system thermometer,
Class I-Liquid FilledSystems, Class II- VapourSystems, Class III- Gas Filled
II CO2
Systems, Class V- Mercury Filled Systems, Thermocouples Principle:
Seebeck,PeltierThomson effect.
Thermoelectric laws Cold junction compensation, Thermo well, Thermocouple
extensionwires,Thermocouples selection criteria, Resistance Temperature Detector
IndustrialRTD, 2-wireRTD, 3-wireRTD, 4-wireRTD, Thermostats, Integrated
III CO3
Circuit(IC) based Temperature sensors, Non-contact type thermometry, Radiation
pyrometer, Optical pyrometer, Optical FibreThermometry, Ultrasonic thermometry,
LaserthermometryTemperature switches and thermostats
Level measurement: Importance and Units, Level measurement methods, Direct
methods, Bob and Tape method, Sight glass method, Indirect methods, Pressure
IV CO4
gauge type, Air bellows, Capacitance typelevelmeasurement and Radiation type
level measurement.
Differential pressure type level measurement, Ultrasonic
V leveldetector,Laser Level Sensors, Optical Level detector Level switches: Float CO5
type level switch, Displacer level switch, conductivity level switch.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Use liquid in glass type filled system thermometers
2. Perform temperature measurement using expansion thermometer
3. Measure temperature of given medium using given thermocouple with the helpofcorresponding
thermocouple table.(Conversion of millivolt to temperature)
4. Verify the law of intermediate metal for available type of thermocouple.
5. Test the effect of reference junction temperature ongiventhermocouple
6. Convert output of thermocouple (mV) into temperature (˚C)using corresponding thermocouple
calibration table.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
7. Measure the temperature using RTD and Test.

8. Calculate temperature co-efficient of resistance using RTD.
9. Measure the temperature using Thermostats and Plotthecharacteristic curve.
10. Measure the temperature using IC temperature sensor
Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand. the concept of heat, temperature and temperature concepts{Understand level,
KL2}
CO2 Explain. the different types of thermometers.{Apply level, KL3}
CO3 Analyze the different types of resistance thermometer detector.{Analyze level, KL4}
CO4 Evaluate the importance of Level measurement and its methods.{Evaluate level, KL5}
CO5 Analyze the operation ofDifferential pressure type level measurement.{Apply level, KL4}
Learning Resources
Text books:
1. Liptak, B. G ,Process Measurement andAnalysis.I.S.A publication.
2. Eckman, D. P,Industrial Instrumentation, Wiley Eastern Limited publication.
3. Singh, S.K ,Industrial Instrumentation, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication
Reference books:
1. Krishnaswamy, K. and S.Vijayachitra, Industrial Instrumentation, New AgeInternational
Publication, New Delhi.
2. Jain, R.K Mechanical and Industrial Measurements, Khanna publication, New Delhi
1. http://www.pc-education.mcmaster.ca/Instrumentation/temperature.
2. http://www.dugantech.com/Product_Group-Temperature/Technical%20Articles/TE
3. http://www.pc-education.mcmaster.ca/Instrumentation/level.
Micro-Syllabus
Unit–1Introduction: Heat, Temperature, Temperature scales, Expansionthermometer,Solid Expansion
Thermometer Bimetallic thermometer, Spiral Bimetal element, Helix Bimetal element
Introduction: Heat, Temperature, Temperature scales
1.aIntroduction: Introduction: Heat,
Expansionthermometer,Solid Expansion Thermometer
Heat, Temperature, Temperature,
Temperature scales Temperature scales Bimetallic thermometer, Spiral Bimetal element, Helix
Bimetal element
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit-2: Liquid Expansion Thermometer- Mercury in Glass type, Filled system thermometer, Class I-
Liquid Filled Systems, Class II- VapourSystems, Class III- Gas Filled Systems, Class V- Mercury
Filled Systems, Thermocouples Principle: See beck, Pettier Thomson effect.

2.a. Liquid Liquid Expansion Thermometer
Liquid Expansion Mercury in Glass type, Filled system thermometer
Expansion
Thermometer Class I-Liquid Filled Systems
Thermometer
Class II- VapourSystems, Class III- Gas Filled
VapourSystems Systems
VapourSystems and Gas
and Gas Filled Class V- Mercury Filled Systems
Filled Systems
Systems Thermocouples Principle: See beck, Peltier
Thomson effect
Unit-3:Thermoelectriclaws Cold junction compensation, Thermo well, Thermocouple extension
wires, Thermocouples selection criteria, Resistance Temperature Detector IndustrialRTD, 2-wireRTD,
3-wireRTD, 4-wireRTD, Thermostats, Integrated Circuit(IC) based Temperature sensors, Non-contact
type thermometry, Radiation pyrometer, Optical pyrometer, Optical Fiber Thermometry, Ultrasonic
thermometry, Laser thermometry Temperature switches and thermostats
Cold junction compensation, Thermo well,
Thermocouple extension wires
Thermocouples selection criteria, Resistance
Temperature Detector Industrial RTD
Thermo-electric 2-wireRTD, 3-wireRTD, 4-wireRTD, Thermostats,
laws Integrated Circuit(IC) based Temperature sensors
Non-contact type thermometry, Radiation
pyrometer, Optical pyrometer, Optical Fibre
Thermometry, Ultrasonic thermometry, Laser
thermometry Temperature switches and thermostats
Unit-4:Level measurement: Importance and Units, Level measurement methods, Direct methods, Bob
and Tape method, Sight glass method, Indirect methods, Pressure gauge type, Air bellows,
Capacitance type level measurement and Radiation type level measurement.

Level measurement: Importance and Units, Level
Level measurement methods
measurement: Direct methods, Bob and Tape method, Sight glass
Importance and method
Methods Sight glass method, Indirect methods, Pressure
gauge type, Airbellows,
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Capacitance typelevelmeasurement and Radiation

type level measurement.
Unit-5: Differential pressure type level measurement, Ultrasonic leveldetector,Laser Level
Sensors,OpticalLeveldetectorLevelswitches: Float type level switch, Displacer level switch,
conductivity level switch.
Differential pressure type level measurement
5aDifferential Ultrasonic leveldetector,Laser Level Sensors
pressure type level Optical LeveldetectorLevelswitches: Float type
measurement level switch
Displacer level switch, conductivity level switch.
CO-PO mapping Table

CO1 3
CO2 2
CO3 3
CO4 3
CO5 2
************************************

Ug R20 Eee

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ug R20 Eee

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ug R20 Eee

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

COURSE STRUCTURE AND DETAILED SYLLABUS

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

(Applicable for batches admitted from 2020-2021)

VASIREDDY VENKATADRI INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

About EEE Department

Program Educational Objectives

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

PO1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

PO3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

PO7: Environment and sustainability:Understand the impact of the professional engineering

PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

Electrical and Electronics Engineering Graduates will be able to:

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (R20) FOR B. TECH (REGULAR)

1.Award of B. Tech. Degree

1 Civil Engineering CIV 01

2 Electrical and Electronics Engineering EEE 02

3 Mechanical Engineering MEC 03

4 Electronics and Communication Engineering ECE 04

5 Computer Science and Engineering CSE 05

6 Information Technology INF 12

7 CSE (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning) CSM 42

8 CSE (Internet of Things and Cyber Security with Block

9 CSE (Internet of Things) CSO 49

10 Artificial Intelligence and Data Science AID 54

3. Medium of Instruction: The medium of instruction of the entire B. Tech undergraduate

Humanities and social science including Management

2 Basic Science courses 21 - 25

3 Engineering science courses 24

4 Professional core Courses 48 - 51

5 Open Elective Courses 12 - 18

6 Professional Elective Courses 15 - 18

7 Internship, seminar, project wok 15 – 16.5

9 Skill Oriented Courses ----

Total Credits 160

** Breakup of Credits based on AICTE /APSCHE

non-credit mandatory courses. Environmental Sciences is to be offered compulsorily as

shall be preserved in respective departments as per autonomous norms and shall be

Course Credit Grade Obtained Grade point Credit x Grade Point

Thus, SGPA (Si) =139/20 =6.95=6.9 (approx.)

Illustration for CGPA:

Sem-1 Sem-2 Sem-3 Sem-4 Sem-5 Sem-6 Sem-7 Sem-8

SGPA 6.9 7.8 5.6 6.0 6.3 8.0 6.4 7.5

15. Award of Class:

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

innovation projects and gathering scientific as well as technological knowledge. It involves

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (R20) FOR B. TECH.

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

1. (a) Possesses or keeps accessible in

(b) Gives assistance or guidance or

2. Expulsion from the examination hall and

performance of the original candidate who has

4. Expulsion from the examination hall and

5. Uses objectionable, abusive or

7. Expulsion from the examination hall and